Skip to main content

AI assistant

Sign in to chat with this filing

The assistant answers questions, extracts KPIs, and summarises risk factors directly from the filing text.

Amplifon Annual Report 2015

Mar 9, 2016

4030_10-k_2016-03-09_744376f5-cf06-4c98-ab69-d82c27a76e34.pdf

Annual Report

Open in viewer

Opens in your device viewer

Index

Message from the Chairperson 4 Global presence 14
Message from the CEO 5 Market scenario 16
Corporate bodies & management 6 Distribution network 18
Our history 8 Business model 20
Our mission 10 Our people 22
Our strengths 11 Our social role 26
2015 highlights 12 Report for Investors 28

Report on Operations at 31 December 2015

Comments on the Financial Results 31
Statement of changes in Net Equity and the
results for the period of the Parent Company
Amplifon S.p.A. and the group Net Equity
and results for the Period in question as
at 31 December 2015
73
Risk management 74
Treasury shares 82
Research and development 83
Transactions between group companies
and with related parties
83
Contingent liabilities 84
Subsequent events after 31 December 2015 84
Outlook 85
Report on Corporate Governance and
Ownership Structure 87
Comments on the financial
results of Amplifon S.p.A.
103

Consolidated Financial Statement at 31 December 2015

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 118 Consolidated Income Statement 120 Statement of Comprehensive Income 121 Statement of Changes in Consolidated Net Equity 122 Consolidated Cash Flow Statement 124 Supplementary Information to Consolidated Cash Flow Statement 125 Explanatory Notes 126 Annexes 208 Declaration in respect of the Consolidated Financial Statements pursuant to Article 154-bis of Legislative Decree 58/98 211 Independent Auditor's Report 31 December 2015 212

2016 FINANCIAL CALENDAR

March 2nd , 2016

Board of Directors' meeting to approve the draft Financial Statements at December 31st, 2015

April 18th , 2016

Annual General Meeting to approve the Financial Statements at December 31st, 2015

July 27th , 2016

Board of Directors' meeting to approve the Interim Management Report at June 30th, 2016

March 17th , 2016

Analyst & Investor Day: presentation on the Company's business momentum, strategic goals and growth opportunities to the financial community

April 27th , 2016

Board of Directors' meeting to approve the Interim Financial Report at March 31st, 2016

October 26th , 2016

Board of Directors' meeting to approve the Interim Financial Report at September 30th, 2016

Investor Relations

Registered Head Office

Via Ripamonti, 133 - 20141 Milan - Italy Tel: +39 02 574721 Fax +39 02 57409594 email: [email protected]

Milan Company Register, TAX, Identification number and VAT: nr. 04923960159

Investor Relations

Via Ripamonti, 133 - 20141 Milan - Italy Tel: +39 02 57472261 Fax: +39 02 57409427 email: [email protected] Director: Francesca Rambaudi ([email protected])

Amplifon WEBSITE

www.amplifon.com/corporate

2015 NEWs

Message from the Chairperson

Amplifon exceeded the key threshold of one billion euros in sales and is the absolute leader at global level: a remarkable example of Italian excellence.

Dear Shareholders,

once again in 2015, the Company showed ability in pursuing with verve its international growth targets as well as in consolidating its position as global leader, exceeding the key threshold of one billion euros in sales, and making it one of the prides of 'made in Italy'. It is the crowning glory of my father's dream, Charles, who opened his first store 65 years ago to give the joy of living back to all those with hearing loss: a mission, his mission, that today is more material than ever.

The Company has, therefore, once again proven the validity of its business model based on the extraordinary relationship established with customers, excellence and innovation in service, and the optimal management of human resources: a winning strategy in all the countries in which the Company operates.

In particular, I would like to extend my gratitude, also on behalf of the entire Board of Directors, to the 11,700 people who make all of this possible through their commitment day after day.

2015 also stands out for the change in the Company's leadership during the second half of the year, when Enrico Vita was appointed Chief Executive Officer: a seamless transition, as confirmed by the strong results achieved.

Lastly, special thanks go to the exiting Chief Executive Officer Franco Moscetti who, over the last decade, succeeded in bringing Amplifon to its current size and state of excellence. I would also like to wish Enrico Vita much success as I am confident that he will know how to guide the whole Company to reach new, exciting milestones.

Susan Carol Holland

Chairperson

Message from the Chief Executive Officer

We closed 2015 with top-notch results with contribution coming from all the Regions, paving the way for ambitious growth projects.

Dear Shareholders,

Amplifon closed 2015 with the best results in the Company's history: sales exceeded the key milestone of one billion euros, while EBITDA reached 165 million euros. This performance was made possible by the positive results recorded in all the regions in which the Group operates: in EMEA, above all, where not only the trend in organic growth proved to be stable and enduring, but overall profitability also improved markedly; in the AMERICAS where both revenues and profitability expanded significantly; and in ASIA-PACIFIC, where operating efficiency boosted sales and profitability.

Likewise, all financial indicators improved, making it possible for the Company to close the year with a noticeable decrease in financial indebtedness and strong free cash flow generation.

We are reaping the harvest of the great work done by the entire management team which focused on both organic growth and the development of the network also through acquisitions: during the year 150 stores and 85 service centers were added to the network, bringing the overall number of points of sale to around 8,700.

Consolidation of our global leadership and, at the same time, improved profitability further stimulate us to take advantage of all the opportunities offered by the industry: the penetration rate of hearing solutions and services is, in fact, very low and there is still huge growth potential. Therefore, we will intensify our efforts to further strengthen the relationship that we have established with our consumers, another driver of the Group's growth.

Enrico Vita Chief Executive Officer

Corporate bodies & management

The Corporate Governance structure is based on the principles outlined in the Corporate Governance Code for Listed Companies, proposed by the Committee for the Corporate Governance of Listed Companies, and adopted by Amplifon in both of its versions – the first issued in

Corporate bodies

Board of Directors

Role Name Executive Non Executive Independent1 C.C.R.2 C.R.3
Honorary Chairman Anna Maria Formiggini
Chairman Susan Carol Holland
Deputy Chairman Franco Moscetti4
Chief Executive Officer (CEO) Enrico Vita5
Director Giampio Bracchi
Director Maurizio Costa
Director Andrea Guerra
Director Anna Puccio
Director Giovanni Tamburi6

Board of Statutory Auditors

Chairperson Raffaella Pagani
Standing auditor Maria Stella Brena
Standing auditor Emilio Fano
Alternate auditors Alessandro Grange
Alternate auditors Claudia Mezzabotta

The Board of Statutory Auditors has been appointed by the Shareholders' Meeting on April, 21st, 2015 and will remain in office until the Shareholders' Meeting to approve the 2017 annual report.

Remuneration and Appointment Committee

Chairperson Maurizio Costa
Member Susan Carol Holland
Member Andrea Guerra

Risk and Control Committee

Chairperson Giampio Bracchi
Member Susan Carol Holland
Member Anna Puccio

Supervisory Board

Chairperson Giampio Bracchi
Member Maurizio Costa
Member Paolo Tacciaria
(Head of Internal Audit)

Lead Independent Director

Giampio Bracchi

Executive responsible for Financial reporting Ugo Giorcelli

Secretary of the Board of Directors Luigi Colombo

Head of Internal Audit Paolo Tacciaria

External Auditors

PricewaterhouseCoopers S.p.A.

The Curriculum Vitae of the members of the Board of Directors are available on the website: Amplifon.com/corporate.

(1) Directors that declare they qualify as independent as defined under current law and in the Italian Stock Exchange Corporate Governance Code.

(2) C.C.R.: Members of the Risk and Control Committee.

(3) C.R.: Members of the Remuneration and Appointment Committee.

(4) Chief Executive Officer until October 22nd, 2015.

(5) Chief Executive Officer since October 22nd, 2015.

(6) Director appointed by the minority shareholders and independent pursuant to the Corporate Governance Code for Listed Companies established by the Corporate Governance Committee for Listed Companies promoted by Borsa Italiana S.p.A..

2001 and the subsequent version issued in December 2011. A detailed description is available in its entirety in the 'Report on Corporate Governance and ownership structure' within the Report on Operations (pg. 85).

Management

Enrico Vita, appointed Chief Executive Officer of the Company on October 22nd, 2015, joined Amplifon in March 2014 covering the role of Executive Vice President EMEA until March 2015, when he was appointed Chief Operating Officer in addition to the role previously held. The exiting Chief Executive Officer, Franco Moscetti, who has guided the Company for 11 years has been appointed non executive Deputy Chairman.

The management of Amplifon, composed of internationally experienced leaders, defines the Company strategies and is responsible for international steering and control.

Executive Vice President APAC

Our history Listening to the future, all along

From small beginnings to market leaders

Amplifon is founded in Milan by Algernon Charles Holland to provide and customize hearing solutions for the many people experiencing hearing problems in the aftermath of the Second World War. In those years, the Company becomes the leader of the Italian market.

Digital & international expansion

Besides entering the Spanish and the Portuguese market following its drive for growth, Amplifon pursues continuous innovation, being the first to introduce digital hearing aids to Italy, revolutionizing customer service which becomes more and more customized.

Internationalization

Amplifon's international vision and growth through acquisitions become a hallmark. The Company not only strengthens its presence in key markets such as the U.S.A., the Netherlands and France, but also enters Canada, Hungary, Egypt, Germany, the United Kingdom & Ireland, Belgium & Luxembourg.

Non-stop growth

Global, dynamic, ready to seize market opportunities: Amplifon keeps on growing organically and through acquisitions. The Company acquires 60% of Medtechnica Orthophone to extend its presence to Israel, and enters Brazil through the acquisition of 51% of Direito de Ouvir. In 2015, Amplifon exceeds the key threshold of one billion euros in sales and is today present in 22 countries.

2010 / 2013

2001

2002 / 2009

2014 / 2015

Listing on the Stock Exchange

On June 27th, 2001 Amplifon is listed on the Italian Stock Exchange. Seven years later it becomes part of the STAR segment of excellence (segment for stocks committed to fulfilling stricter requirements).

A trully global business

With the acquisition of National Hearing Care (NHC) points of sale in Australia, New Zealand and India, Amplifon becomes a global company with an extensive distribution network spread over five continents. In 2012, Amplifon enters Turkey by acquiring 51% of Maxtone and is active in 20 countries.

Our mission

Bringing sound to life

The clink of two glasses, a conversation in a restaurant, a concert featuring your favorite band: we want a world in which everybody can fully experience their passions.

We offer excellent, bespoke hearing solutions to improve people's quality of life. Whether that is giving back activities shared with a loved one or the joy of hearing the full spectrum of everyday sounds.

Key differentiators

Customization

There are no identical hearing profiles, each of them has its unique traits: our business model is based on listening to each customer and understanding their needs as to deliver a solution that meets their lifestyle, the sounds they hear as well as their aesthetic preferences.

Customer Experience

The advanced skills of our network of hearing care professionals are not limited to the technical and audiological knowledge, but also include behavioral and communications skills. That's why we can establish long-term relationships, based on professionalism and trust.

Innovation

We constantly evolve the way we interact, communicate and counsel the people we help. We offer the most advanced technologies and develop new proprietary tools and protocols to always find the best solution for every single person.

Our strengths

EXPERTISE MODEL

Our hearing care professionals throughout the world have the skills and the competencies needed to meet each single customer's needs, perfectly blending innovative technologies, scientific know-how with a personal approach.

INNOVATION

We are the pioneer in adopting innovative digital technologies

GLOBAL scale

We are close to our customers, also in terms of vicinity, though our global network of points of sale that leverages different store concepts based on the density and maturity of each market, and offers a unique in-store experience to customers.

Amplifon's Centre for Research and Studies (CRS) is a specialized partner to the medical and academic communities and an international point of reference in the fields of audiology and otolaryngology.

EMPLOYER OF CHOICE

2015 Highlights Economic & financial performance

REVENUES by region

* Excluding corporate costs.

Global leader in hearing solutions and services

Global presence

Amplifon is the only global retailer in the industry and the leader in terms of sales, volumes, distribution network and geographic coverage.

The Company operates under three regions (EMEA, AMERICAS and APAC) each of them being responsible for implementing the Company's strategic guidelines, coordinating local activities and sharing best practices.

Management teams in each country are accountable for developing the Company's business and implementing sales and marketing strategies, adapting them to local market needs and legislation.

Our brands

EMEA
Amplifon, founded in 1950 in Milan by the engineer Charles Holland, is
the global leader in hearing solutions and services, and is the brand under
which it operates in Italy, Belgium, Egypt, France, Germany, Hungary, India,
Ireland, Luxembourg, Poland, Portugal, Spain, Switzerland and the UK.
Established in 1910 and part of Amplifon since 2001, Beter Horen
is the leading hearing solutions and services company in the
Netherlands.
Amplifon Medtechnica Orthophone, joined Amplifon in 2014 and
leads the hearing care services industry in Israel, also due to its focus on
research and development.
İŞİTME MERKEZİ Maxtone, part of the Group since 2012, is the brand through which it
operates in Turkey, offering innovative hearing solutions in its network of
stores spread across the country's major cities.
AMERICAS
Founded in 1948 and part of Amplifon since 1999, Miracle-Ear is the
number one brand in hearing care in North America, thanks to its constant
attention to customer satisfaction in its over 1,200 franchised stores.
Founded in 1998, Elite Hearing Network is the largest hearing care
network in the United States, serving about 1,700 affiliates to which it offers
business intelligence tools and streamlined processes and purchasing.
Amplifon Hearing Health Care has operated across the United States for
the last twenty years – first as HearPO – connecting people with hearing
loss who hold an affiliated medical insurance with the best hearing care
providers.
Direito de Ouvir, founded in 2007 and part of Amplifon since
2014, offers quality services to customers throughout the Brazilian
territory.
APAC
With over 200 stores located in metropolitan cities and regional towns
all across the country, National Hearing Care is Australia's leading
independent provider of hearing care services.
Bay Audiology is the leading provider of hearing solutions in New Zealand
with over 70 stores and 26 service points nationwide – twice as many as
the second provider in the industry.
Acquired in 2015, Dilworth Hearing is well known in New Zealand for
providing diagnostic and rehabilitative care: it operates under a medical
model through strong relationships with GPs and ENTs.

Market scenario

Hearing loss interests all age groups, but it is more common in the elderly due to natural cell ageing.

Over 650 million people, 10-15% of world population, have hearing loss, but only 20% of those actually look for a solution.

Hearing solutions

Today hearing solutions can be found in hearing aids, implantable devices and cochlear implants.

On average, 7 years go by before people take action and approach a hearing care professional. The reasons for the delay are:

  • difficulty admitting the problem;
  • prejudice related to hearing aids;
  • social stigma related to hearing loss;
  • dissatisfaction with the use of "old technologies".

Growth drivers

The penetration rate of hearing solutions and services is very low and there is still huge growth potential, also due to a series of extremely favorable contemporary socio-economical elements.

Emerging markets

As GDP, industrialization and urbanization rates increase around the world, new markets arise.

Distribution network

Amplifon store

The format of Amplifon stores provides a unique 'store experience' - highly innovative in this industry - in which the customer is always addressed as a person, not someone with a medical condition, and guided step by step in the journey to rediscover the joy of hearing.

Our shop windows are designed to reduce the anxiety normally related to medical experiences, entering an Amplifon store is no longer a medical/technical decision, but an entirely positive emotional experience.

Inside our stores, each area is developed for a different reason, but all of them are designed to put customers at ease. The assessment, counseling, fine tuning appointment and follow-up phases all take place inside our stores - in an integrate process - to guarantee a pleasant experience, from a physical to a psychological standpoint.

The customer, the supporter (spouse, child, friend), the ENT specialist, the audiologist and the person responsible for customer care are then able to establish successful and enduring relationships. After that, people are more confident in using the necessary equipment to go through a detailed analysis of their hearing profile, a key factor for the selection and fitting of the ideal hearing solution.

Direct points of sale

2,269 Corporate shops

In these stores, customers are in direct contact with Amplifon. They can be managed by Amplifon staff or by people working on behalf of the Company on a commission basis.

3,442 shop-in-shops & corners

Located in third party premises (e.g. pharmacies, opticians and doctors' surgeries), this widespread network of outlets may be the first point of contact with customers who are then directed to a store when necessary.

Indirect points of sale

1,242 FRANCHISEES

Franchisees run retail outlets themselves under a franchising agreement, benefitting from a leading brand, advanced marketing tools and other value-added services made available by Amplifon. They purchase products exclusively from Amplifon and can make use of Service Centres as their first point of contact with customers.

1,734 NETWORK AFFILIATES

These independent retailers operate with their own brands, purchase products from Amplifon, benefitting from a variety of support activities offered by the Group, and offer hearing solutions to end users.

COUNTRY Brand CORPORATE
SHOPS
SHOP-IN-SHOPS
& CORNERS
FRANCHISEES Network
Affiliates
Italy Amplifon 559 2,864
France Amplifon 373 79
The Netherlands Beter Horen 177 50
Switzerland Amplifon 81
Spain & Portugal Amplifon 134 67 2
Germany Amplifon 260
Belgium & Luxembourg Amplifon 78 62 15 EM
EA
Hungary Amplifon 55
Poland Amplifon 32 1
UK & Ireland Amplifon 135 49
Egypt Amplifon 20
Turkey Maxtone 15
Israel Medtechnica Orthophone 18 45
Miracle-Ear 6 1,220
USA Elite Hearing Network 1,687 AM
ER
Canada Miracle-Ear 20 IC
Brazil Direito de Ouvir 1 74 5 AS
Australia National Hearing Care 146 60 A
New Zealand Bay Audiology 72 26 PA
India Amplifon 87 110 2 C
Total 2,269 3,442 1,242 1,734

Business model

Amplifon business model blends medical and retail competencies within its core activities through:

Our role in the value chain

Our business model makes us the leader in the largest segment in the value chain.

The value added by the service in this industry represents the most important part of the value chain.

Service life cycle

We offer an exclusive, bespoke, all-rounded experience. We walk hand-in-hand with each person throughout the journey to rediscover all the joy of hearing, making use of constant dialogue in each appointment for the progressive optimization of the solution to meet each person's needs.

30-day free trial, weekly check-ups and fine tuning with the possibility to return the product at the end of the trial period or move forward with a purchase.

Comprehensive specialized audiological assessment and in-

Customization: a value we cherish

Every solution is unique

Two people with the same type of hearing loss may need two different hearing solutions depending on their lifestyle, the recurrent sounds they hear, aesthetic preferences, health and/or psychological standing and whether it is the first device application or a repurchase.

TECHNOLOGY ALONE IS NOT ENOUGH

The hearing device is an essential part of the hearing solution, but it is not enough to meet customer's needs. Improving one's ability to hear and communicate depends not only on the hearing aid function and intrinsic quality, but above all on the hearing care professional's ability to choose the model best-suited to the customer on the basis of scientific evidence and tailor-fit the device exploiting its technology to the fullest in relation to the person's needs.

Our people

Global HR Vision

Our mission is to improve people's quality of life thanks to our professional skills and highly customized services tailored to each customer, thus creating unparalleled value for our people as well as for our stakeholders.

To fulfill this objective and continue to be the employer of choice in the hearing care industry, we are committed to attracting, training, developing, retaining and rewarding the best talent throughout their professional path.

People

By role By region

2015 2014
EMEA AMERICAS APAC CORPORATE TOTAL TOTAL
Hearing care professionals 2,088 43 498 0 2,629 2,309
Other shop personnel 1,688 71 528 0 2,287 2,108
Sales network 3,776 114 1,026 0 4,916 4,417
Support functions 756 221 377 0 1,417 1,372
Total employees 4,532 335 1,403 63 6,333 5,789
Sales force not on payroll 1,445 3,900* 0 0 5,345* 5,282*
Overall total 5,977 4,235 1,403 63 11,678 11,071

* Estimated number, of which 2,900 hearing care professionals.

Key resources

HEARING CARE PROFESSIONALS & CUSTOMER SERVICE

About 5,500 people chose to pursue a career as a hearing care professional and 4.700 are active in the customer service in our over 3,500 stores and e 3,400 shop-in-shops and corners around the world. We offer them a unique opportunity: to become the best experts in the industry and continue their professional growth over time.

Marketing & sales management

21% of the people who work in support functions are dedicated to marketing and sales management roles. We offer them a diversified role, at the same time stimulating and innovative, through which one can help improving customer service and promoting excellence in our points of sale.

Back office

1,417 of our co-workers cover support function roles and deliver excellence and innovation in key company processes, working closely with our people in the field, in an extremely stimulating international environment.

Recruitment

Amplifon is committed to attracting resources prone to innovating and excelling, stimulated by the possibility of working both in team and in an dynamic international environment.

To this end, we have developed a global website dedicated to communicating the attractiveness of our industry and our Company, and the professional growth opportunities within the Group. http://careers.amplifon.com/global

Supporting growth

Continuous learning

We offer a huge array of training services tailor made for the people who work directly with customers, including classroom training, e-learning, coaching and workshops.

Knowledge sharing

We continually promote the sharing of best practices and knowledge across our global network.

Mentoring

We propose personalized learning possibilities that benefit from the experience of our top performer for developing competencies within the organization.

Professional development

We support the development of career paths that are unique to each person and based one's strengths and aspirations. Careers at Amplifon have no boundaries, if not on one's talent, and may take any amazing unconventional path.

Talent management

T-Lab: preparing the leaders of tomorrow

The T-Lab program is a periodic, structured and formal process to identify the resources with the capabilities and potential to take part in training paths to cover key positions at national and international level. We provide the participants with greater visibility, international and accelerated career opportunities, assignment to global projects, Group development programs at top-ranked business schools, mentoring from the Group's Senior Managers, and specific incentive and retention plans.

Compass Programs

The Blue and Green Compass Programs are residential, international programs aimed at boosting our people's skills and encouraging international networking and knowledge exchange. Entirely designed by and for us, the Compass programs are delivered in partnership with the best-ranked business schools in the world and offered across all areas and levels within the Company.

Rewarding results

We reward targets reached by means of performance reviews with transparent criteria to be sure that we share the same ambitious business objectives. Every year, our best professionals from all over the world are assigned shares, including our best performing hearing care professionals. Today about 450 of our hearing care professionals benefit from our Performance Stock Grant Plan, because we fundamentally believe in sharing of the value creation of our Company with the people who make it possible.

Performance Stock Grant Plan 450

HEARING CARE PROFESSIONALS

Recognizing excellence

The High Achievers Club

Each year, based on performance monitoring, high-achievers will be invited to join their country's Club.

Members receive excellent benefits, from networking opportunities to special event access.

The Charles Holland Award

It is the highest honor that can be achieved by a store team at Amplifon. The annual international award is presented to stores that deliver outstanding performance and service.

Each year 50 stores out of 3,500 are chosen on the basis of their results in five categories: customer care, innovation, growth, teamwork and productivity.

25

Our social role

A virtuous cycle for the community

Offering hearing solutions and services is in itself an important social contribution considering the paramount importance of hearing to people's quality of life.

We actively contribute to social wellbeing: being able to hear is essential at any age as it allows the development of oral communication skills, speech comprehension and more generally interaction with others. Thus, hearing carries strong implications for the topics of integration, equal opportunities and the right to quality of life and safety.

We are fully committed to spreading accurate information on hearing health and to educating for prevention, being certain that a knowledgeable society can respond better and more promptly to hearing loss, avoiding its effect on people's lives. For this reason, the Group's companies promote and support in collaboration with partners and institutions - various social initiatives and public awareness campaigns.

We believe everybody deserves to hear, that is why the Miracle Ear Foundation® provides hearing aids, follow-up care, and educational resources to people with hearing loss who demonstrate personal inability to financially provide for their hearing health needs. Since 1990 the Miracle-Ear Foundation® has donated more than 10,000 hearing aids in the U.S.A..

Our commitment

The community Initiatives for disseminating the wellbeing culture and promoting prevention.

Our customers

Offering customized solutions and ongoing support with positive effects on quality of life.

Ongoing collaboration for technological development and service improvement.

Our shareholders Continuous long-term growth and solid financial structure.

The CRS research activity

For over 40 years, we have being a specialized partner for the scientific community, supporting the development of doctors, hearing care professionals and speech therapists, through the Center for Research and Studies Amplifon (CRS).

Founded by Charles Holland in 1971, it promotes clinical research and disseminates information on the advances and developments in the fields of audiology and otology. Today the CRS is an international point of reference in hearing care industry.

CONSENSUS PAPER: developed thanks to the CRS, it is the most important initiative in the quest for increasing public awareness on hearing related topics. They are short scientific papers for the general public, written by important international experts who address a particular aspect of hearing each year.

2011: Hearing and the elderly 2012: Hearing and children 2013: Hearing and cognition 2014: Hearing and diabetes 2015: Coping with noise

Report for Investors Amplifon on the Stock Exchange

KEY SHARE DATA

Stock exchange MTA-STAR Nominal value €0.02
Bloomberg ticket AMP:IM Average price3 €6.719
Share capital1 €4,510 Average volume3 419,074
N° of shares outstanding2 219,233,947 Market capitalization1 €1,753
(1) At 31.12.2015, in million Euros.

(2) Treasury shares excluded. (3) Last 12 months.

SHAREHOLDING

Relationships with the financial community

ANALYSTS COVERAGE

At December 31st, 2015 the stock was covered by 16 brokers who followed the development of the company with specific research and analyses, providing generally a positive view.

  • Banca Akros
  • Banca Aletti
  • Bank of America Merrill Lynch
  • Banca IMI
  • Citigroup

  • Commerzbank

  • Equita Sim
  • Exane BNP Paribas
  • Fidentis Equities
  • Goldman Sachs
  • HSBC

  • Intermonte

  • Jefferies International
  • Kepler Chevreux
  • Mediobanca
  • Sanford Bernstein

In January 2016 MainFirst initiated coverage of the stock.

Conference callS

Amplifon organizes conference calls with the financial community (analysts and institutional investors) for the release of its annual, half-year and quarterly results, besides holding an Analyst & Investor Day.

Roadshows

In 2015, Amplifon organized several roadshows on the main global financial markets: New York, Boston, Denver, Toronto, Montreal, Zurich, Geneva, Luxembourg, Brussels, Amsterdam, Frankfurt, Munich, Milan, Paris and Lyon.

Conferences

Throughout the year Company's management team - Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer - and Investor Relator attended numerous international healthcare conferences organized by primary institutions such as Jefferies, BofA Merrill Lynch Global, Goldman Sachs, Commerzbank, Exane BNP Paribas, Citi and Morgan Stanley; and as many conferences for Italian and/or medium sized companies organized by J.P. Morgan, Sanford Bernstein, the Italian Stock Exchange, Kepler Cheuvreux and Unicredit.

Increased voting rights

The Extraordinary Shareholders' Meeting held on January 29th, 2015, approved the proposed amendments to the corporate by-laws by including in a new Article 13, which defines the methods to be used to assign increased voting rights, in accordance with the recently introduced option provided in Art. 127-quinquies of T.U.F.. Increased voting is being established with a view to pursuing stability and loyalty of the shareholder base, and is comprised under the changes introduced to Corporate Law in Article 20 of Law 91 dated June 24th, 2014 (the "Competitiveness Decree"), which allow shareholders to exercise the option and acquire increased voting rights equal to two votes for each share held for at least 24 months from the registration date shown in the appropriate shareholders register prepared by the Company in accordance with current law and regulations.

Report on Operations at 31 December 2015

Comments on the Financial Results 31
Consolidated Income Statement 34
Reclassified Consolidated Balance Sheet 37
Condensed Reclassified Consolidated
Cash Flow Statement
38
Indicators 39
Income Statement Review 42
Balance Sheet Review 62
Acquisition of companies and businesses 72
Statement of changes in Net Equity and the
results for the period of the Parent Company
Amplifon S.p.A. and the group Net Equity and
results for the Period in question as at
31 December 2015
73
Risk management 74
Treasury shares 82
Research and development 83
Transactions between group companies
and with related parties
83
Contingent liabilities 84
Subsequent events after 31 December 2015 84
Outlook 85
Report on Corporate Governance and
Ownership Structure
87
Comments on the financial
results of Amplifon S.p.A.
103

Comments on the Financial Results

In 2015 the global market conditions continued to be complex and volatile. The outlook has improved in advanced economies: the slight growth supported by the European Central Bank's expansionary policies continues, but remains weak and in the United States, where despite the first hike in rates since 2008 monetary policy continues to be accommodative, growth rates continue to be good, albeit not as high as in previous years. The weakness, however, of the emerging economies and lower growth in China have slowed the expansion of international trade and fuel the drop in the prices of raw materials.

In this environment the Amplifon Group benefitted from its worldwide presence and posted a very positive performance, achieving record results and strong growth against the prior year in terms of both sales, which for the first time in history reached and exceeded Euro 1 billion, and profitability.

In the second quarter of the year the Company and the Chief Executive Officer, Franco Moscetti, mutually agreed that the conditions for a seamless change in leadership which would further sustain the growth process, while also strengthening the Group's competitiveness, had materialized. On 22 October 2015 the Board of Directors, having acknowledged that Franco Moscetti had tendered his resignation and relinquished all powers, granted Enrico Vita (formerly the Company's Chief Operating Officer) all the powers assigned to the Chief Executive Officer.

Franco Moscetti was paid a total indemnity of €5.7 million, was granted early vesting of the 600,000 performance stock grant rights assigned and received a payment of €0.7 million as part of a non-compete agreement valid through 30 April 2017, inclusive.

More in detail, the year closed with total revenue of €1,034.0 million (+16.1% against 2014), a gross operating margin (EBITDA) of €165.2 million (+20.0% against 2014) and a net profit of €46.8 million. Net profit for recurring operations alone reaches €52.8 million, an increase of 47.4% against the prior year.

Revenue performance

For the first time in the Group's history, revenue from sales and services exceeded €1 billion, coming in at €1,033,977 thousand (€890,931 thousand in 2014), an increase against the prior year of €143,046 thousand (+16.1%), around half of which is explained by organic growth. Acquisitions contributed €27,636 thousand (+3.1%), while exchange gains amounted to €42,032 thousand (+4.7%). Sales rose in all the geographic areas where the Group operates. More in detail:

  • in Europe, the Middle-East and Africa, the Amplifon Group's revenue increased (+11.4%) with positive results posted in all the countries, but particularly in Italy (+8.2%), France (+11.4%), Germany (+15.8%), Switzerland (+11.8% in local currency) and the Iberian Peninsula (+16.2%). The Middle-East and Africa also made a substantial contribution (+63.3%);
  • in the Americas, revenue rose 18.5% in local currency across all channels;
  • in Asia-Pacific sales rose 11.0% overall, with New Zealand reporting an increase of 19.8% in local currency.

Profit performance

The growth in revenue resulted in a significant increase in profitability across all the Group's geographies. Gross operating profit (EBITDA) amounted to a record €165,177 thousand, an increase of €27,509 thousand against the prior year (+20.0%). Net of the exchange differences, which had a positive impact of some €7,157 thousand, and the €2,186 thousand in non-recurring costs, the rise in EBITDA reaches €22,538 thousand (+16.4%). The recurring EBITDA margin reached 16.2%, an increase of 0.7 percentage points against 2014.

Changes in net debt

The net financial position continues to be extremely solid, net financial indebtedness came to €204,911 thousand at 31 December 2015 (€248,417 thousand at 31 December 2014) with free cash flow of € 89,730 thousand and total net cash flow of €43,506 thousand (versus €78,392 thousand and €26,950 thousand, respectively, in the prior year). Total cash flow improved by €27,388 thousand against 2014, net of the impact of the non-recurring items (€5,448 thousand in 2015 and €9,191 thousand in the prior year), acquisitions (€41,073 thousand in 2015 and €35,883 thousand in the prior year), the purchase of treasury shares and the payment of dividends net of the cash in resulting from the exercise of stock options (€11,751 thousand in 2015 and €9,852 thousand in the prior year) and after having absorbed capex of €48,101 thousand (€42,930 thousand in the prior year).

In the second quarter the last tranche of the USD 70 million (€55.2 million at the hedging rate) private placement 2006-2016 was repaid in advance.

The advance repayment resulted in the payment of €4.3 million in interest that would have been payable to investors in the period beginning from the repayment date through the natural expiration of the private placement net of a discount which, as it was higher than the rate at which the liquidity could have been invested, had a positive impact of approximately €0.5 million pre-tax compared to total interest actually owed if the debt had been repaid to the maturity date of August 2, 2016.

At 31 December 2015 gross debt amounted to €401,625 thousand, €382,542 thousand of which long term. Cash and cash equivalents of €196,714 thousand, along with available credit lines, ensure the flexibility needed to take advantage of any opportunities to consolidate and develop business that might materialize.

Consolidated Income Statement

FY 2015 FY 2014
(€ thousands) Recurring Non
recurring
(*)
Total % on
recurring
Recurring Non
recurring
(*)
Total % on
recurring
% change
on
recurring
Revenues from sales and services 1,033,977 - 1,033,977 100.0% 890,931 - 890,931 100.0% 16.1%
Operating costs (868,861) (6,792) (875,653) -84.0% (752,124) - (752,124) -84.4% 15.5%
Other costs and revenues 2,247 4,606 6,853 0.2% (1,139) - (1,139) -0.1% -297.3%
Gross operating profit (EBITDA) 167,363 (2,186) 165,177 16.2% 137,668 - 137,668 15.5% 21.6%
Depreciation and write-downs of
non-current assets
(38,993) (238) (39,231) -3.8% (31,907) (31,907) -3.6% 22.2%
Operating result before the
amortisation and impairment
of customer lists, trademarks,
non-competition agreements
and goodwill arising from
business combinations (EBITA)
128,370 (2,424) 125,946 12.4% 105,761 - 105,761 11.9% 21.4%
Amortization and impairment
of trademarks, customer lists,
lease rights and non-competition
agreements and goodwill
(12,320) (2,620) (14,940) -1.2% (15,145) (15,145) -1.7% -18.7%
Operating profit (EBIT) 116,050 (5,044) 111,006 11.2% 90,616 - 90,616 10.2% 28.1%
Income, expenses, valuation and
adjustments of financial assets
334 1,253 1,587 0.0% 673 - 673 0.1% -50.4%
Net financial expenses (20,871) (2,854) (23,725) -2.0% (22,986) - (22,986) -2.6% -9.2%
Exchange differences and non
hedge accounting instruments
(771) - (771) -0.1% (1,747) - (1,747) -0.2% -55.9%
Profit (loss) before tax 94,742 (6,645) 88,097 9.2% 66,556 - 66,556 7.5% 42.3%
Current tax (41,366) 2,053 (39,313) -4.0% (25,709) 8,707 (17,002) -2.9% 60.9%
Deferred tax (675) (1,397) (2,072) -0.1% (5,070) 1,961 (3,109) -0.6% -86.7%
Net profit (loss) 52,701 (5,989) 46,712 5.1% 35,777 10,668 46,445 4.0% 47.3%
Profit (loss) of minority interests (93) - (93) 0.0% (30) - (30) 0.0% 210.0%
Net profit (loss) attributable to
the Group
52,794 (5,989) 46,805 5.1% 35,807 10,668 46,475 4.0% 47.4%

(*) See table on page 36 for details of non-recurring transactions.

EBITDA is the operating result before charging amortisation, depreciation and impairment of both tangible and intangible fixed assets.

EBITA is the operating result before amortisation and impairment of customer lists, trademarks, noncompetition agreements and goodwill arising from business combinations.

EBIT is the operating result before financial income and charges and taxes.

Q4 2015 Q4 2014
(€ thousands) Recurring Non
recurring
(*)
Total % on
recurring
Recurring Non
recurring
(*)
Total % on
recurring
% change
on
recurring
Revenues from sales and
services
300,229 - 300,229 100.0% 267,581 - 267,581 100.0% 12.2%
Operating costs (241,968) - (241,968) -80.6% (212,391) - (212,391) -79.4% 13.9%
Other costs and revenues 822 2,590 3,412 0.3% (758) - (758) -0.3% -208.4%
Gross operating profit
(EBITDA)
59,083 2,590 61,673 19.7% 54,432 - 54,432 20.3% 8.5%
Depreciation and write-downs of
non-current assets
(12,193) (238) (12,431) -4.1% (8,851) - (8,851) -3.3% 37.8%
Operating result before the
amortisation and impairment
of customer lists, trademarks,
non-competition agreements
and goodwill arising from
business combinations (EBITA)
46,890 2,352 49,242 15.6% 45,581 - 45,581 17.0% 2.9%
Amortization and impairment
of trademarks, customer lists,
lease rights and non-competition
agreements and goodwill
(1,116) (2,620) (3,736) -0.4% (3,928) - (3,928) -1.5% -71.6%
Operating profit (EBIT) 45,774 (268) 45,506 15.2% 41,653 - 41,653 15.6% 9.9%
Income, expenses, valuation and
adjustments of financial assets
116 - 116 0.0% 38 - 38 0.0% 205.3%
Net financial expenses (5,202) - (5,202) -1.7% (6,625) - (6,625) -2.5% -21.5%
Exchange differences and non
hedge accounting instruments
373 - 373 0.1% (479) - (479) -0.2% -177.9%
Profit (loss) before tax 41,061 (268) 40,793 13.7% 34,587 - 34,587 12.9% 18.7%
Current tax (15,086) 1,305 (13,781) -5.0% (9,241) - (9,241) -3.5% 63.3%
Deferred tax (2,428) (3,031) (5,459) -0.8% (4,998) - (4,998) -1.9% -51.4%
Net profit (loss) 23,547 (1,994) 21,553 7.8% 20,348 - 20,348 7.6% 15.7%
Profit (loss) of minority interests 71 - 71 0.0% (36) - (36) 0.0% -297.2%
Net profit (loss) attributable
to the Group
23,476 (1,994) 21,482 7.8% 20,384 - 20,384 7.6% 15.2%

(*) See table on page 36 for details of non-recurring transactions.

The details of the non-recurring transactions included in the previous tables are shown below.

(€ thousands) FY 2015 FY 2014 Q4 2015 Q4 2014
Expenses related to the transition in the Group's
leadership
(6,792) - - -
Restructuring costs incurred in the Netherlands (943) - (415) -
Income generated in the United States as a result
of early termination of commercial partnership
and compensation for damages related to unfair
competition
3,062 - 518 -
Income recognized in India following the cancellation
of the earn-out related to the 2012 acquisition of
the Beltone stores
2,487 - 2,487 -
Impact of the non-recurring items on EBITDA (2,186) - 2,590 -
Goodwill impairment recognized in India (2,620) - (2,620) -
Write-down of the residual assets of restructured
stores in the Netherlands
(238) - (238) -
Impact of the non-recurring items on EBIT (5,044) - (268) -
Make whole payment for advanced repayment
of the 2006-2016 private placement
(4,289) - - -
Income generated in the United States by eliminating
the discounting of receivables entirely repaid by a
partner following early termination of the commercial
partnership
1,435 - - -
Income recognized in New Zealand following the
acquisition of 100% of Dilworth Hearing Ltd (already
40% held) pursuant to IFRS 3R related to the
accounting of step up acquisitions
1,253 - - -
Impact of the non-recurring items pre-tax (6,645) - (268) -
Impact of the above items on the taxes for the year 2,349 - (33) -
Write-down of deferred tax assets recognized in Italy
following change in IRES (corporate income tax) tax
rate from 27.5% to 24%, effective as of 2017, as
approved by the Parliament in December 2015
(1,693) - (1,693) -
Income generated following allowance of the
deduction for tax purposes of certain assets
in Australia
- 10,668 - -
Impact of the non-recurring items
on net profit (loss)
(5,989) 10,668 (1,994) -

Reclassified Consolidated Balance Sheet

The reclassified Consolidated Balance Sheet aggregates assets and liabilities according to operating functionality criteria, subdivided by convention into the following three key functions: investments, operations and finance.

(€ thousands) 31/12/2015 31/12/2014 Change
Goodwill 572,150 534,822 37,328
Non-competition agreements, trademarks, customer lists and lease rights 98,115 98,650 (535)
Software, licences, other intangible fixed assets, fixed assets in progress and
advances
43,298 36,458 6,840
Tangible assets 102,675 96,188 6,487
Financial fixed assets (1) 42,326 48,583 (6,257)
Other non-current financial assets (1) 4,236 3,691 545
Non-current assets 862,800 818,392 44,408
Inventories 28,956 28,690 266
Trade receivables 111,727 109,355 2,372
Other receivables 34,068 33,059 1,009
Current assets (A) 174,751 171,104 3,647
Operating assets 1,037,551 989,496 48,055
Trade payables (113,343) (101,788) (11,555)
Other payables (2) (131,432) (124,418) (7,014)
Provisions for risks and charges (current portion) (1,378) (978) (400)
Current liabilities (B) (246,153) (227,184) (18,969)
Net working capital (A) - (B) (71,402) (56,080) (15,322)
Derivative instruments (3) (6,988) (9,820) 2,832
Deferred tax assets 40,743 44,653 (3,910)
Deferred tax liabilities (55,695) (51,998) (3,697)
Provisions for risks and charges (non-current portion) (48,407) (40,569) (7,838)
Liabilities for employees' benefits (non-current portion) (15,572) (15,712) 140
Loan fees (4) 2,197 3,023 (826)
Other non-current payables (2,600) (250) (2,350)
NET INVESTED CAPITAL 705,076 691,639 13,437
Group net equity 499,471 442,165 57,306
Minority interests 694 1,057 (363)
Total net equity 500,165 443,222 56,943
Net medium and long-term financial indebtedness (4) 382,542 442,484 (59,942)
Net short-term financial indebtedness (4) (177,631) (194,067) 16,436
Total net financial indebtedness 204,911 248,417 (43,506)
OWN FUNDS AND NET FINANCIAL INDEBTEDNESS 705,076 691,639 13,437

Notes for reconciling the condensed balance sheet with the statutory balance sheet:

(1) "Financial fixed assets" and "Other non-current financial assets" include equity interests valued using the net equity method, financial assets at fair value through profit and loss and other non-current assets;

(2) "Other payables" includes other liabilities, accrued liabilities and deferred income, current portion of liabilities for employees' benefits and tax liabilities;

(3) "Derivative instruments" includes cash flow hedging instruments not comprised in the net financial position;

(4) The item "loan fees" is presented in the balance sheet as a direct reduction of the short-term and medium/long-term components of the items "financial payables" and "financial liabilities" for the short term and long term portion respectively.

Condensed Reclassified Consolidated Cash Flow Statement

The condensed consolidated cash flow statement represents a summary version of the reclassified cash flow statement detailed in the following pages and its purpose is, starting from the EBIT, to detail the flows generated from or absorbed by operating, investing and financing activities.

For a complete analysis of the figures and variations with regard to the comparative period, please refer to the dedicated section of this report.

(€ thousands) FY 2015 FY 2014
Operating profit (EBIT) 111,006 90,616
Amortization, depreciation and write-down 54,170 47,052
Provisions, other non-monetary items and gain/losses from disposals 23,944 18,887
Net financial expenses (23,055) (21,118)
Taxes paid (38,242) (11,284)
Changes in net working capital 326 (8,076)
Cash flow generated from (absorbed by) operating activities (A) 128,149 116,077
Cash flow generated from (absorbed by) operating investing activities (B) (38,419) (37,685)
Free cash flow (A+B) 89,730 78,392
Cash flow generated from (absorbed by) business combinations (C) (41,073) (35,883)
(Purchase) sale of other investments, securities and reductions of earn-out (D) 9,423 (146)
Cash flow generated from (absorbed by) investing activities (B+C+D) (70,069) (73,714)
Cash flow generated from (absorbed by) operating and investing activities 58,080 42,363
Dividends (9,356) (9,350)
Commissions and fees on long-term financing - -
Treasury shares (6,601) (2,456)
Capital increases, third parties contributions, dividends paid to third parties by subsidiaries 4,206 1,955
Hedging instruments and other changes in non-current assets (2,015) (5,656)
Net cash flow from the period 44,314 26,856
Net financial indebtedness at the beginning of the period (248,417) (275,367)
Effect of the exchange rate fluctuations on the net financial position (808) 94
Change in net financial position 44,314 26,856
Net financial indebtedness at the end of the period (204,911) (248,417)

The non-recurring transactions described above in the section on the change in net debt had a positive impact on the cash flow recorded in the period of €5,448 thousand in 2015 versus €9,191 thousand in the comparison period.

Indicators

31/12/2015 31/12/2014
Net financial indebtedness (€ thousands) 204,911 248,417
Net Equity (€ thousands) 500,165 443,222
Group Net Equity (€ thousands) 499,471 442,165
Net financial indebtedness/Net Equity 0.41 0.56
Net financial indebtedness/Group Net Equity 0.41 0.56
Net financial indebtedness/EBITDA 1.21 1.77
EBITDA/Net financial charges 7.93 6.51
Earnings per share (EPS) (€) 0.21465 0.213789
Diluted EPS (€) 0.20812 0.207547
Earnings per share – Recurring operations (EPS) (€) 0.24212 0.164715
Diluted EPS – Recurring operations (€) 0.23475 0.159906
Group Net Equity per share (€) 2.278 2.036
Dividend per share (DPS) (€) (*) 0.043 0.043
Pay-out ratio (%) (*) 20.03% 20.11%
Dividend yield (%) (*) 0.54% 0.88%
Period-end price 7.995 4.904
Highest price in period (€) 8.015 5.025
Lowest price in period (€) 4.824 3.996
Price/earnings ratio (P/E) 37.25 22.94
Price/earnings ratio (P/E) – Recurring operations 33.02 29.77
Share price/net equity per share 3.509 2.409
Market capitalisation (€ millions) 1,752.78 1,065.06
Number of shares outstanding 219,233,947 217,181,851

(*) values determined based on the dividend proposed by the Board of Directors at the Shareholders General Meeting convened for 18 April 2016.

  • The net financial indebtedness/Net Equity ratio is the ratio of net financial indebtedness to total net equity.
  • The net financial indebtedness/group net equity ratio is the ratio of the net financial indebtedness to the Group's net equity.
  • The net financial indebtedness/EBITDA ratio is the ratio of net financial indebtedness to EBITDA for the last four quarters (determined with reference to recurring business only on the basis of pro forma figures where there were significant changes to the structure of the Group).
  • The EBITDA/net financial charges ratio is the ratio of EBITDA for the last four quarters (determined with reference to recurring business only on the basis of restated figures where there were significant changes to the structure of the Group) to net interest payable and receivable of the same last 4 quarters.
  • • Earnings per share (EPS) (€) is net profit for the period attributable to the Parent's ordinary shareholders divided by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period, considering purchases and sales of treasury shares as cancellations or issues of shares, respectively.
  • • Diluted earnings per share (EPS) (€) is net profit for the period attributable to the Parent's ordinary shareholders divided by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period adjusted for the dilution effect of potential shares. In the calculation of outstanding shares, purchases and sales of treasury shares are considered as cancellations and issues of shares, respectively.
  • • Earnings per share recurring operations (EPS) (€) is net income from recurring operations for the year attributable to the Parent's ordinary shareholders divided by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period, considering purchases and sales of treasury shares as cancellations or issues of shares, respectively.
  • • Diluted earnings per share recurring operations (EPS) (€) is net income from recurring operations for the year attributable to the Parent's ordinary shareholders divided by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period adjusted for the dilution effect of potential shares. In the calculation of outstanding shares, purchases and sales of treasury shares are considered as cancellations and issues of shares, respectively.
  • • Net Equity per share (€) is the ratio of Group equity to the number of shares outstanding.
  • • Dividend per share (DPS) (€) is the dividend paid in the following year resolved by the shareholders' meeting approving the accounts for the year indicated. This indicator is not given in interim reports since it is only meaningful with reference to the full year result.
  • • Pay-out ratio (%) is the ratio of the dividend paid to EPS.
  • • Dividend yield (%) is the ratio of the dividend per share paid in the following year to the share price on 31 December of the year indicated.

  • • Period-end price (€) is the closing price on the last stock exchange trading day of the period.

  • • Highest price (€) and lowest price (€) are the highest and lowest prices from 1 January to the end of the period.
  • • Price/Earnings ratio (P/E) is the ratio of the share price on the last stock exchange trading day of the period to earnings per share.
  • • Price/Earnings ratio (P/E) recurring operations is the ratio of the share price on the last stock exchange trading day of the period to earnings per share.
  • • Share price/Net equity per share is the ratio of the share closing price on the last stock exchange trading day of the period to net equity per share.
  • • Market capitalisation is the closing price on the last stock exchange trading day of the period multiplied by the number of shares outstanding.
  • • The number of shares outstanding is the number of shares issued less treasury shares..

Income Statement Review

Consolidated Income Statement by Segment (*)

FY 2015
(€ thousands) EMEA Americas Asia Pacific Corporate Elim. Total
Revenues from sales and services 688,057 198,494 146,897 529 - 1,033,977
Operating costs (584,907) (161,460) (101,364) (27,922) - (875,653)
Other costs and revenues 711 4,005 2,070 67 - 6,853
Gross operating profit (EBITDA) 103,861 41,039 47,603 (27,326) - 165,177
Depreciation and write-downs of
non-current assets
(24,381) (3,860) (7,603) (3,387) - (39,231)
Operating result before
amortisation and impairment
of customer lists, trademarks,
non-competition agreements and
goodwill arising from business
combinations (EBITA)
79,480 37,179 40,000 (30,713) - 125,946
Amortization and impairment of
trademarks, customer lists, lease
rights and non-competition
agreements and goodwill
(7,844) (640) (6,456) - - (14,940)
Operating profit (EBIT) 71,636 36,539 33,544 (30,713) - 111,006
Income, expenses, valuation and
adjustments of financial assets
1,587
Net financial expenses (23,725)
Exchange differences and non hedge
accounting instruments
(771)
Profit (loss) before tax 88,097
Current tax (39,313)
Deferred tax (2,072)
Net profit (loss) 46,712
Profit (loss) of minority interests (93)
Net profit (loss) attributable
to the Group
46,805
FY 2015 – Recurring only
(€ thousands) EMEA Americas Asia Pacific Corporate Elim. Total
Revenues from sales and services 688,057 198,494 146,897 529 - 1,033,977
Gross operating profit (EBITDA) 104,803 37,977 45,117 (20,534) - 167,363
Operating result before amortisation
and impairment of customer lists,
trademarks, non-competition
agreements and goodwill arising
from business combinations (EBITA)
80,661 34,117 37,513 (23,921) - 128,370
Operating profit (EBIT) 72,817 33,477 33,677 (23,921) - 116,050
Profit (loss) before tax 94,742
Net profit (loss) attributable
to the Group
52,794

(*) For the purposes of reporting on economic data by geographic area, please note that the Corporate structures are included in EMEA.

FY 2014 (*)
(€ thousands) EMEA Americas Asia Pacific Corporate Elim. Total
Revenues from sales and services 617,687 140,932 132,312 - - 890,931
Operating costs (525,136) (113,695) (93,560) (19,670) (63) (752,124)
Other costs and revenues (1,532) 649 (192) (127) 63 (1,139)
Gross operating profit (EBITDA) 91,019 27,886 38,560 (19,797) - 137,668
Depreciation and write-downs of
non-current assets
(21,875) (2,766) (4,996) (2,270) - (31,907)
Operating result before
amortisation and impairment
of customer lists, trademarks,
non-competition agreements and
goodwill arising from business
combinations (EBITA)
69,144 25,120 33,564 (22,067) - 105,761
Amortization and impairment
of trademarks, customer lists,
lease rights and non-competition
agreements and goodwill
(7,809) (972) (6,364) - - (15,145)
Operating profit (EBIT) 61,335 24,148 27,200 (22,067) - 90,616
Income, expenses, valuation and
adjustments of financial assets
673
Net financial expenses (22,986)
Exchange differences and non hedge
accounting instruments
(1,747)
Profit (loss) before tax 66,556
Current tax (17,002)
Deferred tax (3,109)
Net profit (loss) 46,445
Profit (loss) of minority interests (30)
Net profit (loss) attributable
to the Group
46,475
FY 2014 (*) – Recurring only
(€ thousands) EMEA Americas Asia Pacific Corporate Elim. Total
Revenues from sales and services 617,687 140,932 132,312 - - 890,931
Gross operating profit (EBITDA) 91,019 27,886 38,560 (19,797) - 137,668
Operating result before amortisation
and impairment of customer lists,
trademarks, non-competition
agreements and goodwill arising
from business combinations (EBITA)
69,144 25,120 33,564 (22,067) - 105,761
Operating profit (EBIT) 61,335 24,148 27,200 (22,067) - 90,616
Profit (loss) before tax 66,556
Net profit (loss) attributable
to the Group
35,807

(*) The figures for 2014, in line with the specific managerial responsibilities and as a result of the change in the reports periodically analyzed by the Chief Executive Officer and the Group's Top Management, were reclassified in order to show the Corporate overhead previously charged to EMEA separately.

continued Consolidated Income Statement by Segment (*)

Q4 2015
(€ thousands) EMEA Americas Asia Pacific Corporate Elim. Total
Revenues from sales and services 210,350 53,447 36,071 361 - 300,229
Operating costs (164,801) (44,514) (25,450) (7,203) - (241,968)
Other costs and revenues 184 914 2,286 29 - 3,412
Gross operating profit (EBITDA) 45,732 9,847 12,907 (6,813) - 61,673
Depreciation and write-downs of
non-current assets
(6,439) (932) (4,153) (907) - (12,431)
Operating result before
amortisation and impairment
of customer lists, trademarks,
non-competition agreements and
goodwill arising from business
combinations (EBITA)
39,293 8,915 8,754 (7,720) - 49,242
Amortization and impairment
of trademarks, customer lists,
lease rights and non-competition
agreements and goodwill
(2,024) (142) (1,570) - - (3,736)
Operating profit (EBIT) 37,269 8,773 7,184 (7,720) - 45,506
Income, expenses, valuation and
adjustments of financial assets
116
Net financial expenses (5,202)
Exchange differences and non hedge
accounting instruments
373
Profit (loss) before tax 40,793
Current tax (13,781)
Deferred tax (5,459)
Net profit (loss) 21,553
Profit (loss) of minority interests 71
Net profit (loss) attributable
to the Group
21,482
Q4 2015 – Recurring only
(€ thousands) EMEA Americas Asia Pacific Corporate Elim. Total
Revenues from sales and services 210,350 53,447 36,071 361 - 300,229
Gross operating profit (EBITDA) 46,148 9,329 10,420 (6,814) - 59,083
Operating result before amortisation
and impairment of customer lists,
trademarks, non-competition
agreements and goodwill arising
from business combinations (EBITA)
39,946 8,397 6,267 (7,720) - 46,890
Operating profit (EBIT) 37,922 8,255 7,317 (7,720) - 45,774
Profit (loss) before tax 41,061
Net profit (loss) attributable
to the Group
23,476
Q4 2014 (*)
(€ thousands) EMEA Americas Asia Pacific Corporate Elim. Total
Revenues from sales and services 193,125 39,496 34,960 - - 267,581
Operating costs (150,467) (30,910) (24,083) (6,931) - (212,391)
Other costs and revenues (983) 177 4 44 - (758)
Gross operating profit (EBITDA) 41,675 8,763 10,881 (6,887) - 54,432
Depreciation and write-downs of
non-current assets
(5,844) (806) (1,476) (725) - (8,851)
Operating result before
amortisation and impairment
of customer lists, trademarks,
non-competition agreements and
goodwill arising from business
combinations (EBITA)
35,831 7,957 9,405 (7,612) - 45,581
Amortization and impairment
of trademarks, customer lists,
lease rights and non-competition
agreements and goodwill
(2,092) (227) (1,609) - - (3,928)
Operating profit (EBIT) 33,739 7,730 7,796 (7,612) - 41,653
Income, expenses, valuation and
adjustments of financial assets
38
Net financial expenses (6,625)
Exchange differences and non hedge
accounting instruments
(479)
Profit (loss) before tax 34,587
Current tax (9,241)
Deferred tax (4,998)
Net profit (loss) 20,348
Profit (loss) of minority interests (36)
Net profit (loss) attributable
to the Group
20,384
Q4 2014 (*) – Recurring only
(€ thousands) EMEA Americas Asia Pacific Corporate Elim. Total
Revenues from sales and services 193,125 39,496 34,960 - - 267,581
Gross operating profit (EBITDA) 41,675 8,763 10,881 (6,887) - 54,432
Operating result before amortisation
and impairment of customer lists,
trademarks, non-competition
agreements and goodwill arising
from business combinations (EBITA)
35,831 7,957 9,405 (7,612) - 45,581
Operating profit (EBIT) 33,739 7,730 7,796 (7,612) - 41,653
Profit (loss) before tax 34,587
Net profit (loss) attributable
to the Group
20,384

(*) The figures for 2014, in line with the specific managerial responsibilities and as a result of the change in the reports periodically analyzed by the Chief Executive Officer and the Group's Top Management, were reclassified in order to show the Corporate overhead previously charged to EMEA separately.

Revenues from sales and services

(€ thousands) FY 2015 FY 2014 Change Change %
Revenues from sales and services 1,033,977 890,931 143,046 16.1%
(€ thousands) Q4 2015 Q4 2014 Change Change %
Revenues from sales and services 300,229 267,581 32,648 12.2%

For the first time in the Group's history, revenue from sales and services exceeded €1 billion, coming in at €1,033,977 thousand (versus €890,931 thousand in 2014), an increase against the prior year of €143,046 thousand (+16.1%), driven for €73,378 thousand (+8.2%) by organic growth, for € 42,032 thousand (+4.7%) by exchange differences related to the weakening of the Euro against other currencies and for €27,636 thousand (+3.1%) by acquisitions.

In the fourth quarter alone, revenue from sales and services amounted to €300,229 thousand, an increase of €32,648 thousand (+12.2%) with respect to the same period of the period year, due primarily to organic growth of €17,815 thousand (+6.7%), exchange differences of €7,455 thousand (+2.8%) and acquisitions which contributed €7,378 thousand (+2.8%).

(€ thousands) FY 2015 % FY 2014 % Change Change % Exchange diff. Change % in local currency Italy 247,723 24.0% 228,957 25.7% 18,766 8.2% France 117,885 11.4% 105,866 11.9% 12,019 11.4% The Netherlands 75,570 7.3% 73,350 8.2% 2,220 3.0% Germany 64,365 6.2% 55,579 6.2% 8,786 15.8% United Kingdom 40,781 3.9% 37,374 4.2% 3,407 9.1% 4,061 -1.7% Switzerland 38,946 3.8% 30,624 3.4% 8,322 27.2% 4,706 11.8% Spain 36,764 3.6% 32,335 3.6% 4,429 13.7% Belgium 24,567 2.4% 23,511 2.6% 1,056 4.5% Israel 13,898 1.3% 7,054 0.8% 6,844 97.0% 1,207 79.9% Hungary 9,232 0.9% 8,972 1.0% 260 2.9% (39) 3.4% Portugal 6,760 0.7% 5,120 0.5% 1,640 32.0% Turkey 4,221 0.4% 3,355 0.4% 866 25.8% (173) 31.0% Egypt 3,547 0.3% 2,857 0.3% 690 24.2% 325 12.8% Poland 2,494 0.2% 1,462 0.2% 1,032 70.6% - 70.6% Ireland 855 0.1% 784 0.1% 71 9.1% Luxembourg 613 0.1% 662 0.1% (49) -7.4% Intercompany eliminations (164) 0.0% (175) 0.0% 11 Total EMEA 688,057 66.5% 617,687 69.2% 70,370 11.4% 10,087 9.7% USA 190,355 18.4% 136,583 15.3% 53,772 39.4% 31,379 16.4% Canada 6,855 0.7% 4,192 0.5% 2,663 63.5% 222 58.2% Brazil 1,284 0.1% 157 0.0% 1,127 717.8% (63) 880.7% Total Americas 198,494 19.2% 140,932 15.8% 57,562 40.8% 31,538 18.5% Australia 94,961 9.2% 89,954 10.1% 5,007 5.6% (373) 6.0% New Zealand 46,966 4.5% 39,060 4.4% 7,906 20.2% 176 19.8% India 4,970 0.5% 3,298 0.4% 1,672 50.7% 604 32.4% Total Asia Pacific 146,897 14.2% 132,312 14.9% 14,585 11.0% 407 10.7% Corporate and intercompany eliminations 529 0.1% - 0.0% 529 Total 1,033,977 100.0% 890,931 100.0% 143,046 16.1% 42,032 11.3%

The following table shows the breakdown of revenues from sales and services by segment:

Europe, Middle-East and Africa

Period (€ thousands) 2015 2014 Change Change %
I quarter 151,506 127,940 23,566 18.4%
II quarter 179,130 161,391 17,739 11.0%
I Half-year 330,636 289,331 41,305 14.3%
III quarter 147,071 135,232 11,839 8.8%
IV quarter 210,350 193,124 17,226 8.9%
II Half-year 357,421 328,356 29,065 8.9%
Total year 688,057 617,687 70,370 11.4%

Revenue from sales and services generated on the European market amounted to €688,057 thousand in 2015 versus €617,687 thousand in 2014, an increase of €70,370 thousand (+11.4%), explained by organic growth which reached €39,072 thousand (+6.3%), acquisitions, for €21,211 thousand (+3.4%), while exchange differences had a positive impact of €10,087 thousand (+1.7%).

The strong growth against the comparison period, which was higher in the first part of the year due to the weak results recorded in the prior year, was recorded in almost all countries but was boosted in particular:

  • by the excellent results posted in Italy (+8.2%) where, including net of the contribution of the Audika Italia stores acquired in the second quarter of 2014, important organic growth was recorded thanks to the positive impact of the increased investments made in renewed marketing campaigns;
  • by the continuous growth recorded in France (+11.4%), linked to both organic growth (+5.4%) and acquisitions (+6.0%);
  • by the significant results achieved in Switzerland (+11.8% at constant exchange rates);
  • by the solid trend confirmed in Germany where, while the market shrank after the strong growth registered in 2014, Amplifon continues to grow (+15.8%, +14.8% of which explained by acquisitions);
  • by the excellent results recorded in the Iberian Peninsula (+16.2%) explained by both the organic growth linked to the focus on the retail channel and the contribution of the newly opened stores;
  • by the positive performance of the Middle-East and Africa where the growth (+63.3%) is explained by both the consolidation for the entire period of the acquisition made in Israel at the end of April 2014, which contributed €6,844 thousand to period sales, as well as the excellent results posted in Egypt (+12.8% in local currency) and in Turkey (+31.0% in local currency).

In the fourth quarter alone, revenue from sales and services amounted to €210,350 thousand, an increase of €17,226 thousand (+8.9%) against the same period of the prior year, explained for €9,516 thousand (+4.9%) by organic growth, for €5,546 thousand (+2.9%) by acquisitions and for €2,164 thousand (+1.1%) by exchange gains.

The number of stores (direct and indirect) in the EMEA region reached 1,999 at 31 December 2015 compared to 1,869 at the end of the prior year. In addition to the stores (direct and indirect) there are also 3,172 customer contact points (2,984 at 31 December 2014).

Americas

Period (€ thousands) 2015 2014 Change Change %
I quarter 46,331 32,970 13,361 40.5%
II quarter 49,642 33,405 16,237 48.6%
I Half-year 95,973 66,375 29,598 44.6%
III quarter 49,074 35,060 14,014 40.0%
IV quarter 53,447 39,497 13,950 35.3%
II Half-year 102,521 74,557 27,964 37.5%
Total year 198,494 140,932 57,562 40.8%

Revenue from sales and services in North America reached €198,494 thousand in 2015 versus €140,932 thousand in 2014, an increase of €57,562 thousand (+40.8%) explained for €31,538 thousand (+22.4%) by exchange gains and for €2,924 thousand (+2.1%) by acquisitions.

In local currency revenue was up by 18.5% (16.4% of which linked to organic growth) and distributed across all channels, though the highest percentage increase came from Amplifon Hearing Health Care (previously called Hear Po) which continues to benefit significantly from a new contract signed with a primary insurance company in the latter part of 2014.

The contribution from the Brazilian business (started at the end of 2014) amounted to BRL 4,752 thousand (€1,284 thousand).

Revenue from sales and services in the fourth quarter alone amounted to €53,447 thousand, an increase of €13,950 thousand (+35.3%) against the comparison period explained for €6,546 thousand (+16.6%) by exchange differences, for €6,586 thousand (+16.6%) by organic growth and for €818 thousand (2.1%) by acquisitions.

Amplifon has 26 direct stores in North America, 1,220 franchises and 1,687 wholesale points of sale. In Brazil Amplifon has one directly operated store, 5 franchises and 74 customer contact points. At the end of the previous year, there were 23 directly operated stores, 1,171 franchises, 1,881 wholesale points of sale and 77 customer contact points.

Asia Pacific

Period (€ thousands) 2015 2014 Change Change %
I quarter 33,455 27,439 6,016 21.9%
II quarter 40,111 33,306 6,805 20.4%
I Half-year 73,566 60,745 12,821 21.1%
III quarter 37,260 36,607 653 1.8%
IV quarter 36,071 34,960 1,111 3.2%
II Half-year 73,331 71,567 1,764 2.5%
Total year 146,897 132,312 14,585 11.0%

Revenue from sales and services in Asia-Pacific amounted to €146,897 in 2015 versus €132,312 thousand in 2014, an increase of €14,585 thousand (+11.0%) explained for €3,501 thousand (2.6%) by acquisitions and for €407 thousand (0.3%) by exchange gains. In local currency growth reached 6.0% in Australia and 19.8% (8.9% of which linked to acquisitions) in New Zealand where the first part of 2014 was particularly weak while waiting for the regulatory changes to take effect which, beginning July 2014, resulted in increased subsidies. Growth reached 32.4% in India.

In the fourth quarter alone revenue from sales and services amounted to €36,071 thousand, an increase of €1,111 thousand (+3.2%) against the same period of the prior year explained for €1,352 thousand (+3.9%) by organic growth, for €1,014 thousand (+2.9%) by acquisitions, while exchange differences had a negative impact of €1,255 thousand (-3.6%).

At 31 December 2015 the Group had 307 stores in Asia-Pacific (versus 293 at 31 December 2014), as well as 196 customer contact points (116 at 31 December 2014).

Gross operating profit (EBITDA)

(€ thousands) Recurring FY 2015
Non recurring
Total Recurring FY 2014
Non recurring
Total
Gross operating profit (EBITDA) 167,363 (2,186) 165,177 137,668 - 137,668
(€ thousands) Q4 2015 Q4 2014
Recurring Non recurring Total Recurring Non recurring Total
Gross operating profit (EBITDA) 59,083 2,590 61,673 54,432 - 54,432

Gross operating profit (EBITDA) amounted to €165,177 thousand in 2015 (with an EBITDA margin of 16.0%) versus €137,668 thousand in the prior year (and an EBITDA margin of 15.5%), an increase of €27,509 thousand (+20.0%). The EBITDA margin rose 0.5 percentage points (p.p.).

In the fourth quarter alone, the gross operating profit (EBITDA) amounted to €61,673 thousand, an increase of €7,241 thousand (+13.3%) against the fourth quarter of the prior year. The EBITDA margin rose 0.2 p.p. against the comparison period to 20.5%.

The result was impacted by non-recurring items amounting to €2,186 thousand explained:

  • for €6,792 thousand by the change in the Group's leadership, already recognized in the second quarter;
  • for €943 thousand by the restructuring charges incurred in the Netherlands in the second half of the year;
  • for €3,062 thousand by the non-recurring income posted in the United States in the third quarter as a result of the early termination of a commercial partnership (€2,544 thousand) and damages paid by a former commercial partner for unfair competition (€518 thousand);
  • for €2,487 thousand by income recognized in the fourth quarter in India following the cancellation of the earn-out linked to the 2012 acquisition of the Beltone stores since no payment is expected due to the achievement of results lower than initially expected.

Exchange gains reached €7,157 thousand, €1,203 thousand of which in the fourth quarter alone.

Net of the above mentioned items, the increase against the comparison period reached €22,538 thousand (+16.4%) for the whole year and €3,448 thousand (+6.3%) for the fourth quarter alone.

The recurring EBITDA margin for FY 2015 came to 16.2% (+0.7 p.p. against 2014) and to 19.7% (-0.6 p.p. against the comparison period) in the fourth quarter alone.

The following table shows a breakdown of EBITDA by segment.

(€ thousands) FY 2015 EBITDA Margin FY 2014 (*) EBITDA Margin Change Change %
EMEA 103,861 15.1% 91,019 14.7% 12,842 14.1%
Americas 41,039 20.7% 27,886 19.8% 13,153 47.2%
Asia Pacific 47,603 32.4% 38,560 29.1% 9,043 23.5%
Corporate (**) (27,326) -2.6% (19,797) -2.2% (7,529) -38.0%
Total 165,177 16.0% 137,668 15.5% 27,509 20.0%
(€ thousands) Q4 2015 EBITDA Margin Q4 2014 (*) EBITDA Margin Change Change %
EMEA 45,732 21.7% 41,675 21.6% 4,057 9.7%
Americas 9,847 18.4% 8,763 22.2% 1,084 12.4%
Asia Pacific 12,907 35.8% 10,881 31.1% 2,026 18.6%
Corporate (**) (6,813) -2.3% (6,887) -2.6% 74 1.1%
Total 61,673 20.5% 54,432 20.3% 7,241 13.3%

The following table shows the breakdown of EBITDA by segment for recurring operations only:

(€ thousands) FY 2015 EBITDA Margin FY 2014 (*) EBITDA Margin Change Change %
EMEA 104,803 15.2% 91,019 14.7% 13,784 15.1%
Americas 37,977 19.1% 27,886 19.8% 10,091 36.2%
Asia Pacific 45,117 30.7% 38,560 29.1% 6,557 17.0%
Corporate (**) (20,534) -2.0% (19,797) -2.2% (737) -3.7%
Total 167,363 16.2% 137,668 15.5% 29,695 21.6%
(€ thousands) Q4 2015 EBITDA Margin Q4 2014 (*) EBITDA Margin Change Change %
EMEA 46,148 21.9% 41,675 21.6% 4,473 10.7%
Americas 9,329 17.5% 8,763 22.2% 566 6.5%
Asia Pacific 10,420 28.9% 10,881 31.1% (461) -4.2%
Corporate (**) (6,814) -2.3% (6,887) -2.6% 73 1.1%
Total 59,083 19.7% 54,432 20.3% 4,651 8.5%

(*) The figures for 2014, in line with the specific managerial responsibilities and as a result of the change in the reports periodically analyzed by the Chief Executive Officer and the Group's Top Management, were reclassified in order to show the Corporate overhead previously charged to EMEA separately.

(**) The impact of the centralized costs is calculated as a percentage of the Group's total sales.

Europe, Middle-East and Africa

Gross operating profit (EBITDA) amounted to €103,861 thousand in the year (with an EBITDA margin of 15.1%) versus €91,019 thousand in the prior year (and an EBITDA margin of 14.7%), an increase of €12,842 thousand (+14.1%). The EBITDA margin rose 0.4 p.p.

In the fourth quarter alone, the gross operating profit (EBITDA) amounted to €45,732 thousand, an increase of €4,057 thousand (+9.7%) against the fourth quarter of the prior year. The EBITDA margin came to 21.7%, an increase of 0.1 p.p. against the comparison period.

The result was impacted by non-recurring costs of €943 thousand linked to the restructuring charges incurred in the Netherlands in the second part of the year.

Exchange differences had a positive impact on the whole year of €298 thousand and of €129 thousand on the fourth quarter alone.

Net of the above mentioned items, the increase against the comparison period reached €13,486 thousand (+14.8%) for the full year and €4,344 thousand (+10.4%) for the fourth quarter alone.

The recurring EBITDA margin came to 15.2% in 2015 (+0.5 p.p. against 2014) and to 21.9% in the fourth quarter alone (+0.3 p.p. against the fourth quarter of the prior year).

Americas

Gross operating profit (EBITDA) amounted to €41,039 thousand in 2015 (with an EBITDA margin of 20.7%) versus €27,886 thousand in the prior year (and an EBITDA margin of 19.8%), an increase of €13,153 thousand (+47.2%). The EBITDA margin rose 0.9 p.p.

In the fourth quarter alone, the gross operating profit (EBITDA) amounted to €9,847 thousand, an increase of €1,084 thousand (+12.4%) against the fourth quarter of the prior year. The EBITDA margin fell 3.8 p.p. against the comparison period to 18.4%.

The result for the period reflects the positive impact of the €3,062 thousand in non-recurring income generated as a result of the early termination of a commercial partnership in the third quarter (€2,544 thousand) and damages paid by a former commercial partner for unfair competition in the fourth quarter (€518 thousand).

Net of these items and the exchange gains which reached €6,873 thousand (€1,269 thousand of which relative to the fourth quarter alone), EBITDA was up by €3,218 thousand in FY 2015 (+11.5%) and fell by €703 thousand (-8.0%) in the fourth quarter alone.

The recurring EBITDA margin came to 19.1% (-0.7 p.p. against the prior year) and to 17.5% in the fourth quarter alone (-4.7 p.p. against the fourth quarter of the prior year).

Asia Pacific

Gross operating profit (EBITDA) amounted to €47,603 thousand in 2015 (with an EBITDA margin of 32.4%) versus €38,560 thousand in the prior year (and an EBITDA margin of 29.1%), an increase of €9,043 thousand (+23.5%). The EBITDA margin rose 3.3 p.p.

In the fourth quarter alone gross operating profit (EBITDA) amounted to €12,907 thousand, an increase of €2,026 thousand (+18.6%) against the fourth quarter of the prior year. The EBITDA margin rose 4.7 p.p. against the comparison period to 35.8%.

The result benefitted from the €2,487 thousand in non-recurring income recognized in the fourth quarter in India following the cancellation of the earn-out linked to the 2012 acquisition of the Beltone stores since no payment is expected due to the achievement of results lower than initially expected.

Net of these items and the exchange losses of €12 thousand (-€196 thousand in the fourth quarter alone), EBITDA rose €6,568 thousand (+17.0%) in the year and fell €265 thousand (-2.4%) in the fourth quarter alone.

The recurring EBITDA margin reached 30.7% (+1.6 p.p. against the prior year) and 28.9% in the fourth quarter alone (-2.2 p.p. against the fourth quarter of the prior year).

Corporate

The net cost of centralized Corporate functions (corporate bodies, general management, business development, procurement, treasury, legal affairs, human resources, IT systems, global marketing and internal audit) which do not qualify as operating segments under IFRS 8 amounted to €27,326 thousand in 2015 (2.6% of the revenue generated by Group's sales and services) versus €19,797 thousand in the prior year (2.2% of the revenue generated by Group's sales and services), an increase of €7,529 thousand (+38.0%) and of 0.4 p.p. as a percentage of revenue generated by Group's sales and services. The increase is explained by the €6,792 thousand in non-recurring costs incurred linked to the transition in the Group's leadership recognized in the second quarter.

Net of this item, the increase in centralized costs reached €737 thousand (+3.7%) and 2.0% of total revenue generated by Group's sales and services (-0.2 p.p. against the prior year).

In the fourth quarter alone, the net cost of centralized Corporate functions reached €6,813 thousand, a drop of €74 thousand (-1.1%) against the fourth quarter of the prior year, and 2.3% of revenue generated by Group's sales and services, a decline of 0.3 p.p. against the comparison period.

Operating profit (EBIT)

(€ thousands) FY 2015 FY 2014
Recurring Non recurring Total Recurring Non recurring Total
Operating profit (EBIT) 116,050 (5,044) 111,006 90,616 - 90,616
(€ thousands) Q4 2015 Q4 2014
Recurring Non recurring Total Recurring Non recurring Total
Operating profit (EBIT) 45,774 (268) 45,506 41,653 - 41,653

Operating profit (EBIT) amounted to €111,006 thousand in 2015 versus €90,616 thousand in the same period of the prior year, an increase of €20,390 thousand (+22.5%) with the EBIT margin rising 0.5 p.p. to 10.7% against the 10.2% posted in 2014.

In the fourth quarter alone the operating profit (EBIT) amounted to €45,506 thousand, an increase of €3,853 thousand (+9.3%) against the fourth quarter of the prior year. The EBIT margin fell 0.4 p.p. against the comparison period to 15.2%.

The result posted in the period was impacted by €5,044 thousand in non-recurring expenses, €2,186 thousand of which described above in the section on EBITDA and €2,858 thousand of which explained:

  • for €2,620 thousand, by the goodwill impairment recognized in India in the fourth quarter;
  • for €238 thousand, by the write-downs of the residual assets of restructured stores in the Netherlands already referred to in the section on EBITDA.

Exchange differences had a positive impact on the whole period of €5,402 thousand and of €713 thousand on the fourth quarter alone.

Net of the above mentioned items, the increase against the prior year reached €20,032 thousand (+22.1%) and €3,408 thousand (+8.2%) for the fourth quarter alone, while EBIT margin came to 10.6% (+0.4 p.p. against 2014) and to 15.2% in the fourth quarter alone (-0.4 p.p. against the fourth quarter of the prior year).

In addition to the non-recurring items described above, with respect to the gross operating profit (EBITDA), EBIT was also influenced by higher depreciation and amortization as a result of the investments made beginning in 2014 in both the opening of new stores and IT systems.

The following table shows a breakdown of EBIT by segment:

(€ thousands) FY 2015 EBIT Margin FY 2014 (*) EBIT Margin Change Change %
EMEA 71,636 10.4% 61,335 9.9% 10,301 16.8%
Americas 36,539 18.4% 24,148 17.1% 12,391 51.3%
Asia Pacific 33,544 22.8% 27,200 20.6% 6,344 23.3%
Corporate (**) (30,713) -3.0% (22,067) -2.5% (8,646) -39.2%
Total 111,006 10.7% 90,616 10.2% 20,390 22.5%
(€ thousands) Q4 2015 EBIT Margin Q4 2014 (*) EBIT Margin Change Change %
EMEA 37,269 17.7% 33,739 17.5% 3,530 10.5%
Americas 8,773 16.4% 7,730 19.6% 1,043 13.5%
Asia Pacific 7,184 19.9% 7,796 22.3% (612) -7.9%
Corporate (**) (7,720) -2.6% (7,612) -2.8% (108) -1.4%
Total 45,506 15.2% 41,653 15.6% 3,853 9.3%

The following table shows the breakdown of EBIT by segment for recurring operations only:

(€ thousands) FY 2015 EBIT Margin FY 2014 (*) EBIT Margin Change Change %
EMEA 72,817 10.6% 61,335 9.9% 11,482 18.7%
Americas 33,477 16.9% 24,148 17.1% 9,329 38.6%
Asia Pacific 33,677 22.9% 27,200 20.6% 6,477 23.8%
Corporate (**) (23,921) -2.3% (22,067) -2.5% (1,854) -8.4%
Total 116,050 11.2% 90,616 10.2% 25,434 28.1%
(€ thousands) Q4 2015 EBIT Margin Q4 2014 (*) EBIT Margin Change Change %
EMEA 37,922 18.0% 33,739 17.5% 4,183 12.4%
Americas 8,255 15.4% 7,730 19.6% 525 6.8%
Asia Pacific 7,317 20.3% 7,796 22.3% (479) -6.1%
Corporate (**) (7,720) -2.6% (7,612) -2.8% (108) -1.4%
Total 45,774 15.2% 41,653 15.6% 4,121 9.9%

(*) The figures for 2014, in line with the specific managerial responsibilities and as a result of the change in the reports periodically analyzed by the Chief Executive Officer and the Group's Top Management, were reclassified in order to show the Corporate overhead previously charged to EMEA separately.

(**) The impact of the centralized costs is calculated as a percentage of the Group's total sales.

Europe, Middle-East and Africa

Operating profit (EBIT) amounted to €71,636 thousand in 2015 versus €61,335 thousand in the prior year, an increase of €10,301 thousand (+16.8%). The EBIT margin rose 0.5 p.p. against the 9.9% posted in 2014 to 10.4%.

EBIT in the fourth quarter alone amounted to €37,269 thousand, an increase of €3,530 thousand (+10.5%) against the fourth quarter of the prior year. The EBIT margin rose 0.2 p.p. against the comparison period to 17.7%.

The result posted in the period was impacted by the €1,181 thousand in restructuring costs incurred in the Netherlands, €943 thousand of which already described above in the section on EBITDA.

Exchange differences had a negative impact on the whole period of €449 thousand and of which €31 thousand on the fourth quarter alone.

Net of the above mentioned items, the increase against the comparison period reached €11,932 thousand (+19.5%) for the whole year and €4,214 thousand (+12.5%) for the fourth quarter alone.

The recurring EBIT margin came to 10.6% (+0.7 p.p. against 2014) and to 18.0% in the fourth quarter alone (+0.5 p.p. against the fourth quarter of the prior year).

In addition to the non-recurring items described above, with respect to the gross operating profit (EBITDA), EBIT was also influenced by higher depreciation and amortization as a result of the investments made beginning in 2014 in both the opening of new stores and IT systems.

Americas

Operating profit (EBIT) amounted to €36,539 thousand in 2015 versus €24,148 thousand in the prior year, an increase of €12,391 thousand (+51.3%). The EBIT margin rose 1.3 p.p. against the 17.1% posted in 2014 to 18.4%.

In the fourth quarter alone the operating profit (EBIT) amounted to €8,773 thousand, an increase of €1,043 thousand (+13.5%) against the fourth quarter of the prior year. The EBIT margin rose 3.2 p.p. against the comparison period to 16.4%.

The result posted in the period was impacted by the €3,062 thousand in non-recurring expenses described above in the section on EBITDA.

Exchange gains reached €6,215 thousand in FY 2015 and €1,160 thousand in the fourth quarter alone.

Net of the above mentioned items, the increase reached €3,114 thousand (+12.9%) against FY 2014 and a decrease of €635 thousand (-8.2%) against fourth quarter 2014 alone.

The recurring EBIT margin came to 16.9% (-0.2 p.p. against 2014) and to 15.4% in the fourth quarter alone (-4.2 p.p. against the fourth quarter of the prior year).

The comparison with EBITDA and EBIT against 2014 shows that operating profit also benefitted from the completed allocation of the gains recognized as a result of the acquisitions made in 2004 and 2005.

Asia Pacific

Operating profit (EBIT) amounted to €33,544 thousand in 2015 versus €27,200 thousand in the prior year, an increase of €6,344 thousand (+23.3%), with the EBIT margin rising 2.2 p.p. against the 20.6% posted in 2014 to 22.8%.

In the fourth quarter alone operating profit (EBIT) amounted to €7,184 thousand, a decrease of €612 thousand (-7.9%) against the fourth quarter of the prior year. The EBIT margin came in at 19.9%, a decrease of 2.4 p.p. against the comparison period.

The result posted in the period was impacted by the €133 thousand in net non-recurring expenses, explained for €2,487 thousand by the non-recurring income recognized in the fourth quarter in India following the cancellation of the earn-out linked to the 2012 acquisition of the Beltone stores since no payment is expected due to the achievement of results lower than initially expected and for €2,620 thousand, by the goodwill impairment relative to the same acquisition.

Exchange losses reached €362 thousand in FY 2015 and €417 thousand in the fourth quarter alone.

Net of the above mentioned items, the increase against the prior year reached €6,839 thousand (+25.1%) while a decrease of €62 thousand (-0.8%) was posted in the fourth quarter alone.

The recurring EBIT margin came in at 22.9% against FY 2014 (+2.3 p.p.) and 20.3% against fourth quarter 2014 (-2.0 p.p.).

Corporate

The net costs of centralized Corporate functions at the EBIT level amounted to €30,713 thousand in 2015 (3.0% of revenue generated by Group's sales and services) versus €22,066 thousand in the prior year (2.5% of revenue generated by Group's sales and services), an increase of €8,647 thousand (+39.2%) and an increase of 0.5 p.p. as a percentage of revenue generated by Group's sales and services. The increase reflects the €6,792 thousand in non-recurring expenses relating the transition in the Group's leadership.

Net of this item, centralized costs amounted to €1,854 thousand (+8.4%), coming in at 2.3% of revenue generated by Group's sales and services (-0.2 p.p. against the prior year).

In the fourth quarter alone, the net cost of centralized Corporate functions reached €7,720 thousand, an increase of €108 thousand (1.4%) against the fourth quarter of the prior year, and 2.6% of revenue generated by Group's sales and services, a decline of 0.2 p.p. against the comparison period.

Profit before tax

(€ thousands) FY 2015 FY 2014
Recurring Non recurring Total Recurring Non recurring Total
Profit before tax 94,742 (6,645) 88,097 66,556 - 66,556
(€ thousands) Q4 2015 Q4 2014
Recurring Non recurring Total Recurring Non recurring Total
Profit before tax 41,061 (268) 40,793 34,587 - 34,587

Profit before tax for 2015 came to €88,097 thousand (with a gross profit margin of 8.5%) versus €66,556 in the same period of the prior year (and a gross profit margin of 7.5%), an increase of €21,541 thousand (+32.4%).

In addition to the €5,044 thousand in non-recurring costs described above in the section on EBIT, the profit before tax was also impacted by the following non-recurring items:

  • the make whole payment of €4,289 thousand made as a result of the advance repayment of the USD 70 million private placement 2006-2016. This amount represents the interest payable to investors as of the repayment date (13 May 2015) through the natural expiration of the private placement (2 August 2016) calculated by applying the discount rate established in the contract of 50 bps to future coupon payments increased by an estimated reinvestment rate of 36 bps. If advance payment had not been made the coupons payable to investors would have amounted to €2,599 thousand in 2015 and €2,408 thousand in 2016. Since the return on cash and cash equivalents is currently very low, with interest rates close to zero, the impact of this transaction in terms of lower interest income is negligible;
  • income of €1,435 thousand recognized in the US following elimination of the provisions made for receivables which were repaid entirely by a partner following early termination of a commercial partnership (described above);
  • income of €1,253 thousand recognized in New Zealand following the acquisition of 100% of Dilworth Hearing Ltd (already 40% held) based on the provisions of IFRS 3R relating to step up acquisitions.

Net of these non-recurring items, which amounted to €6.645 thousand, the increase in profit before tax against the comparison period would have reached €28,186 thousand (+42.3%). In addition to the increase in EBIT described above and the lower exchange costs, the profit before tax also benefitted from an initial decline in interest payable as a result of the advance repayment of the last tranche of the private placement 2006-2016.

In the fourth quarter alone the profit before tax reached €40,793 thousand, an increase of €6,206 thousand against the fourth quarter of the prior year (€6,474 thousand relates to recurring operations alone).

Net profit attributable to the Group

(€ thousands) FY 2015 FY 2014
Recurring Non recurring Total Recurring Non recurring Total
Net profit attributable to the
Group
52,794 (5,989) 46,805 35,807 10,668 46,475
(migliaia di Euro) Q4 2015 Q4 2014
Recurring Non recurring Total Recurring Non recurring Total
Net profit attributable to the
Group
23,476 (1,994) 21,482 20,384 - 20,384

The Group's net profit, which was impacted by the non-recurring costs of €5,989 thousand, net of tax (€4,296 thousand of which relative to the items described above and €1,693 thousand of which relative to the write-down of deferred tax assets recognized in Italy when in December 2015 the Parliament approved the lowering of the IRES -corporate income tax- rate from 27.5% to 24% beginning in 2017), came to €46,805 thousand in 2015 versus €46,475 thousand in the prior year, which also benefitted from the €10,688 thousand in one-off tax income recorded in Australia.

The Group's recurring net profit amounted to €52,794 thousand, an increase of €16,987 thousand (+47.4%) against 2014.

In the fourth quarter alone the Group's net profit amounted to €21,482 thousand, an increase of €1,098 thousand against the comparison period. Net of the non-recurring items described above, the increase reached €3,092 thousand (+15.2%).

The tax rate, calculated net of the losses recorded in the United Kingdom for which, in accordance with the principle of prudence, deferred tax assets are not recognized, as well as the profit posted in the Germany for which no taxes were recognized due to carried forward tax losses (against which no deferred tax assets were recognized), the write-down of deferred tax assets recognized in Italy as a result of the decrease of the IRES (corporate income tax) rate from 27.5% to 24% beginning in 2017, and the investment income recorded in New Zealand not subject to tax, reached 40.2%. The rate is lower than the 41.4% recorded in 2014, calculated, again, net of the losses posted in the UK, the profits generated in Germany and the one-off tax income recorded in Australia.

Balance Sheet Review

Consolidated balance sheet by geographical area (*)

(€ thousands) EMEA Americas 31/12/2015
Asia Pacific
Elim. Total
Goodwill 250,714 74,125 247,311 - 572,150
Non-competition agreements, trademarks, customer
lists and lease rights
35,188 3,173 59,754 - 98,115
Software, licences, other intangible fixed assets, fixed
assets in progress and advances
25,894 11,383 6,021 - 43,298
Tangible assets 83,666 3,466 15,543 - 102,675
Financial fixed assets 2,256 40,070 - - 42,326
Other non-current financial assets 3,879 21 336 - 4,236
Non-current assets 401,597 132,238 328,965 - 862,800
Inventories 26,983 262 1,711 - 28,956
Trade receivables 77,945 30,327 5,943 (2,488) 111,727
Other receivables 25,146 7,996 934 (8) 34,068
Current assets (A) 130,074 38,585 8,588 (2,496) 174,751
Operating assets 531,671 170,823 337,553 (2,496) 1,037,551
Trade payables (67,532) (37,219) (11,080) 2,488 (113,343)
Other payables (108,077) (3,634) (19,729) 8 (131,432)
Provisions for risks and charges (current portion) (1,378) - - - (1,378)
Current liabilities (B) (176,987) (40,853) (30,809) 2,496 (246,153)
Net working capital (A) - (B) (46,913) (2,268) (22,221) - (71,402)
Derivative instruments (6,988) - - - (6,988)
Deferred tax assets 37,160 1,117 2,466 - 40,743
Deferred tax liabilities (15,223) (23,564) (16,908) - (55,695)
Provisions for risks and charges (non-current portion) (23,760) (23,817) (830) - (48,407)
Liabilities for employees' benefits (non-current portion) (13,806) (175) (1,591) - (15,572)
Loan fees 2,023 - 174 - 2,197
Other non-current payables (2,216) (15) (369) - (2,600)
NET INVESTED CAPITAL 331,874 83,516 289,686 - 705,076
Group net equity 499,471
Minority interests 694
Total net equity 500,165
Net medium and long-term financial indebtedness 382,542
Net short-term financial indebtedness (177,631)
Total net financial indebtedness 204,911
OWN FUNDS AND NET FINANCIAL INDEBTEDNESS 705,076

(*) These items are not analyzed by operating segment but are measured and monitored by the Chief Executive Officer and by Top Management at a Group level. These items are, therefore, reported here solely to provide additional information about each geographic area. The Corporate structures are included under EMEA.

(€ thousands) EMEA Americas Asia Pacific Elim. Total
Goodwill 219,994 67,325 247,503 - 534,822
Non-competition agreements, trademarks, customer
lists and lease rights
31,054 2,129 65,467 - 98,650
Software, licences, other intangible fixed assets, fixed
assets in progress and advances
22,158 10,257 4,043 - 36,458
Tangible assets 76,354 3,829 16,005 - 96,188
Financial fixed assets 6,962 40,978 643 - 48,583
Other non-current financial assets 3,346 19 326 - 3,691
Non-current assets 359,868 124,537 333,987 - 818,392
Inventories 26,917 312 1,461 - 28,690
Trade receivables 78,367 25,459 6,307 (778) 109,355
Other receivables 25,724 6,781 564 (10) 33,059
Current assets (A) 131,008 32,552 8,332 (788) 171,104
Operating assets 490,876 157,089 342,319 (788) 989,496
Trade payables (65,650) (28,587) (8,329) 778 (101,788)
Other payables (99,055) (4,236) (21,137) 10 (124,418)
Provisions for risks and charges (current portion) (978) - - - (978)
Current liabilities (B) (165,683) (32,823) (29,466) 788 (227,184)
Net working capital (A) - (B) (34,675) (271) (21,134) - (56,080)
Derivative instruments (9,820) - - - (9,820)
Deferred tax assets 40,857 782 3,014 - 44,653
Deferred tax liabilities (12,709) (21,143) (18,146) - (51,998)
Provisions for risks and charges (non-current portion) (19,404) (20,385) (780) - (40,569)
Liabilities for employees' benefits (non-current portion) (14,075) (181) (1,456) - (15,712)
Loan fees 2,751 - 272 - 3,023
Other non-current payables - (12) (238) - (250)
NET INVESTED CAPITAL 312,793 83,327 295,519 - 691,639
Group net equity 442,165
Minority interests 1,057
Total net equity 443,222
Net medium and long-term financial indebtedness 442,484
Net short-term financial indebtedness (194,067)
Total net financial indebtedness 248,417
OWN FUNDS AND NET FINANCIAL INDEBTEDNESS 691,639

Non-current assets

Non-current assets amounted to €818,392 thousand at 31 December 2014 versus €862,800 thousand at 31 December 2015, a net increase of €44,408 thousand explained (i) for €48,101 by capital expenditure; (ii) for €49,420 thousand by acquisitions; (iii) for €54,170 thousand by depreciation, amortization and impairment, and (iv) for €14,832 thousand by exchange gains and other net decreases for €13,775 thousand relating primarily to a drop in long-term debt due to both the repayment of debt by a partner following early termination of the commercial partnership in the United States and the reclassification of short-term portions net of new loans granted.

Investments

In 2015 the Amplifon Group, in line with its growth strategy continued with and accelerated the investments in its distribution network, by opening new points of sale, as well as renewing and relocated existing ones. Increased customer focus and the objective to increase control of operations also drove IT investments, where a lot of work was done on the technological infrastructure, the implementation of front-office systems particularly in relation to CRM and store systems.

The following table shows a breakdown of non-current assets by geographical area.

(€ thousands) 31/12/2015 31/12/2014 Change
Goodwill 250,714 219,994 30,720
Non-competition agreements, trademarks, customer lists and lease
rights
35,188 31,054 4,134
Software, licences, other intangible fixed assets, fixed assets in
progress and advances
25,894 22,158 3,736
Tangible assets 83,666 76,354 7,312
Financial fixed assets 2,256 6,962 (4,706)
Other non-current financial assets 3,879 3,346 533
EMEA Non-current assets 401,597 359,868 41,729
Goodwill 74,125 67,325 6,800
Non-competition agreements, trademarks, customer lists and lease
rights
3,173 2,129 1,044
Software, licences, other intangible fixed assets, fixed assets in
progress and advances
11,383 10,257 1,126
Tangible assets 3,466 3,829 (363)
Financial fixed assets 40,070 40,978 (908)
Other non-current financial assets 21 19 2
Americas Non-current assets 132,238 124,537 7,701
Goodwill 247,311 247,503 (192)
Non-competition agreements, trademarks, customer lists and lease
rights
59,754 65,467 (5,713)
Software, licences, other intangible fixed assets, fixed assets in
progress and advances
6,021 4,043 1,978
Tangible assets 15,543 16,005 (462)
Financial fixed assets - 643 (643)
Other non-current financial assets 336 326 10
Asia Pacific Non-current assets 328,965 333,987 (5,022)

Europe, Middle-East and Africa

Non-current assets came to €401,597 thousand at 31 December 2015 versus €359,868 thousand at 31 December 2014, an increase of €41,729 thousand explained:

  • for €27,776 thousand, by investments in plant, property and equipment, relating primarily to the opening of new and renewal of existing stores as part of the continuing introduction of the new concept store;
  • for €9,064 thousand, by investments in intangible assets, relating primarily to technological infrastructure, implementation of new store and sales support systems and, more specifically, to the renewal of the front-office system;
  • for €40,982 thousand, by acquisitions made during the period;
  • for €35,611 thousand, by amortization, depreciation and impairment;
  • for €482 thousand, by other net decreases.

Americas

Non-current assets came to €132,238 thousand at 31 December 2015 versus €124,537 thousand at 31 December 2014, an increase of €7,701 thousand explained:

  • for €2,670 thousand, by investments in plant, property and equipment, relating primarily to the renewal and opening of new stores in Canada;
  • for €2,271 thousand, by investments in intangible assets relating primarily to joint investment plans with the franchisees for the renewal and relocation of stores and further implementation of front-office systems;
  • for €3,913 thousand, by acquisitions made during the period;
  • for €4,500 thousand, by amortization and depreciation;
  • for €12,592 thousand, by exchange gains;
  • for €9,245 thousand, other net decreases relating primarily to decreases in long-term receivables due to both the repayment of debt by a partner following early termination of the commercial partnership in the United States and the reclassification of short-term portions net of new loans granted.

Asia Pacific

Non-current assets came to €328,965 thousand at 31 December 2015 versus €333,987 thousand at 31 December 2014, a decrease of €5,022 thousand explained:

  • for €3,882 thousand, by investments in plant, property and equipment, relating primarily to the opening, restructuring and relocation of a few stores;
  • for €2,438 thousand by investments in intangible assets, relating primarily to the implementation of a new front-office system in Australia and the Group's back-office system in New Zealand;
  • for €4,525 thousand, by acquisitions made during the period;
  • for €14,059 thousand, by amortization, depreciation and impairment;
  • for €1,808 thousand, by other net decreases, relating primarily exchange differences.

Net invested capital

Net invested capital came to €705,076 thousand al 31 December 2015 versus €691,639 thousand at 31 December 2014, an increase of €13,437 thousand. The increase in non-current assets described above was partially offset by a drop in working capital due to a rise in trade payables and amounts owed agents linked to the higher volumes recorded in 2015 against the prior year, as well as a decrease in deferred tax assets.

The following table shows the breakdown of net invested capital by geographical area.

(€ thousands) 31/12/2015 31/12/2014 Change
EMEA 331,874 312,793 19,081
Americas 83,516 83,327 189
Asia Pacific 289,686 295,519 (5,833)
Total 705,076 691,639 13,437

Europe, Middle-East and Africa

Net invested capital came to €331,874 thousand at 31 December 2015, an increase of €19,081 thousand against 31 December 2014. The increase in non-current assets described above was partially offset by a drop in working capital due to a rise in trade payables and amounts owed agents linked to the higher volumes recorded in 2015 against the prior year, as well as a decrease in deferred tax assets.

Factoring without recourse in the period involved trade receivables with a face value of €45,411 thousand (€47,452 thousand in 2014) and VAT credits with a face value of €17,243 thousand (€14,057 thousand in the prior year).

Americas

Net invested capital came to €83,516 thousand at 31 December 2015, an increase of €189 thousand against the amount recorded at 31 December 2014. The increase in non-current assets described above and trade receivables as a direct consequence of higher sales was almost entirely offset by an increase in trade payables, deferred tax liabilities and other long-term liabilities.

Asia Pacific

Net invested capital came to €289,686 thousand at 31 December 2015, a drop of €5,833 thousand against the amount recorded at 31 December 2014, largely in line with the decrease in non-current assets described above.

Net financial indebtedness

(€ thousands) 31/12/2015 31/12/2014 Change
Net medium and long-term financial indebtedness 382,542 442,484 (59,942)
Net short-term financial indebtedness 19,083 17,057 2,026
Cash and cash equivalents (196,714) (211,124) 14,410
Net financial indebtedness 204,911 248,417 (43,506)
Group net equity 499,471 442,165 57,306
Minority interests 694 1,057 (363)
Net Equity 500,165 443,222 56,943
Financial indebtedness/Group net equity 0.41 0.56
Financial indebtedness/net equity 0.41 0.56

Net financial indebtedness amounted to €204,911 thousand at 31 December 2015, a decrease of €43,506 thousand with respect to 31 December 2014. Net of the impact of non-recurring transactions (€5,448 thousand in 2015 and €9,191 thousand in the prior year), acquisitions (€41,073 thousand in 2015 and €35,883 thousand in the prior year), the purchase of treasury shares and payment of dividends net the amounts received for the exercise of stock options (€11,751 thousand in 2015 and €9,852 thousand in the prior year), total cash flow was up €27,388 thousand against the prior year.

In the second quarter of the year the last tranche of the USD 70 million (€55.2 million at the hedging rate) private placement 2006-2016 was repaid in advance. The advance repayment resulted in the payment of €4.3 million in interest that would have been payable to investors in the period beginning from the repayment date through the natural expiration of the private placement net of a discount which, as it was higher than the rate at which the liquidity could have been invested, had a positive impact of approximately €0.5 million pre-tax compared to total interest actually owed if the debt had been repaid to the maturity date of August 2, 2016.

At 31 December 2015 total financial indebtedness amounted to €204,911 thousand against cash and cash equivalents totalling €196,714 thousand. Long-term debt amounted to €382,542 thousand, €5,450 thousand of which relating to deferred payments for acquisitions. Short-term debt amounted to €19,083 thousand, €7,844 thousand of which explained by the interest payable on the Eurobond and the private placement and €4,581 thousand of which relating to the best estimate of the deferred payments for acquisitions. Excluding these items, as shown in the chart below, debt is primarily long term (falling due beginning in 2018). Cash and cash equivalents, which amount to €196.7 million, along with the unused portion of credit lines granted of €77.7 million, ensure the flexibility needed to take advantage of any opportunities to consolidate and develop business that might materialize.

Debt Maturity & Cash Equivalents at 31.12.2015

Interest payable on financial indebtedness amounted to €24,269 thousand at 31 December 2015, versus €21,938 thousand at 31 December 2014. When looking at this number it is important to bear in mind that the financial expenses incurred in the period reflect:

  • the make whole payment of €4,289 thousand incurred when the USD 70 million private placement 2006- 2016 was repaid in advance on 13 May 2015. This amount represents the interest payable to investors as of the repayment date through the natural expiration of the private placement (2 August 2016) and was calculated by applying the discount rate established in the contract of 50 bps to future coupon payments increased by an estimated reinvestment rate of 36 bps. If advance payment had not been made the coupons payable to investors would have amounted to €2,599 thousand in 2015 and €2,408 thousand in 2016. Since the return on cash and cash equivalents is currently very low, with interest rates close to zero, the impact of this transaction in terms of lower interest income is negligible;
  • the positive impact of the elimination of the provisions equal to €1,435 thousands for the amounts payable by a partner following early termination of the commercial partnership in the United States.

Interest receivable on bank deposits at 31 December 2015 reached €932 thousand, versus €1,013 thousand at 31 December 2014.

Covenants

The USD 130 million private placement 2013-2025 (equal to €100.9 million including the fair value of the currency hedges which set the Euro/USD exchange rate at 1.2885) is subject to the following covenants:

  • ratio of Group net debt/equity must not exceed 1.5;
  • ratio of Group net debt/EBITDA in the last 4 quarters (determined based solely on recurring operations and figures which have been restated in the event the Group's structure has changed significantly) must not exceed 3.5.

In the event of relevant acquisitions, the above ratios may be increased to 2.0 and 4.0, respectively, for a period of not more than 12 months, 2 times over the life of the loan.

At 31 December 2015 these ratios were as follows:

Value
Net financial indebtedness/Group net equity 0.41
Net financial indebtedness/EBITDA for the last 4 quarters 1.21

In accordance with standard international practices, the private placement is subject to other covenants, which limit the issue of guarantees, certain sale and lease back transactions, as well as other extraordinary transactions.

Neither the €275 million Eurobond maturing in 2018 issued in July 2013 nor the remaining €0.5 million of long term debt, including the short term portions, are subject to covenants.

The ratio of net debt/net invested capital at 31 December 2015 was 29.06% (35.92% at 31 December 2014).

The reasons for the changes in net debt are detailed in the next section on the statement of cash flows.

Cash Flow

The reclassified cash flow statement shows the change in net debt between the start and the end of the period. The financial statements include a cash flow statement based on cash holdings as per IAS 7 showing the change in cash holdings between the beginning and the end of the period.

(€ thousands) FY 2015 FY 2014
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net profit (loss) attributable to the Group 46,805 46,475
Minority interests (93) (30)
Amortization, depreciation and write-downs:
- Intangible fixed assets 24,095 22,055
- Tangible fixed assets 27,455 24,997
- Goodwill 2,620 -
Total amortization, depreciation and write-downs 54,170 47,052
Provisions 24,339 18,795
(Gains) losses from sale of fixed assets (395) 92
Group's share of the result of associated companies (126) (201)
Financial income and charges 23,035 24,260
Current and deferred income taxes 41,386 20,111
Change in assets and liabilities:
- Utilization of provisions (10,017) (8,107)
- (Increase) decrease in inventories 2,288 6,218
- Decrease (increase) in trade receivables (1,008) 2,960
- Increase (decrease) in trade payables 6,156 (863)
- Changes in other receivables and other payables 2,907 (8,284)
Total change in assets and liabilities 326 (8,076)
Dividends received 10 408
Net interest charges (23,065) (21,525)
Taxes paid (38,242) (11,284)
Cash flow generated from (absorbed by) operating activities 128,149 116,077
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchase of intangible fixed assets (13,773) (14,914)
Purchase of tangible fixed assets (34,328) (28,016)
Consideration from sale of tangible fixed assets and businesses 9,682 5,245
Cash flow generated from (absorbed by) investing activities (38,419) (37,685)
Cash flow generated from operating and investing activities (Free cash flow) 89,730 78,392
Business combinations (*) (41,073) (35,883)
(Purchase) sale of other investments, securities and reductions of earn-out 9,423 (146)
Cash flow generated from acquisitions (31,650) (36,029)
Cash flow generated from (absorbed by) investing activities (70,069) (73,714)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Changes in hedging derivatives - -
Fees paid on medium/long-term financing - -
Other non-current assets (2,015) (5,656)
Dividend distributions (9,356) (9,350)
Treasury shares (6,601) (2,456)
Capital increases (reduction)/third parties contributions in subsidiaries / dividends paid to third
parties by the subsidiaries
4,206 1,955
Cash flow generated from (absorbed by) financing activities (13,766) (15,507)
Changes in net financial indebtedness 44,314 26,856
Net financial indebtedness at the beginning of the period (248,417) (275,367)
Effect of disposal of assets on net financial indebtedness - -
Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on net financial indebtedness (808) 94
Changes in net indebtedness 44,314 26,856
Net financial indebtedness at the end of the period (204,911) (248,417)

(*) The item refers to the net cash flow absorbed by the acquisition of businesses and equity investments.

The change in net debt of €43,506 thousand is explained by:

  • (i) Investing activities:
  • capital expenditure on property, plant and equipment and intangible investments of €48,101 thousand relating primarily to the renewal and repositioning of stores based on the concept store, technological infrastructure, the implementation of new front-office systems and of the new version of the Group's back-office system;
  • acquisitions of €41,073 thousand including the debt of the acquired companies;
  • net proceeds from the disposal of other assets, equity investments, securities and the impact of the lower earn-out amounting to €19,105 thousand explained for €6,399 thousand by the payment of old debt relative to the sale of a business unit reimbursed by a partner following early termination of the commercial partnership in the United States, for €1,084 thousand by the sale of material goods to the latter, and for €4,614 thousand by the cancellation of earn-outs in India and Brazil.
  • (ii) Operating activities:
  • interest payable on financial indebtedness and other net financial charges of €23,065 thousand, €4,289 thousand of which relative to the make whole payment due as a result of the advance repayment of the private placement 2006-2016;
  • payment of taxes amounting to €38,242 thousand, a significant increase against the comparison period which had benefitted from the €8,013 thousand one-off tax refund posted in Australia and the €3,735 thousand drop in taxes in the United States linked to early deductions taken of some intangible assets;
  • cash flow generated by operations of €189,456 thousand.

(iii) Financing activities:

  • payment of €9,356 thousand in dividends to shareholders;
  • net proceeds from capital increases following the exercise of stock options of €4,206 thousand;
  • purchase of €6,601 thousand in treasury shares;
  • increase in non-current assets relating primarily to loans granted by the American companies to franchisees for the renewal of stores, investments and development in the US which amounted to €2,015 thousand, net of repayments.
  • (iv) Exchange losses of €808 thousand.

The net impact on the cash flow generated by the non-recurring transactions described above in the section about the change in net financial debt reached €5,448 thousand in 2015 versus €9,191 thousand in the comparison period:

(€ thousands) FY 2015 FY 2014
Payment of non-recurring expenses recognized in prior years - (2,557)
Restructuring charges paid in the year (501) -
Drop in taxes in the United States linked to early deductions taken of some intangible assets - 3,735
Tax income following the Australian tax authorities' allowance of tax deductions for the amortization
of part of the assets acquired in 2010 as a result of the NHC Group acquisition
- 8,013
Change in the Group's leadership (5,700) -
Penalty payment received following early termination of a commercial partnership in the United States 2,163 -
Trade receivables collected in the United States as a result of early termination of commercial partnership
in the United States
1,159 -
Damages paid by a commercial partner in the United States for unfair competition 518 -
Make whole payment made following advance repayment of the 2006-2016 private placement (4,289) -
Cash flow generated (absorbed) by operating activities (6,650) 9,191
Reimbursement of old debt relative to the sale of a business by a partner following early termination
of the commercial partnership in the United States
7,484 -
Cash flow generated (absorbed) by investing activities 7,484 -
Free Cash Flow 834 9,191
Cancellation of earn-outs in India 2,487 -
Recalculation of earn-outs in Brazil 2,127 -
Cash flow generated by investing activities related to acquisitions 4,614 -
Total cash flow generated by non-recurring transactions 5,448 9,191

Acquisition of companies and businesses

In 2015 the Group continued to grow externally and made a series of acquisitions involving small regional chains (a total of 120 stores and contact points, in addition to some customer lists) with a view to increasing regional coverage, particularly in Germany and France. The complete control of Amplifon Poland Sp.z o.o., already 63% held, was also acquired.

More in detail:

  • 60 stores were acquired in Germany;
  • 41 points of sale and a customer list relating to one store were acquired in France;
  • 3 stores were acquired in Belgium;
  • a customer list relating to one store was acquired in Switzerland;
  • 100% of Bon Ton Hearing & Speach Ltd was acquired in Israel (already 8.9% held) which manages 3 stores;
  • 4 stores were acquired in Spain;
  • 3 stores were acquired in Canada;
  • customer lists relating to 5 stores in Oklahoma and 4 stores in Indiana were purchased in the United States;
  • the remaining shares of Dilworth Hearing Limited, already 40% held, were purchased in New Zealand. Dilworth Hearing, manages six stores in Auckland and Hamilton.

The total investment amounted to €41,073 thousand, including the debt consolidated and the best estimate of the earn-out linked to sales and profitability targets payable over the next few years.

Statement of changes in Net Equity and the results for the period of the Parent Company Amplifon S.p.A. and the group Net Equity and results for the Period in question as at 31 December 2015

(€ thousands) Net equity Net result
Net equity and year-end result as reported in the Parent company's financial statements 371,240 29,977
Elimination of carrying amount of consolidated investments:
- difference between carrying amount and the pro-quota value of net equity (128,221) -
- pro-quota results reported by the subsidiaries 129,224 129,224
- pro-quota results reported by investments valued at equity 1,294 126
- difference from consolidation 123,281 -
Elimination of the effects of intercompany transactions:
- elimination of impairment net of reversals of investments and intercompany receivables 3,918 14,286
- intercompany dividends - (126,091)
- intercompany profits included in the year-end value of inventories net of fiscal effect (675) 62
- exchange differences and other changes 104 (872)
Net equity and year-end result as stated in the consolidated financial statements 500,165 46,712
Minority equity and result for the year 694 (93)
Group net equity and result for the year 499,471 46,805

Risk management

Every business faces risks and risk management is even more important in a constantly changing business environment characterized by extremely volatile and unstable global market conditions.

Amplifon, in line with the most advanced management systems and best practices for the design and implementation of internal control and risk management systems, and the Corporate Governance Code issued by the Corporate Governance Committee of the Italian Stock Exchange to which it adheres, pays the utmost attention to the identification, assessment and management of risk.

Risk management is an ongoing activity which, based on the initial identification and assessment of the events that could negatively impact the ability of the Group and its subsidiaries to reach targets (particularly strategic goals), includes the definition which steps need to be taken to respond to the risk, implementation and subsequent updates which take place at least one a year at a Group level. Risk management is entrusted to the Group's top management, Market Directors and local Management teams which are supported by the Group Risk and Compliance Officer who use self-assessment techniques to gather information and assess risk, as well as find ways to address and mitigate them. The management and updating of the risks identified is supported and monitored through a continuous dialogue between Group and local management, as well as with the Group Risk and Compliance Officer. At least once a year, during the annual risk review, the Chief Executive Officer contributes directly to the mapping of the Group's risk with a view to identifying priorities in order to align risk with strategies.

For ease of assessment, risk factors are grouped into categories: those originating outside the company, those stemming from Amplifon's own organization, and those that are more financial in nature.

The main external risks identified, grouped by type, are the following:

Political, economic, social, legal and regulatory environment

The Amplifon Group operates in the "medical" sector which is regulated differently in different countries. A change in regulations (for example, in reimbursement conditions, the way in which coverage is calculated, in the ability to access national health coverage, in the role of the ENT doctors and, more in general, in the laws relating to hearing aids), does and will have a significant and immediate impact on performances, similar to the negative repercussions that affected the Netherlands in 2013, Switzerland and New Zealand in 2011, and the positive ones that affected Germany beginning year-end 2013 and New Zealand mid-2014, as would any changes in social policies which result in the public sector having a larger or smaller role in the treatment of hearing pathologies.

Typically the impact on the market of any regulatory changes relating to refunds is felt for a limited time of between two and six quarters, after which the market returns to the pre-change growth rates. It is more difficult to understand the possible impact of changes in the regulations governing the final sale price of hearing aids, as any changes can cause an immediate decline in unit prices and, consequently, in results, while the recovery in market growth is much slower. In the Netherlands, for example, the regulatory changes implemented early 2013 caused results to drop sharply in 2013, while volumes didn't pick-up until 2014 and the recovery in sales and profitability is still well below the levels recorded prior to the changes.

Well aware that other unexpected and unforeseen changes could take place in addition to those mentioned above (in Switzerland, New Zealand, the Netherlands and Germany), including in light of the widespread adoption of austerity programs and the growing attention of the media and social networks on the hearing aid sector, the Group has implemented a series of measures which ensure the ability to react in a timely manner to these events with a view to reducing the impact of any unfavourable changes or maximizing the upside in the event the changes are favourable.

More in detail: (i) regular reporting has been introduced in order to monitor the main changes in regulations, analyze the impact and address compliance strategies, that are discussed with the Corporate management and approved by headquarters; (ii) mapping of the sector regulations in all countries of operation has been initiated, together with monitoring by a specific corporate function of regulatory changes in close cooperation with the Group's Compliance division with the support of Legal Affairs; (iii) mapping of trade bodies and associations in the Group's countries of operation has been initiated, including to ensure that Amplifon's managers are sufficiently involved in determining the strategies to be undertaken; (iv) a program to monitor news, information and discussions relating to the hearing aid sector on the main media and social networks has been put into place.

The market sector in which the Amplifon Group operates is less sensitive than others to fluctuations in the general economic cycle, but it is, however, influenced. More specifically, the current volatility of the global markets lessens the visibility of future results with the risk that lower or less buoyant sales will, in the short term, have a direct impact on margins due to the cost structure of the stores which is largely fixed. In the United States, where the Group's business model is based on commercial partners and other indirect channels, the economic performance and financial solidity of the latter must be monitored carefully in order to react quickly, including by repositioning stores as was done in the period 2011-2014 with some of the Miracle Ear franchise stores that were part of structures managed by partners who were experiencing difficulties.

With regard to demographic changes, there are a number of factors including the growing number of senior citizens (baby boomers), the increased average life expectancy and the declining age at which the hearing aid market is being accessed, which represent both a great opportunity and a risk, as the opportunity could be missed as a result of the failure to correctly forecast the penetration rate and, consequently, to calculate the growth opportunities. In the marketing plans, therefore, particular attention is paid to interpreting trends, developing both communication and technology by making significant investments in digital marketing, CRM systems, as well as the continuous assessment of the campaigns/activities.

Competition and the Market

The arrival of new market competitors and players, like optical chains, able to take advantage of distribution channels comprised of existing stores, as well as hearing aid manufacturers who can benefit from higher margins as a result of their manufacturing activities, or on-line retailers, could result in greater price pressure (Amplifon, which stands out for the quality of the service provided, has high fixed costs and any pressure on retail prices would cause, at least in the short term, margins to shrink) and also represent an obstacle to external growth due to increased competition for acquisition targets.

The risk that new players may enter the market could also be increased by regulatory changes relating to store personnel qualified to sell hearing aids in the event qualifications should become less stringent (as has already happened in some countries) and/or professions like audiologist/hearing aid specialist become more accessible, which would make it easier to recruit these professionals.

Both organic growth, supported with investments in store renovation, new openings and increased productivity, and marketing, particularly digital marketing, as well as external growth, through new acquisitions, are key to countering competition and developing the market. These activities call for significant financial resources and the Group, after completely restructuring its debt in 2013 through capital market issues with long term maturities falling due beginning in 2018, pays the utmost attention to both treasury management, as well as to the continuous maintenance of existing credit lines and relationships with both banks and capital market investors, in order to be able to dedicate the greatest possible amount of cash, operating cash flow and "new finances" to new important investment activities and growth.

In the United States where the Group is totally focused on the indirect channel, the growth is, above all, linked to the ability to attract new partners and take advantage of growth opportunities presented by the market. After the rationalization that in 2014 resulted in a new focus on the channels that ensure the greatest volumes and are the most attractive to new partners (Elite wholesale, Miracle Ear and Amplifon Hearing Health Care, formerly Hear PO), an important plan calling for substantial investments in all types of marketing was implemented.

Technological Innovation

The Amplifon Group stands out for the quality of its customer service and the personalization of the hearing solutions provided. Any technological changes affecting the development of "self-fitting" hearing aids would detract from the importance of customization. Testing, the assistance and support given to the customer when choosing the best solution, as well as post-sales service, would continue to be key.

The Amplifon Group has set up a work-group to monitor continuously the technological changes affecting the fitting of hearing aids and to inform Corporate managers of all innovations or changes. This workgroup is also studying and developing alternatives to hearing aids and new marketing methods (the role digital marketing is becoming increasingly important).

The development of an alternative to the hearing aid as a remedy for hearing loss (e.g. surgical techniques or the use of pharmaceuticals) would have a very significant impact, but the risk is considered very remote.

Relationships with the Medical Community

Doctors are important influencers of customers' buying choices. The relationship with medical professionals is, therefore, of primary importance, both in countries where a prescription is obligatory (as is the case in a majority of the countries that the Group works in), and in those where it is not, as there is a strong bond between patients and their doctors. A corporate position was, therefore, created to coordinate relationships with the medical profession internationally, with a view to disseminating information and providing professional and scientific support. At the same time, thanks to CSR (the Company's research centre), the Group continues to be a reference-point for the international scientific community as a result of the numerous conferences and seminars organized, the collaboration with numerous universities, as well as its scientific publications.

Relationships with Customers

Amplifon's business consists essentially of providing high quality service to customers in terms of both technical performance and personal relations. This is what distinguishes the Group from the competition. The lack of customer satisfaction, therefore, represents a big risk for the Company.

In order to monitor customer satisfaction continuously, Amplifon carries out regular customer satisfaction surveys, and frequent training programs for its hearing aid specialists, defines sales policies that focus on customer satisfaction, and is developing new store procedures focused on customer service excellence.

The main internal risks identified, grouped by type, can be described as follows:

Organization and Processes

In the current economic situation, characterized by extreme volatility in factors that can significantly impact business, the ability to implement strategic measures in a timely manner is vital in all the countries where the Group operates. It follows that the corporate processes must be adequately structured, applied and monitored in order to maximize operating efficiency, as well as control the performance indicators of each single point of sale. These processes are even more important with acquisitions as it is crucial to assess all the risks arising from these transactions: mistakes in assessing those risks, like slow and delayed integration of acquired businesses, could result in significantly higher costs and inefficiencies for the Group.

Over time the Group has implemented, in all the main countries of operation, a number of projects to standardize IT processes, compliance with the administrative/accounting procedures defined in Law 262/2005 and the Business Performance Management projects in the stores, with a view to more effective monitoring and international comparison, along with the worldwide cash pooling project the purpose of which is to manage liquidity more efficiently, as well as monitor the Group's daily cash position in order to take timely action with regard to any critical areas; the Group has completed deployment in Italy and started deployment in Australia, Spain and the Netherlands of a new proprietary front office system (FOX) developed based on the experience matured by Amplifon over the years and began. This system allows for more efficient and effective management of all store activities, and also makes customer information available immediately. It will be installed gradually in all the countries where the Group has directly operated stores.

Similarly, the growing number of countries in which the Group operates and the number of projects to be implemented, has made it necessary to possess the knowhow needed to develop and carry out these same projects and, therefore, the IT structures have been reinforced with a particular focus on project management.

Rapid implementation of strategic decisions is ensured by an organization based on uniform geographical regions and a leadership team that works with the Chief Executive Officer, along with the Vice Presidents of the three geographical regions (EMEA, Americas and APAC), the corporate heads of the various functions (innovation and development, HR, administration and finance, purchasing).

Human Resources

One of Amplifon's strengths is its customer service. Human resources, therefore, are very important in this regard, but they also present certain issues and areas of risk. Specifically:

  • limited availability of hearing aid specialists, the difficulty of attracting new ones while also running the risk that others begin working for the competition can significantly affect the Group's organic growth, together with the risk of losing customers and increased labour costs due to salary increases;
  • deficiencies in staff's technical and sales skills can lead to ineffective sales teams in certain countries and could pose a significant risk to the ability to reach organic growth targets;
  • the risk that the sales force commits illegal acts or violates the Group's rules.

The Group has taken the following steps to mitigate these risks:

  • defined a Code of Conduct, which has been distributed in all countries of operation and in Italy the Internal Organizational Model was adopted pursuant to Legislative Decree 231/2001;
  • drawn up a profile of the ideal hearing aid specialist in order to assure that recruitment methods reflect the Group's commercial policies. Steps have also been taken to increase the supply of hearing aid specialists through agreements with universities and specialized institutes;
  • increased and centralized internal training programs;
  • implemented a structured performance management system with a view to aligning individual objectives, corporate strategies, the incentive system and the results achieved, as well as providing all employees and collaborators with a valid tool for their professional development;
  • increased the attention being paid to store procedures through both the development of a new procedure focused on providing excellent customer service and the definition of a standardized store manual in order to facilitate rapid implementation in countries where the Group's presence is more recent.

Financial risks

With a view to structured management of treasury activities and financial risks, in 2012 the Group finalized and adopted a Treasury Policy which contains guidelines for the management of:

  • currency risk;
  • interest rate risk;
  • credit risk;
  • price risk;
  • liquidity risk.

Currency risk

This includes the following types:

  • foreign exchange transaction risk, that is the risk of changes in the value of a financial asset or liability, of a forecasted transaction or a firm commitment, changes due to exchange rate fluctuations;
  • foreign exchange translation risk, that is the risk that the translation of the assets, liabilities, costs and revenues relating to net investment in a foreign operation into the reporting currency gives rise to an exchange gain or loss.

The Amplifon Group's foreign exchange transaction risk is largely limited as each country is largely autonomous in the operation of its business, sustaining costs in the same currency as it realizes revenue, with the exception of Israel, where purchases are made in Euros and US dollars.

The size, however, of the subsidiary with respect to the Group and the fact that the products purchased subject to currency risk represent only a small part of total costs, ensures that any significant currency volatility will not have a material impact on the subsidiary or the Group.

The foreign exchange transaction risk, therefore, derives primarily from intragroup transactions (mediumlong term and short term loans, charge backs for intercompany service agreements) which result in currency risk for the companies operating in currencies other than that of the intragroup transaction. Additionally, investments in financial instruments denominated in a currency different from the investor's home currency can result in foreign exchange transaction risk. Foreign exchange translation risk arises from investments in the United States, United Kingdom, Switzerland, Hungary, Turkey, Poland, Israel, Australia, New Zealand, India, Egypt and Brazil.

The group's strategy aims to minimize the impact of currency volatility on the income statement and calls for significant positions in foreign currency to be hedged against foreign exchange risk. These include: (i) bonds issued in US dollars by Amplifon S.p.A. and subscribed by Amplifon USA Inc, (ii) intercompany loans in currencies other than the Euro between Amplifon S.p.A. and the Group companies in the United Kingdom and Australia.

The intercompany loans between the Australian and New Zealand companies, between the American and Canadian companies, as well as the loan granted Amplifon S.p.A. to the English subsidiary, are considered equity investments insofar as the loans are non-interest-bearing and not expected to be repaid. The impact of exchange differences is recognized directly in the translation reserve at equity without passing through the income statement.

The risks arising from other intragroup transactions (two loans granted to the Hungarian subsidiary and the Brazilian holding, as well as a loan granted to the Turkish subsidiary which was repaid in full in 2015) are not hedged as the amounts are not material.

In light of the above, during the year currency fluctuations did not result in significant foreign exchange gains or losses being recognized in the Amplifon Group's consolidated financial statements.

In accordance with the Group Treasury Policy foreign exchange translation risk was not hedged. The impact of the foreign exchange translation risk can be seen, as a whole, in the Group's Euro denominated EBITDA which rose 4.3 percentage points with respect to the Group's total EBITDA.

Interest rate risk

Interest rate risk includes the following situations:

  • fair value risk, namely the risk that the value of a fixed rate financial asset or liability changes due to fluctuations in market interest rates;
  • cash flow risk, namely the risk that the future cash flows of a floating rate financial asset or liability fluctuate due to changes in market interest rates.

In the Amplifon Group fair value risk arises on the issue of fixed rate bonds (private placement and Eurobond).The cash flow risk derives from floating rate bank loans.

The Group's strategy is to minimize cash flow risk, especially with respect to long-term exposures, through a balanced division between fixed- and floating-rate loans, judging whether to switch floating-rate borrowings to fixed-rate when each loan is taken out, as well as over the life of the loans including in light of the current market rates. In any event, at least 50% of the debt must be hedged against interest rate risk. At 31 December 2015, all the medium/long debt (€376 million) is linked to fixed rate capital market issues which to date have yet to be converted to floating rate debt as currently interest rates are low and the possibility that they will increase is limited. The risk, therefore, is that any conversions of debt from fixed to floating could result in financial costs that are, as a whole, higher with respect to the current fixed rate.

Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk that the issuer of a financial instrument defaults on its obligations resulting in a financial loss for the holder/investor.

In the Amplifon Group credit risk arises from:

  • (i) sales made as part of ordinary business operations;
  • (ii) the use of financial instruments that require settlement of positions with other counterparties;
  • (iii) from the sale of Group-owned American stores to franchisees, with the payment spread over up to 12 years, following the transformation of the subsidiary Sonus's business model from the direct to the indirect channel;
  • (iv) the loans granted to indirect channel and commercial partners in the United States and in Spain for investments and business development.

With regard to the risk under (i) above, the only positions with a high unit value are amounts due from Italian public-sector entities for which the risk of insolvency - while existing - is remote and further mitigated by the fact that they are factored without recourse, on a quarterly basis, by specialized factoring companies. Conversely, the credit risk arising from sales with private individuals based on instalment payment plans is increasing, as is that arising from sales to US indirect channel firms (wholesalers and franchisees). This credit risk, however, is spread out over a number of partners and the amount owed by any single partner does not exceed a few million US dollars. Due to typical business risks, some may not be able to honor their debts. This would result in higher working capital and credit losses. While each subsidiary is responsible for collection of receivables, the Group has set up a centralized system of monthly reporting relative to trade receivables in order to monitor the composition and due dates for each country, and shares credit recovery initiatives and policies with local management. With regard to private customers, who are largely paying cash, installment or financed sales have been limited to a maximum term of 12 months and, when possible, are managed by external finance companies which advance the whole amount of the sale to Amplifon. The situation of the indirect channel in the US is closely monitored by local management.

The risk referred to in (ii) above, notwithstanding the inevitable uncertainties linked to sudden and unforeseeable counterparty default, is managed by diversifying the main national and international investment grade financial institutions and through the use of specific counterparty limits with regard to both liquidity invested and/or deposited and to the notional amount of derivative contracts. The counterparty limits are higher if the counterparty has a Standard & Poor's and Moody's short term rating equal to at least A-1 and P-1, respectively. The Group's CEO and CFO may not carry out transactions with non-investment grade counterparties unless specifically authorized to do so.

With regard to the risk referred to in (iii) above, in the event payments fail to be made on the stores sold, ownership will revert back to Amplifon, while the loans made in the US referred to in (iv) above, are generally personally guaranteed by the beneficiaries and repayments are typically made when the invoices for the purchases of hearing aids are paid.

Price risk

This arises from the possibility that the value of a financial asset or liability may change due to changes in market prices (other than those caused by currency or interest-rate fluctuations) due to both characteristics specific to the financial asset or liability or the issuer, as well as market factors. This risk is typical of financial assets not listed on an active market, which may not be easy to liquidate at a level close to their fair value.

In the Amplifon Group price risk arises from certain financial investments in listed instruments, mainly bonds. Given the size of these investments, this risk is not significant and, therefore, is not hedged.

Liquidity risk

This risk often arises when an entity is experiencing difficulty finding sufficient funds to meet its obligations and includes the risk that the counterparties that have granted loans or lines of credit may request repayment. This risk, which had become particularly significant due, initially, to the 2008 financial crisis and, more recently, to the sovereign debt crisis affecting the peripheral Euro zone countries and the single currency itself, while smaller, still exists.

In this situation the Group continues to pay the utmost attention to cash flow and debt management, maximizing the positive cash flow from operations, while also monitoring credit lines in order to ensure adequate availability of irrevocable long term credit lines even though after the capital market transactions completed in 2013 debt is largely long term with the first significant portion falling due only as of mid-2018.

These activities, along with the liquidity, current credit lines and the positive cash flow that the Group continues to generate, lead us to believe that, at least in the short term, liquidity risk is not significant.

Hedging instruments

Hedging instruments are used by the Group exclusively to mitigate, in line with company strategy, interest rate and currency risk and comprise exclusively financial derivatives. In order to maximize the effectiveness of these hedges the Group's strategy calls for:

  • large counterparties with high credit ratings and transactions that fall within the limits determined in the treasury policy in order to minimize counterparty risk;
  • the use of instruments that match, to the extent possible, the characteristics of the risk hedged;
  • monitoring of the effectiveness of the instruments used in order to check and, possibly, optimize the structure of the instruments used to achieve the purposes of the hedge.

The derivatives used by the Group are generally plain vanilla financial instruments. More in detail, the types of derivatives used include:

  • cross currency swaps;
  • interest rate swaps;
  • foreign exchange forwards.

On initial recognition these instruments are measured at fair value. At subsequent reporting dates the fair value of derivatives must be re-measured and:

  • (i) if these instruments fail to qualify for hedge accounting, any changes in fair value that occur after initial recognition are taken to profit and loss;
  • (ii) if these instruments subsequently qualify as fair value hedges, from that date any changes in the fair value of the derivative are taken to profit and loss; at the same time, any fair value changes due to the hedged risk are recorded as an adjustment to the book value of the hedged item and the same amount is recorded in the income statement; any ineffectiveness of the hedge is recognised in profit and loss;
  • (iii) if these instruments qualify as cash flow hedges, from that date any changes in the fair value of the derivative are taken to net equity; changes in the fair value of the derivative that are recognised in net equity are subsequently transferred to the income statement in the period in which the transaction that is hedged against affects the income statement; when the object of the hedge is the purchase of a non-financial asset, changes to the fair value of the derivative taken to net equity are reclassified to adjust the purchase cost of the asset hedged (so-called basis adjustment); any ineffectiveness of the hedge is recognised in profit and loss.

The Group's hedging strategy is reflected in the accounts as described above starting from the time when the following conditions are satisfied:

  • the hedging relationship, its purpose and the overall strategy are formally defined and documented; the documentation includes the identification of the hedging instrument, the hedged item, the nature of the risk to be neutralised and the procedures whereby the entity will assess the effectiveness of the hedge;
  • the effectiveness of the hedge may be reliably assessed and there is a reasonable expectation, confirmed by ex post evidence, that the hedge will be highly effective for the period in which the hedged risk is present;
  • if the hedged risk is that there may be changes in cash flow arising from a future transaction, the latter is highly probable and has exposure to changes in cash flow that could affect profit and loss.

Derivatives are recognised as assets if their fair value is positive and as liabilities if their fair value is negative. These balances are shown under assets or liabilities if related to derivatives which do not qualify for hedge accounting, conversely they are classified consistently with the hedged item.

In detail, if the hedged item is classified as a current asset or liability, the positive or negative fair value of the hedging instrument is included under current assets or liabilities; if the hedged item is classified as a non-current asset or liability, the positive or negative fair value of the hedging instrument is included under non-current assets or liabilities.

The Group does not have in place any hedges of a net investment.

Treasury shares

Implementation of the buyback program approved during the Shareholders' Meetings held on 16 April 2014 and on 21 April 2015 continued in the period. The purpose of the program is to increase treasury shares in order to service stock-based incentive plans, as well as ensure the availability of treasury shares to use as a form of payment for acquisitions. As resolved by the shareholders, the treasury shares may be purchased on one or more occasions on a revolving basis for up to a total number of new shares, which together with the treasury shares already held and in accordance with the law, amounts to 10% of the company's share capital. The purchase price of the shares may not be 10% higher or lower than the stock price registered at the close of the trading session prior to each single purchase. The authorization to purchase shares was in effect through and including 20 October 2016.

In 2015 957,000 shares were purchased at an average price of €6.897 as part of this program.

A total of 1,946,375 of the performance stock grant rights assigned in 2011 vested in the period and 600,000 rights assigned to the Chief Executive Officers Franco Moscetti (300,000 of which were assigned in 2012 and 300,000 in 2014) vested in advance on 22 October 2015 in accordance with the agreements reached relating to the transition in the Group's leadership. 12,500 of the rights assigned in April 2013 were also exercised and vested in advance in accordance with the agreements reached with an exiting employee.

A total of 2,113,250 rights were exercised, as a result of which the Company transferred the same number of treasury shares to the beneficiaries.

The treasury shares held at 31 December 2015, therefore, now total 6,263,750 or 2.78% of the Company's share capital.

Average purchase price
(Euro)
Total amount
N. of shares Selling price (Euro) (Euro)
Total at 31 December 2014 7,420,000 6.273 46,547
Purchases 957,000 6.897 6,601
Disposals made following exercise of performance stock grants
Assigned January 2011
(828,333)
Disposals made following exercise of performance stock grants
Assigned April 2011
(672,417)
Disposals made following exercise of performance stock grants
Assigned March 2012 to CEO (vested in advance)
(300,000) 6.345 (13,408)
Disposals made following exercise of performance stock grants
Assigned April 2014 to CEO (vested in advance)
(300,000)
Disposals made following exercise of performance stock grants
Assigned April 2013
(12,500)
Total at 31 December 2015 6,263,750 6.345 39,740

Information relating to the treasury shares held by the Company purchased in 2005, 2006, 2007, 2014 and 2015, as well as sold in 2015, is provided below.

Research and development

The Group did not carry out any research and development activities in the year.

Transactions between group companies and with related parties

Pursuant to and in accordance with Consob Regulation n. 17221 of 12 March 2010, on 24 October 2012, subject to the favourable opinion of the Independent Directors' Committee, Amplifon S.p.A.'s Board of Directors adopted new Regulations for Related Party Transactions which took effect 1 December 2012 and substituted the version approved by the Board on 3 November 2010.

In 2015 the Company and the Chief Executive Officer, Franco Moscetti, mutually agreed that the conditions for a seamless change in leadership which would further the growth process, while also strengthening the Group's competitiveness, had materialized. Franco Moscetti was paid a total indemnity of €5.7 million, was granted early vesting of the 600,000 performance stock grant rights assigned and received a payment of €0.7 million as part of a non-compete agreement valid through 30 April 2017, inclusive. The Committee of Independent Directors expressed a favourable opinion of the transaction which was approved by the Company's Board of Directors.

All the other transactions with related parties, including intercompany transactions, do not qualify as atypical or unusual, and fall within the Group's normal course of business and are conducted at arm's-length as dictated by the nature of the goods and services provided.

Information on transactions with related parties, including specific disclosures required pursuant to Consob Bulletin of 28 July 2006, is provided in Note 34 of the consolidated financial statements and in Note 31 of the separate financial statements.

Contingent liabilities

With regard to the investigation, mentioned in the 2014 Annual Report, begun by the Financial Administration of a series of Italian banks in reference to medium/long term loans granted by the latter abroad in order to verify if the loans were subject to substitute tax, ordinary duties, stamps, liens, surveys and government subsidies, including the syndicated loan of €303.8 million and AUD 70 million granted to the Amplifon Group in December 2010 by a pool of 15 Italian and foreign banks to finance the acquisition of the Australian group NHC, in 2015, in addition to what had already taken place in 2014, other Provincial branches of the Financial Administration submitted motions for self-assessment, canceling previously issued notices due to dismissal of the claims, including the Provincial branch in Milan with regard, specifically, to the Amplifon loan. The first dismissals were issued and the first refunds of the amounts paid to the Financial Administration at the beginning of the dispute were received.

In light of the above Amplifon, its consultants and the banks involved believe, though the uncertainty typical of any dispute remains, the other motions will likely be granted and that the banks will be able to begin the procedures needed to request restitution of any advance payments made.

In Spain, the owner of three stores leased to Amplifon and regularly returned in 2014 when the lease expired, filed suit against Amplifon complaining about the state of the property when it was returned and other alleged breaches. Amplifon believes that the court will find in its favor. In any case, any damage award would not exceed a few thousand Euros.

Currently the Group is not subject to any other particular risks or uncertainties.

Subsequent events after 31 December 2015

The main events that took place after the end of the year are described below:

On 11 February 2016 the Articles of Incorporation were updated following the partial subscription of a capital increase servicing stock option plans which resulted in the issue of 17,000 ordinary shares of Amplifon S.p.A. with a par value of €0.02 each. The share capital, entirely subscribed and paid-in, amounted to €4,510,294 at 1 March 2016.

Implementation of the buyback program approved during the Shareholders' Meeting held on 21 April 2015 continued in 2016 and a total of 228,000 shares were purchased between year-end 2015 and the date of this report at an average price of € 7.554. Exercise of the performance stock grants assigned in 2011 continued as a result of which, as at 2 March 2016, the Company transferred a total of 65,167 treasury shares to the beneficiaries. The treasury shares held at the date of this report, therefore, now total 6,426,583 or 2.85% of the Company's share capital.

In the first few months of 2016 the Group continued to grow externally and made a series of minor acquisitions: 14 points of sale were purchased in Germany, France and Spain.

Outlook

This year the Group expects to see a favourable trend in revenue and the key performance indicators, thanks to solid organic growth, which will benefit from the new marketing initiatives, as well as the innovative services that will be offered to strengthen consumer engagement, and the continuous expansion of the network. In terms of market strategy, the Company intends focus mainly on reinforcing its leadership in key markets (Italy, the United States, Australia) and strengthening its competitive positioning in select markets with significant growth opportunities (like France and Germany).

With regard to the different geographies, sales are expected to show solid growth in Europe and profitability is expected to improve thanks to the plans to expand the network both externally (France and Germany) and internally (the Iberian Peninsula), as well as the positive effect that the investments in marketing and communication campaigns are expected to have despite the persistent price pressure in the Dutch market. Revenue is expected to continue to grow at a robust pace in the Americas thanks to the contribution of all the Group's channels which will benefit from the marketing initiatives and commercial policies, in part already implemented in 2015. These initiatives will guarantee sustainable long-term growth, while lowering operating leverage in the current year. Lastly, in Asia Pacific organic growth is expected to be stable, above market expectations, and profitability is expected to be maintained at current levels by focusing on operating efficiency.

This report contains forward looking statements ("Outlook") relating to future events and the Amplifon Group's operating, economic and financial results. These forecasts, by definition, contain elements of risk and uncertainty, insofar as they are linked to the occurrence of future events and developments. The actual results may be very different with respect to the original forecast due to a number of factors, the majority of which are out of the Group's control.

Report on Corporate Governance and Ownership Structure

at 31 December 2015 (in accordance with art. 123-bis TUF)

1. Issuer Profile

Amplifon S.p.A., an Italian multinational company with its registered office in Milan, is worldwide leader in customized retail hearing solutions, services, and customer care.

Founded in 1950, Amplifon is active in 22 Countries: directly through Amplifon S.p.A. in Italy, through its subsidiaries in France, Germany, Switzerland, the Netherlands, Belgium, Luxemburg, the UK, Ireland, Spain, Portugal, Hungary, Poland, Turkey, Israel, the USA, Canada, Australia, New Zealand, India, Egypt and Brazil.

The hearing aids are fitted in dedicated points of sale, service centres and, to a marginal extent, at customers' homes. The points of sale are operated both directly and indirectly through agents and franchisees.

The Company's mission is to help people with hearing difficulties to rediscover the joy of a full and active life through solutions which provide maximum hearing satisfaction in all of daily life's different situations.

Amplifon S.p.A.'s corporate governance is based on the traditional organizational model with Shareholders' Meetings, a Board of Directors and a Board of Statutory Auditors. Descriptions of these bodies are provided below and are found throughout this report.

The Shareholders' Meeting is convened at least once a year, in ordinary session, to approve the annual financial report, appoint and remove members of the Board of Directors and the Statutory Auditors, as well as approve their remuneration, and to also resolve on other matters falling under its prerogative as provided for by law. In extraordinary session, shareholders meet to amend the Company's articles of incorporation and association, as well as to resolve on other matters falling under its prerogative as provided for by law.

An auditing firm, listed in the special register kept by CONSOB, is responsible for carrying out the independent audit of the financial statements in accordance with the law.

2. Information on Ownership Structure (pursuant to art. 123-bis, par. 1 TUF) at 31 December 2015

a) Structure of share capital (pursuant to art. 123-bis, par. 1, letter a), TUF)

The share capital at 31 December 2015 amounted to €4,509,953.94 broken down in 225,497,697 ordinary shares with a nominal value of €0.02 each; 219,233,947 of which with voting rights and 6,263,750 of which with voting rights suspended pursuant to art. 2357 ter, paragraph 2 of the Italian Civil Code as they represent the Company's treasury shares.

There were no shares with limited voting rights nor shares for which increased voting rights had matured at 31 December 2015.

N.
of shares
%
of share
capital
Listed
(indicate the
markets) /
non listed
Rights and
obligations
Ordinary
shares
225,497,697 100% MTA –
STAR
Segment
Of which
Shares with
limited voting
rights
-
Of which
Shares with
increased
voting rights
-
Of which
Shares with no
voting rights
6,263,750 2.778% Treasury
shares

The Company, as from financial year 2001, has implemented Stock Option and Performance Stock Grant Plans which involve capital increases: the description of these plans can be found in the notes to the accounts in the annual report under Note 31, "Stock Options – Performance Stock Grant" and in the Remuneration Statement prepared as per art. 84-bis of the Issuers' Regulations, documents available on the Company's website www.amplifon.com/corporate.

There were no instruments granting subscription rights of newly issued shares in existence at 31 December 2015.

b) Share transfer restrictions (pursuant to art. 123-bis, par. 1, letter b), TUF)

At 31 December 2015 the following share transfer restrictions were in effect:

N. 55,785,124 ordinary shares of Amplifon were pledged by the shareholder Ampliter N.V. in favour of the Bondholders, Trustee, Registrar, Transfer Agent, Principal Paying and Exchange Agent, Calculation Agent, Parallel Debt Creditor and Custodian (the Secured Parties), pursuant to a Deed of pledge executed on 14 November 2013 as part of Ampliter N.V.'s issue of senior secured bonds in the aggregate amount of EUR 135 million, due in 2018, exchangeable into existing ordinary shares of Amplifon.

c) Significant interests in share capital (pursuant to art. 123-bis, par. 1, letter c), TUF)

Based on the declarations received under art. 120 of TUF, the following shareholders hold significant interests in the Company's share capital at 31 December 2015:

Declarant Direct
shareholder
%
of ordinary
capital (*)
%
of voting
capital
Ampliter N.V. Ampliter N.V. 54.843 55.483
FMR LLC FMR LLC 5.136 5.246
Tamburi
Investment
Partners S.p.A.
Tamburi
Investment
Partners S.p.A.
4.325 4.351

(*) The percentages refer to the share capital disclosed to CONSOB pursuant to Art. 120 of T.U.F. With regard, specifically, to the majority shareholder Ampliter N.V., reference is made to the declaration dated 20/03/2012.

At 31 December 2015 n. 55,785,124 ordinary shares of Amplifon or 24.739% of the share capital and 25.445% of the shares with voting rights had been pledged by Ampliter N.V. as part of the bond issue referred to in b) above.

d) Shares with special rights (pursuant to art. 123-bis, par. 1, letter d), TUF)

At 31 December 2015 there were no shares granting special rights of control. On 29 January 2015 shareholders met in extraordinary session and amended the Company's Articles of Association in accordance with art. 127-quinquies of Legislative Decree n. 58 dated 24 February 1998 - TUF granting two votes for each share held by the same party without interruption for a period of at least 24 months as of the registration date shown in a specific register. Shareholders may request to be registered at any time. The registration will take place within the fifteenth day of the month subsequent to having received the request. At 31 December 2015 n. 121,190,246 shares or 53.743% of the share capital and 55.279% of the shares with voting rights, of which n. 119,386,120 shares or 52.943% of the share capital and 54.456% of the shares with voting rights, held by the majority shareholder Ampliter N.V., were registered in the above mentioned specific register. If Ampliter N.V. continues to hold these shares without interruption, the latter will be granted increased voting rights as of 2 April 2017.

e) Employee share ownership: exercise of voting rights (pursuant to art. 123-bis, par. 1, letter e), TUF)

No specific mechanisms for the exercise of voting rights under employee share ownership are provided for.

f) Restrictions on voting rights (pursuant to art. 123-bis, par. 1, letter f), TUF)

At 31 December 2015, the only limits on voting rights are those pursuant to art. 2357 ter, paragraph 2 of the Italian Civil Code (voting rights suspended) related to the Company's treasury shares as described in paragraph 2 a).

As part of the issue made by Ampliter N.V. of the senior secured bonds for a total aggregate amount of EUR 135 million, the voting rights pertaining to the Amplifon shares pledged by Ampliter N.V. may be exercised by the latter unless Ampliter N.V. fails to pay the bondholders, or if any other default events occur as per the Deed of pledge, and the Secured Parties exercise the voting rights.

Furthermore, at 31 December 2015, n. 2,250,358 shares had been loaned by Ampliter N.V. as part of the same transaction. These shares (included in the percentages shown in the table found in item c) above) do not grant voting rights to Ampliter N.V..

g) Shareholders' agreements (pursuant to art. 123-bis, par. 1, letter g), TUF)

At 31 December 2015, there were no known shareholder agreements pursuant to art. 122 of TUF.

h) Change of control clauses (pursuant to art. 123-bis, par. 1, letter h), TUF) and provisions relating to takeover bids (pursuant to art. 104, par. 1-ter, and 104-bis, par. 1)

In the course of their normal business, the Company and its subsidiaries may stipulate agreements with financial partners which, as is common practice in international contracts, include clauses which grant each of the parties the right to rescind or amend said agreements in the event the direct or indirect control of the parties themselves should change.

At 31 December 2015, a Eurobond issued by Amplifon S.p.A., which amounted to €275 million at 31 December 2015, maturing in 2018, and the residual debt of the private placement expiring between 2020 and 2025, which amounted to USD 130 million at 31 December 2015, contain, as is normally the practice in these kinds of financial transactions, change of control clauses in the event the controlling shareholder of Amplifon S.p.A. should change based on which the Company must advise the parties of same and the latter may request repayment.

i) Authority to increase share capital and authorizations to buyback shares (pursuant to art. 123-bis, par. 1, letter m), TUF)

i.1) Authority to increase share capital

Pursuant to the powers granted during the Extraordinary Shareholders' Meeting held on 27 April 2006 pursuant to art. 2443 of the Italian Civil Code, on 28 October 2010 the Board of Directors resolved to increase share capital against payment in one or more instalments for up to a maximum amount of €150,000.00 through the issue of 7,500,000 ordinary shares of a nominal value of €0.02 per share, with dividend rights, to be offered in subscription to employees of the Company and its subsidiaries without option rights pursuant to art. 2441, final paragraph, of the Italian Civil Code and art. 114-bis and art. 134, second paragraph, of Decree 58/98 and subsequent amendments, based on the strategic importance of the position held within the Group. Any board resolution to increase share capital as per the powers granted must be subscribed within the period indicated (at any rate, not after 31 December 2020) and the share capital will be considered increased by an amount equal to the subscriptions tendered at the expiration date.

On 16 April 2014 shareholders granted the Board of Directors, pursuant to art. 2443 of the Italian Civil Code, the power to increase share capital, without payment, for a period of five years from the resolution date, in one or more instalments for up to a maximum amount of €100,000.00, through the issue of a maximum of 5,000,000 ordinary shares of a nominal value of €0.02 per share, with dividend rights, to be assigned to employees of Amplifon S.p.A. and/or its subsidiaries pursuant to art. 2349 of the Italian Civil Code as part of the Company's existing or future stock grant plans. These capital increases must be made through the use of distributable earnings or available reserves as per the last regularly approved annual report.

For a detailed description of the Stock Option Plans, please refer to the notes to the accounts in the annual report, specifically Note 31, "Stock Options – Performance Stock Grant", and the information circular prepared as per art. 84-bis of the Issuers' Regulations published on the Company's website www.amplifon. com/corporate.

At 31 December 2015, no other authorizations to increase share capital or issue other securities were in place.

i.2) Authorizations to buyback shares

On 21 April 2015 shareholders, after having revoked the authorization granted on 16 April 2014, authorized, pursuant to and in accordance with article 2357 of the Italian Civil Code, the purchase, in one or more instalments, of up to a maximum of new ordinary shares which will result in the Company holding a maximum of 10% of the Company's share capital in the event the power granted is fully exercised in the timeframe indicated herein, as permitted by law and taking into account the treasury shares already held, in order to provide the Company with a means to:

  • (i) have treasury shares available to service stock-based incentive plans, both existing and future, benefiting directors and/or employees and/or partners of the Company or its subsidiaries;
  • (ii) use treasury shares as a means of payment in the acquisition of companies or the exchange of equity interests.

The shares may be purchased for a period of eighteen months from the date of the shareholders' approval at a unit price that may not be 10% above or below the official stock price recorded by the stock exchange on the day prior to each single purchase and may be purchased on regulated markets including through the purchase and sale of derivatives traded on regulated markets that call for the physical delivery of the underlying shares, as well as by assigning proportional put options to shareholders; the purchases will be made in accordance with the methods provided in both article 132 of Legislative Decree n. 58 dated 24 February 1998 and article 144-bis of CONSOB resolution n. 11971 of 14 May 1999, with the sole exception of public tender and exchange offers, taking into account the specific exemption provided for in the third paragraph of article 132 of Legislative Decree n. 58 dated February 24th, 1998, as well as with any and all other applicable laws and regulations.

In the same resolution, on 21 April 2015 shareholders also authorized, pursuant to and in accordance with article 2357-ter of the Italian Civil Code, the disposal, in one or more instalments, at any time and for an unlimited period of time, of the treasury shares purchased, in accordance with laws and regulations in effect at the time of the transaction. The sale transactions may be carried out prior to having completed all purchases, on one or more occasions on the market, including as a result of trading or block sales, and/or through transfer to directors, employees or partners of the Company and/or its subsidiaries, in implementation of incentive plans and/or other disposals involving the exchange or disposal of blocks of stock, including through swaps or transfers, or lastly as a result of capital market transactions involving the assignment or disposal of treasury shares (including, for example, mergers, spin-offs, the issue of convertible bonds or warrants serviced by treasury shares).

At the close of financial year 2015 Amplifon held a total of n. 6,263,750 ordinary shares, equal to 2.778% of the share capital; n. 7,420,000 of these shares were already held at the close of financial year 2014 and n. 957,000 were purchased during the year, while a total of n. 2,113,250 shares were transferred to directors, employees and/or staff members as part of the stockbased incentive plans.

l) Co-ordination and direction activities (pursuant to art. 2497 et seq. of the Italian Civil Code)

The Company is not subject to direction or co-ordination by other parties.

It is opportune to point out that Anna Maria Formiggini, Sole Administrator of the direct Parent Company Ampliter N.V. and Chairman of the Board of Directors of the indirect Parent Company Amplifin S.p.A., is the non-executive Honorary Chairman of Amplifon S.p.A. and that Susan Carol Holland, Deputy Chairman of the indirect Parent Company of Amplifin S.p.A., is the non-executive Chairman of Amplifon S.p.A.

It is the Company's view that the mere presence of directors serving on the boards of both the Company and its parent companies is not to be construed as exercising control or coordination given the lack of involvement in operations.

Furthermore, none of the factors commonly recognized as indicative of exercising direction and co-ordination activities were found to exist with Amplifon S.p.A. and its parent company.

• • • •

The information requested in art. 123-bis, first paragraph, letter i), "agreements between the company and the directors and members of the Management Board and the Supervisory Board which call for indemnity in the event of resignation or dismissal without cause or termination following a takeover bid" can be found in the Remuneration Statement published in accordance with art. 123-ter of TUF.

The information requested in art.123-bis, first paragraph, letter l), "the norms governing nomination and replacement of directors and members of the Management Board and the Supervisory Board, as well as amendments to the Articles of Association, if different from those provided for under the applicable laws and regulations" can be found in the section regarding the Board of Directors found in this report.

3. Compliance (pursuant to art. 123-bis, par. 2, letter a), TUF)

The Company adopted the last version of the Corporate Governance Code issued, approved by the Corporate Governance Committee in July 2015.

The Corporate Governance Code is available on the Corporate Governance Committee's website at "http://www.borsaitaliana.it/ comitato-corporate-governance/codice/2015clean.pdf".

Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries are subject to foreign legislation which could impact or influence the Company's corporate governance structure.

4. Board of Directors

4.1 Appointment and replacement (pursuant to art. 123-bis, par. 1, letter l), TUF)

The Company is managed by a Board of Directors comprised of between three and eleven members, as resolved by shareholders.

The members of the Board of Directors are elected based on a list of candidates presented by the shareholders and/or a group of shareholders who own at least 1% of share capital (as per CONSOB Resolution n.19499 dated 28 January 2016).

The lists presented must indicate the candidates in sequential numerical order and must be filed at the Company's registered office at least 25 days prior to the date of the Shareholders' Meeting in first call. The Company will also publish the lists on its website and in accordance with other modalities indicated in the CONSOB regulation issued pursuant to art. 147-ter, par. 1-bis of Legislative Decree 58/1998 at least 21 days prior to the Shareholders' Meeting.

Each shareholder who submits a list or is party to a list must submit the certificate issued by the authorized intermediary, by the legal deadline set for the Company's publication of said lists.

Based on the Company's Articles of Association, at least one of the members of the Board of Directors, or two if the Board is comprised of more than seven members, must meet the requisites for an independent statutory auditor set forth in the applicable norms and regulations.

Only those candidates included in lists presented by shareholders holding voting rights equal to half the amount required in order to be entitled to present lists will be considered.

Based on the Articles of Association, the Board of Directors will be appointed in compliance with the current law governing gender equality rounding up the number of candidates belonging to the least represented gender in the event application of the quota criteria does not result in a whole number.

The directors will be elected based on the lists submitted, the majority of votes obtained in the sequential numerical order in which the candidates appear on said lists. One director, in possession of the requisite of independence pursuant to the law and in no way connected, even indirectly, to the shareholders who submitted or cast more votes for the list, will be elected from the minority list on the basis of sequential numerical order and the majority of votes obtained.

The directors are appointed for a maximum term of three years and may be re-elected. If one or more of the directors should resign, for whatever reason, during their term, the Board of Directors will act in accordance with art. 2386 of the Italian Civil Code.

If one or more of the resigned directors was included in a list containing candidates who were not elected, the Board of Directors will appoint substitute directors based on the sequential numerical order of said list providing the candidates are still eligible for election and willing to accept the assignment.

In any event the Board will ensure that the total number of independent directors appointed complies with the law, including with respect to gender quotas.

In the event the exiting director was an independent director, the Board will attempt, to the extent possible, to appoint the first of the non-elected independent directors included in the exiting directors' list.

The Board of Directors is vested with the broadest powers for the Company's ordinary and extraordinary administration. It meets at least once every three months and has adopted an organization and modus operandi which guarantee effective and efficient performance of its functions. The Board of Directors, including through its delegates, reports on a timely basis to the Board of Statutory Auditors on its work and on any transactions carried out by the Company and its subsidiaries having a significant impact on profitability, assets and liabilities or financial position; in particular, it reports on transactions representing a potential conflict of interests.

Succession planning

During the meeting held on 6 March 2013 the Board of Directors, pursuant to the Risk and Control Committee's proposal, approved the succession plan relative to the appointment of executive directors in the event of unexpected vacancies or expiration of the term.

Based on this procedure the Chairman of the Board of Directors and, if unable, the Risk and Control Committee, after consulting with the Chairman of the Board of Statutory Auditors, will:

  • seek to understand the situation and decide which is more opportune: succession or a temporary appointment;
  • inform the Directors and the Board of Statutory Auditors;
  • call a Board of Directors' meeting in order to adopt the measures deemed opportune.

4.2. Composition (pursuant to art. 123-bis, par. 2, letter d), TUF)

At 31 December 2015 the Board of Directors was comprised as follows:

Office held In office
since
Date of first
appointment
List Exec. Non
exec.
Ind. Indep.
TUF
%
BoD
Other
appoint
ments
Honorary
Chairman
17/04/2013 19/02/2001 M X 20 1
Chairman 17/04/2013 19/02/2001 M X 100 1
Deputy
Chairman
17/04/2013 14/12/2004 M X 100 3
Chief Executive
Officer (CEO)
20/10/2015 20/10/2015 M X 100 1
Director 17/04/2013 24/04/2007 M X X X 91 4
Director 17/04/2013 24/04/2007 M X X X 85 4
Director 17/04/2013 08/03/2011 M X X X 40 5
Director 21/04/2015 21/04/2015 M X X X 100 2
Director 17/04/2013 17/04/2013 m X X X 66 7

KEY

Office held: Chairman, Deputy Chairman, CEO, etc..

In office since: Date of first appointment.

List: indicated as M/m depending on whether the director was elected on a majority list or a minority list (art. 144-decies of the CONSOB's Issuers' Regulations).

Exec.: marked if the director qualifies as executive.

Non exec.: marked if the director qualifies as non-executive.

Ind.: marked if the director qualifies as independent under the Code's criteria.

Indep. TUF: marked if the director meets the independence qualifications established by par. 3, art. 148 of TUF (art. 144-decies of the CONSOB's Issuers' Regulations).

% BoD: indicates the director's attendance record in percentage terms at Board meetings (the calculation of this percentage reflects the number of meetings attended by the director relative to the number of Board meetings held during the year or after the director's appointment).

Other appointments: indicates the total number of appointments held in other companies listed on regulated markets (in Italy or abroad), in financial, banking, insurance or large companies, identified on the basis of the criteria established by the Board of Directors. It is to be noted that:

It is to be noted that:

  • On 7 January 2015 the director Luca Garavoglia tendered his resignation, for personal reasons, as non-executive Independent Director and as member of the Risk and Control Committee, of the Remuneration and Appointments Committee, as well as of the Supervisory Board.
  • During the meeting held on 29 January 2015 the Board of Directors, in accordance with the Articles of Association, coopted Anna Puccio to act as Director and also revisited the composition of the Committees and the Supervisory Board which are now comprised as follows:
  • Risk and Control Committee Chairman: Giampio Bracchi Member: Susan Carol Holland Member: Anna Puccio
  • Remuneration and Appointments Committee Chairman: Maurizio Costa Member: Susan Carol Holland Member: Andrea Guerra
  • Supervisory Board Chairman: Giampio Bracchi Member: Maurizio Costa Member: Paolo Tacciaria (Head of Internal Audit)
  • On 21 April 2015 shareholders appointed Anna Puccio to the Board of Directors. Anna Puccio will remain in office through the end of the term of the Board of Directors appointed by shareholders on 17 April 2013 and, therefore, through the

Shareholders' Meeting convened to approve the financial statements as of 31 December 2015.

  • On 20 October 2015 shareholders resolved to set the number of directors comprising the Board of Directors at nine and appointed Enrico Vita as a member of the Board. Enrico Vita will remain in office through the Shareholders' Meeting convened to approve the financial statements as of 31 December 2015.
  • During the meeting held on 22 October 2015, the Board of Directors appointed Enrico Vita, Chief Executive Officer, as General Manager and Director of the Board.

The professional characteristics of the Directors are described in the annual report in the section "Corporate Governance and personnel" (the annual report can be found on the Company's website www.amplifon.com/corporate).

For a more detailed description of the criteria used to evaluate the independence of the directors, please refer to section 4.6 of this report.

The list of the other companies in which the Directors of Amplifon S.p.A. have other appointments can be found in Annex 1 of this report.

The members of the Board Committees formed as resolved by the Board of Directors on 17 April 2013, and revised by the Board during the meeting held on 29 January 2015, along with their attendance records for the year are shown below:

Name Office held EC % EC N.C. % N.C. R.A.C. % R.A.C. R.C.C. % R.C.C.
Susan Carol Holland Chairman n/a n/a n/a n/a M 100 M 100
Giampio Bracchi Director n/a n/a n/a n/a C 100
Maurizio Costa Director n/a n/a n/a n/a C 100
Andrea Guerra Director n/a n/a n/a n/a M 60
Anna Puccio Director n/a n/a n/a n/a M 100

KEY

n/a: not applicable.

E.C.: Executive Committee; C/M for chairman/member of Executive Committee.

% E.C.: indicates the director's attendance record in percentage terms at Executive Committee meetings (the calculation of this percentage reflects the number of meetings attended by the director relative to the number of Executive Committee meetings held during the year or after the director's appointment to this committee).

N.C.: Nominations Committee; C/M for chairman/member of the Nominations Committee.

% N.C.: indicates the director's attendance record in percentage terms at Nominations Committee meetings (the calculation of this percentage reflects the number of meetings attended by the director relative to the number of Nominations Committee meetings held during the year or after the director's appointment to this committee).

R.A.C.: C/M: chairman/member of the Remuneration and Appointments Committee.

% R.A.C.: indicates the director's attendance record in percentage terms at Remuneration and Appointments Committee meetings (the calculation of this percentage reflects the number of meetings attended by the director relative to the number of Remuneration and Appointments Committee meetings held during the year or after the director's appointment to this committee). R.C.C.: C/M: chairman/member of the Risk and Control Committee.

%. R.C.C.: indicates the director's attendance record in percentage terms at Risk and Control Committee meetings (the calculation of this percentage reflects the number of meetings attended by the director relative to the number of Risk and Control Committee meetings held during the year or after the director's appointment to this committee).

Maximum number of appointments allowed in other companies Pursuant to the Corporate Governance Code for listed companies issued by Borsa Italiana S.p.A. in March 2006, and updated in December 2011, on 19 December 2012 Amplifon S.p.A.'s Board of Directors defined general criteria for the maximum permitted number of directorships or statutory auditorships in other companies deemed to be compatible with holding the office of director: 'Non-executive directors and the Chairman will not be able to assume directorships or statutory auditorships in more than 5 companies listed on regulated markets (including foreign markets), financial, banking, insurance or large companies, while independent directors may not assume more than 10 directorships or statutory auditorships'. Please note that 'the limit on the number of appointments does not include subsidiaries nor the parent companies of Amplifon S.p.A.'.

Induction Programme

Following the appointment of the Directors specific meetings will be held with the company management during which information relating to the sector, the competitive environment, the Group structure, the Company and the organization will be provided.

4.3. Role of the Board of Directors (pursuant to art. 123 bis, par. 2, letter d), TUF)

4.3.1 Activities carried out in 2015 and expected for 2016 During 2015 the Board of Directors met nine times:

  • 23 January
  • 29 January
  • 3 March
  • 20 March
  • 29 April
  • 23 July
  • 22 September
  • 22 October
  • 17 December

Meetings lasted an average of four hours each.

Four meetings have been scheduled for 2016, with the possibility of holding other ones in order to examine specific topics related to operations and to evaluate strategic development plans as, to date, the Company has not instituted a Strategic Committee insofar as the Company believes that this role can be filled through specific Board of Directors' meetings.

The Board meetings are called by the Chairman, or on the Chairman's behalf, by way of a registered letter sent to each director or standing auditor at least five days prior to the meeting or, in urgent cases, via telegram, fax, or return receipt e-mail at least one day prior to the scheduled meeting date.

The Board of Directors may also be called, after having notified the Chairman of the Board itself, by two members of the Board of Statutory Auditors.

The Board members usually receive the documentation relating to the meeting together with the summons for the Board of Directors' meeting, unless for reasons of confidentiality or lack of readiness it is not advisable or possible.

In 2015 the Chairman of the Board of Directors invited the Manager charged with preparing the Company's financial reports to attend all the meetings; several Group Market Directors were also invited to report directly to the Board on the micro and macro-economic trends in the countries for which they are responsible, as were a few members of the Executive Leadership Team and some managers, in order to discuss specific topics.

All the other aspects relating to the functioning of the Board of Directors are governed by specific regulations, compliance with which is monitored by the Chairman with the assistance of the Board Secretary.

4.3.2 Role of the Board of Directors

The Board of Directors is vested with the broadest powers for the Company's ordinary and extraordinary administration and may perform all activities deemed necessary to achieve the Company's purpose, with the exception of those powers attributed by law or the Articles of Association to the Shareholders' Meeting. In detail, the Board of Directors:

  • resolves on the opening and closure of secondary offices and the transfer of the registered office within the borders of Italy;
  • indicates which of the Directors should represent the Company;
  • resolves on reduction of share capital in the event of shareholder withdrawal;
  • resolves on the amendments needed to be made to the Articles of Association in light of new norms and regulations;
  • within the limits envisaged in art. 2420 ter, art. 2443 and art. 2436 of the Italian Civil Code, assumes decisions on mergers and spin-offs pursuant to art. 2505, art. 2505 bis and art. 2506 ter of the Italian Civil Code;
  • examines and approves the strategic, operational and financial plans of the Company and the Group companies and periodically monitors implementation; defines the corporate governance system for the Company and the Group structure;
  • defines the nature and level of risk compatible with the Company's strategic objectives;
  • evaluates the adequacy of the general organizational and administrative structure of the Company and its strategically relevant subsidiaries put in place by the Chief Executive Officer, particularly with regard to and on an annual basis, the adequacy, efficiency and effective functioning of the internal control and risk management systems, and the management of conflicts of interest;
  • grants and revokes the Chief Executive Officer's powers, defining the limits and means of operation, without prejudice to the powers reserved exclusively for the Board pursuant to art. 2381 of the Italian Civil Code, as well as in relation to art. 20 of the Articles of Association;
  • determines, following the advice of the Remuneration and Appointments Committee a remuneration policy for the Directors, the Key Managers and the Head of Internal Audit; determines, after examining the proposals of the Remuneration and Appointments Committee and consulting

the Board of Statutory Auditors pursuant to art. 2389 par. 3 of the Italian Civil Code, the remuneration of the Chief Executive Officer and the other Directors holding particular offices, including as members of Board committees, as well as, in the event the shareholders have not done so, the breakdown of the Board members' global compensation;

  • evaluates the Company's general performance, paying particular attention to the information received from the executive Directors, and periodically comparing the results achieved with forecasts;
  • examines and approves the Company's and its subsidiaries' operations, in case such operations have a significant impact on the Company's profitability, assets and liabilities or financial position, paying special attention to situations in which one or more Directors have a direct or indirect (through third parties) interest and, more in general, transactions involving related parties; toward this end establishes the general criteria to identify relevant transactions;
  • evaluates, at least once a year, the size, composition and performance of the Board of Directors and its committees and may provide opinions about the profile of the professionals that should serve on the Board;
  • evaluates the need to adopt a succession plan for the Chief Executive Officers;
  • provides information in the report on corporate governance: - on the composition of the Board, indicating, for each member, the qualifications, office held within the Board, the main professional experiences, as well as how long the office has been held;
  • on how the duties assigned are fulfilled and, more specifically on the number and the average duration of the Board meetings held during the year and the attendance record of each Board member;
  • on the principal characteristics of the internal control and risk management system expressing the Board's opinion as to the adequacy and efficacy of the latter with respect to Group's characteristics and risk profile;
  • evaluates any exceptions to the non-compete provisions contained in art. 2390 of the Italian Civil Code authorized by the shareholders in light of organizational needs pointing out any critical areas to the shareholders during their next meeting. Toward this end, each Director will inform the Board, upon accepting his/her appointment of any activities carried out which could be considered in competition with the Company and, subsequently, of any relevant changes in this regard;
  • provides the shareholders with information about the activities carried out and planned and works to ensure that the shareholders receive the information needed to be able to make informed decisions during Shareholders' Meetings. All the Directors usually attend the Shareholders' Meeting and any absences must be justified;
  • assesses whether or not it is opportune, in the event of significant changes in the Company's market capitalization or in the composition of its shareholders, to propose that shareholder amend the Articles of Association with regard to the percentages needed to mobilize shares and the steps taken to protect minority shareholders.

During the meeting held on 29 April 2015, the Board allocated the global remuneration approved during the Shareholders' Meeting held on 21 April 2015 to its individual members and on 22 October 2015 adjusted this allocation to reflect the composition of the new Board of Directors approved during the Shareholders' Meeting held on 20 October 2015.

The Board also resolved to pay the Independent Directors, in the event they should be called upon to chair one of the committees instituted by the Board or the Supervisory Board, an additional fee of €25,000 for each chairmanship or, in the event they are called upon to serve on one of the committees instituted by the Board or the Supervisory Board, an additional fee of €15,000 for each membership.

The additional fees have no impact on the global remuneration approved by the Shareholders' Meeting, insofar as they are not considered as being in addition to said amounts.

The Board, in all of the meetings dedicated to examining the yearly and periodic accounting records, also looks at the reports on operations of each single subsidiary and the Group as a whole prepared by the Chief Executive Officer.

In the resolution dated 22 October 2015, the Board determined the powers of the Chief Executive Officer and the limits on the exercise of powers which should be exercised in accordance with the guidelines approved by the Board of Directors, as well as the forecast investments and expenses indicated in the budgets approved by the Board of Directors.

Toward this end the Chief Executive Officer was granted single signatory powers for an amount of up to €10 million per transaction, as well as for the transfer of funds, without limits, between the Company's bank accounts.

The Chief Executive Officer may also exercise powers relating to bank loans and lines of credit in joint signature with the Group's CFO for an amount of up to €20 million per transaction, as well as transfer funds, without limits, to affiliates and associates; in joint signature with the Chief HR Officer or a member of the Board of Directors the CEO may stipulate, take disciplinary action relating to, or terminate any employment contract with a company Executive.

The Chief Executive Officer may also carry out, including through sub-delegation, extraordinary transactions by executing the necessary deeds and contracts for an amount of up to €10 million per transaction involving, for example, acquisitions or disposals of controlling interests in companies, acquisitions or disposals of business divisions, agreements relative to joint or similar ventures, in the countries in which Amplifon is already present through one or more subsidiaries.

The Board of Directors also granted the General Manager certain single signatory powers for an amount of up to €10 million per transaction to the extent that the transactions are in accordance with the guidelines, the investment plans and budgets approved by the Board of Directors.

During the meeting held on 24 October 2012, the Board of Directors approved the Regulations for related party transactions issued pursuant to and in accordance with CONSOB Regulation n. 17221 of 12 March 2010. Please refer to Chapter 12 below for information on "Directors' interests and related party transactions".

The Risk and Control Committee, with the support of the Head of Internal Audit, prepared a report summarizing the interviews conducted with the members of the Board of Directors regarding the evaluation of the Board's composition and performance.

This report was shared by the Independent Directors during their periodic meeting held in accordance with the Corporate Governance Code and submitted to the Board by the Chairman of the Risk and Control Committee and the Lead Independent Director Giampio Bracchi during the meeting held on 17 December 2015.

The comments included in the report were shared with those present, underlining the areas of improvement.

The Shareholders' Meeting did not authorise any exceptions to the non-compete provisions contained in art. 2390 of the Italian Civil Code.

4.4. Executive Bodies

4.4.1 Chief Executive Officers

To date the Company has deemed it sufficient to appoint a single Chief Executive Officer in the person of Enrico Vita, who also serves as the General Manager and substitutes the previous Chief Executive Officer and General Manager Franco Moscetti, appointed non-executive Deputy Chairman.

During the meeting held on 22 October 2015 the Chief Executive Officer and General Manager was granted the same powers previously granted to Chief Executive Officer and General Manager Franco Moscetti described above in paragraph 4.3.2.

The Chief Executive Officer will report to the Board every three months on the activities carried out in order to fulfil his duties, as the previous Chief Executive Officer has continuously done.

4.4.2 Chairman

The Chairman acts in accordance with the law and the Company's Articles of Association, without operational powers and does not have a specific role in determining Company strategies.

Reporting to the Board

The Chief Executive Officer must report to the Board at least every three months on the most significant events which occurred within the Group and on the market conditions which could influence operations.

Furthermore, the heads of the various subsidiaries present in the markets where the Group operates provide, as deemed appropriate, the Board with information regarding each subsidiary's operation and the reference markets (please also refer to paragraph 4.3.1).

4.5. Other Executive Directors

The Chief Executive Officer is the only Executive Director.

If deemed opportune members of the Executive Leadership Team and of the Management Team may also be called upon to discuss specific transactions with the Board of Directors.

4.6. Independent Directors

During the meeting held on 17 December 2015, the Board of Directors evaluated whether or not the five Independent Directors (Giampio Bracchi, Maurizio Costa, Andrea Guerra, Anna Puccio and Giovanni Tamburi) still qualified as such.

This evaluation was carried out on the basis of the criteria outlined in the Code and the prudent assessment of the Board with the abstention of the Director in question. More in detail, the Board examined, on the basis of the declarations made by the persons concerned and/or available information, the relationships which could potentially compromise independence.

The Board of Statutory Auditors verified the correct application of the assessment criteria and procedures adopted by the Board of Directors for evaluating the independence of its members, informing the Company of the following findings which will be included in the annual report on supervisory activities:

"The Board of Statutory Auditors verified correct application of the assessment criteria and procedures adopted by the Board of Directors for evaluating the independence of the directors Giampio Bracchi, Maurizio Costa, Andrea Guerra, Anna Puccio and Giovanni Tamburi. The assessment criteria were found to be adequate".

On 17 December 2015 a meeting of the Independent Directors took place in order to discuss the Group's risk management and internal control systems, in general, including the quality and the functioning of the corporate governance and the qualifications of the independent directors also in light of the latest version of the Corporate Governance Code issued in July 2015.

Based on the Regulations for the Board of Directors "once a Director has stated to qualify as independent, he/she must maintain this status for the duration of the mandate and, in the event he/she no longer qualifies as independent, will resign, without prejudice to the Board of Directors' power to co-opt the same Director immediately".

4.7. Lead Independent Director

Although without an active role in operations, the Chairman of the Company is a representative of the issuer's Parent Company. Consequently, in accordance with the Code, on 17 April 2013 the Board, during the first meeting following appointment by the Shareholders' Meeting (held the same day), appointed Giampio Bracchi, non-executive independent director, Lead Independent Director.

In an effort to enhance their contribution and the performance of the Board itself, Giampio Bracchi acts as a point of reference for the non-executive Directors (in particular the Independent Directors). The Lead Independent Director works with the Chief Executive Officer in order to ensure that the Directors receive adequate information in a timely manner. The Lead Independent Director may also call, at his own initiative or at the request of other directors, special meetings of just the independent directors to discuss issues considered of interest in relation to the operation of the Board or management of the business.

The Lead Independent Director, in addition to chairing the meetings of the Independent Directors, carried out his activities by attending meetings of the Risk and Control Committee, as well as the Supervisory Board.

5. Treatment of corporate information

On 24 October 2012 the Board updated the "Procedures for the internal management and external disclosure of company documents and information, with particular reference to price sensitive information" approved on 15 March 2007.

The purpose of these procedures is to govern the internal management and external disclosure of price sensitive information, that has yet to be publicly announced, relating to Amplifon, to one of its subsidiaries, to the Amplifon stock and to any other financial instruments issued by Amplifon which, if publicly disclosed, could have a significant impact on the prices of financial instruments issued by the Company.

The procedures can be found on the corporate website www. amplifon.com/corporate.

These procedures are linked to the procedures regarding the creation and updating of the Register of the persons with access to sensitive information and to those relating to Internal Dealing.

5.1 Register of persons with access to price sensitive information

In accordance with art.115-bis of TUF and art. 152-bis of Consob Regulations for Issuers, the Company has created a Register of persons who, given the activities they carry out or the role they hold in Amplifon or its subsidiaries, have or may have access to price sensitive information periodically or on a regular basis.

This Register is maintained and updated by the Group's Chief HR Officer.

5.2 Internal Dealing Code

The Internal Dealing Code, adopted by the Board of Directors in 2006 and subsequently amended in 2014, establishes procedures for how any transactions involving shares and other financial instruments issued by the Company carried out by relevant persons or close associates of relevant persons should be disclosed to the market.

Relevant Persons bound by the Code are defined as:

  • a) members of the Amplifon Board of Directors and Board of Statutory Auditors;
  • b) persons performing managerial duties in Amplifon, and managers who have regular access to price sensitive information and the power to adopt management decisions that might affect Amplifon's development and future prospects;
  • c) members of the Boards of Directors and Boards of Statutory Auditors, persons performing managerial duties and managers who have regular access to price sensitive information and the power to adopt management decisions that might affect the development and future prospects in a company directly or indirectly controlled by Amplifon, if the book value of the investment in such controlled company represents more than 50% of Amplifon own assets, as reported in its latest approved financial statements;
  • d) anyone holding an interest equal to at least 10% of Amplifon voting share capital, as well as any other party which controls Amplifon.

Close associates of the relevant persons are also bound by the same procedures.

Transactions of a total amount of more than €5,000 per calendar year must be reported and disclosed to Consob within five trading sessions following the date on which the transactions were carried out.

Relevant Persons are barred from carrying out any transactions involving the Company's financial instruments, regardless of the amount, thirty days prior to the approval of the draft annual or fourth quarter financial statements, and fifteen days prior to the approval of the first and third quarter financial statements, as well as the half-year report, for each year.

The Internal Dealing Code is published on the corporate website www.amplifon.com/corporate.

6. Board Committees (pursuant to art. 123 bis, par. 2, letter d), TUF)

On 17 April 2013 the Board of Directors appointed the Risk and Control Committee and the Remuneration and Appointments Committee, the composition of which was revised during the meeting held on 29 January 2015 following the resignation of Luca Garavoglia and the appointment of co-opted Director Anna Puccio, while it was deemed unnecessary, for the moment, to appoint a Nominations Committee as the functions are attributed to the Remuneration and Appointments Committee as provided for in the comment to art. 4 of the Corporate Governance Code. As described in paragraph 4.3.2, committee members are to receive a supplementary fee in addition to the global remuneration approved by the shareholders. The Board also indicated that the committees were to perform their activities in accordance with the guidelines found in the Corporate Governance Code.

The committees are comprised of at least three nonexecutive Directors, the majority of which are independent, and minutes are taken at the meetings. In order to perform their duties, the committees may access all information and company systems as deemed necessary and they may invite non-members to attend the meetings.

The Risk and Control Committee has a budget which is approved by the Board. The Risk and Control Committee and the Remuneration and Appointments Committee, therefore, have the power to make expenditures if deemed necessary.

7. Nominations Committee

The Board deemed that, for the moment, it was unnecessary to form a Nominations Committee, including in light of the outcome of the self-assessment process relating to the balanced composition of the Board itself and to its professional profile, attributing the functions to the Remuneration Committee as provided for in the comment to art. 4 of the Corporate Governance Code.

During the meeting held on 17 April 2013 the Board, therefore, resolved to form a Remuneration and Appointments Committee, in accordance with the requirements for the composition of both Committees, with the duties described in articles 5 and 6 of the Corporate Governance Code. More in detail:

  • a) provide the Board of Directors with opinions about the size and composition of the Board of Directors and recommendations as to the professional profile of the Board members, as well as the maximum number of assignments as director and statutory auditor deemed compatible with serving on the Company's Board of Directors and relating to any exercise of the powers granted to the shareholders, in general, as well as any allowable exceptions to the non-compete clauses provided for in art. 2390 of the Italian Civil Code;
  • b) propose candidates to act as Directors in the event it is necessary for the Board to co-opt a director to substitute an Independent Director;
  • c) provide the Board of Directors with recommendations regarding succession plans for Group Executives with strategic responsibilities.

In 2015 the Remuneration and Appointments Committee met six times. Minutes of the meetings were taken regularly and the meetings lasted around two hours each. During four of these six meetings, organization of the transition in the Group's Top Management was discussed, as were details of a succession plan, the proposal to appoint a new Director and the powers to be granted to the Chief Executive Officer.

For more information about the duration of the meetings, the composition and functioning of the Committee, please refer to section 1.3 of the Remuneration Statement published in accordance with art. 123-ter of TUF.

8. Remuneration Committee

Please refer to the Remuneration Statement Part 1

Chapter 1 "Governance"- section 1.3 "Remuneration Committee".

9. Directors' Compensation

Please refer to the Remuneration Statement

Part 1

Chapter 4 "Directors' Compensation";

Chapter 5 "Compensation of the Chief Executive Officer and General Manager";

Chapter 6 "Compensation of Executives with strategic responsibilities"; Chapter 7 "Main changes with respect to the prior year".

10. Risk and Control Committee

10.1. Composition and duties of the Risk and Control Committee (pursuant to art. 123-bis, par. 2, letter d), TUF)

The Board of Directors appointed the Risk and Control Committee during the meeting held on 17 April 2013 and revisited its composition during the meeting held on 29 January 2015 following the resignation of Luca Garavoglia and appointment of co-opted Director Anna Puccio.

At 31 December 2015, the Risk and Control Committee comprised:

  • Giampio Bracchi: Chairman, non-executive Independent Director;
  • Susan Carol Holland: non-executive Chairman;
  • Anna Puccio: non-executive Independent Director.

The current members were found to possess the qualifications deemed necessary to fulfil the committee's duties as outlined in the Code.

In order to perform its tasks, the Risk and Control Committee works with the Group's Head of Internal Audit, Paolo Tacciaria, the former Head of Internal Control, appointed as per the Chief Executive Officer's recommendation in March 2005.

Furthermore, in order to carry out its "internal audit" activities, the Committee may engage KPMG Advisory S.p.A. as a 'cosourcer', under the supervision of the Head of Internal Audit.

As indicated in Chapter 6, the Risk and Control Committee submits a budget to the Board and has the power to make expenditures as deemed necessary.

In 2015 the Risk and Control Committee met on five occasions, distributed evenly throughout the year:

  • 24 February;
  • 28 April;
  • 21 July;
  • 20 October;
  • 14 December.

Minutes are taken regularly during the meetings and filed with the office of the Head of Internal Audit.

All the members of the Risk and Control Committee attended the meetings, which lasted on average around two hours. The Chairman of the Board of Statutory Auditors or who on his/her behalf also attended, as did the Head of Internal Audit.

Given the similarity of the topics addressed, the meetings of the Risk and Control Committee are held jointly with those of the Board of Statutory Auditors to the extent allowed by the specific responsibilities and assignments, as well as the respective agendas.

In order to encourage a reciprocal exchange of information and in light of discussions involving certain issues, the Chief Executive Officer was invited to attend the meetings; in certain instances the Group's CFO and Manager charged with preparing the company's financial reports was also invited to attend, as were several consultants and Company managers.

In 2016 the Risk and Control Committee is expected to meet at least five times.

10.2. Functions of the Risk and Control Committee

The Risk and Control Committee assists the Board of Directors with matters related to internal control and risk management, while also monitoring the adequacy and proper working of the internal control system.

The Risk and Control Committee:

  • assists the Board in the assessment of the adequacy and proper working of the Company's internal control system and risk management expressing its opinion on specific aspects;
  • examines and approves the proposals presented by the management, the Head of Internal Audit and the independent auditors for improving the structure of the economic and financial reporting needed to monitor and fully represent the Company's performance;
  • expresses an opinion regarding the appointment, dismissal, compensation and hiring of resources to be dedicated to Internal Audit;
  • monitors the independence, adequacy, efficacy and efficiency of Internal Audit;
  • assesses the work programme prepared by the Head of Internal Audit and receives his periodic reports;
  • assesses any findings emerging from the periodic reports prepared by the Head of Internal Audit based on the information provided by the Board of Statutory Auditors and by its individual members;
  • reports to the Board of Directors, at least once every six months, at the time the annual and half-year financial statements are approved, on its activity and on the adequacy of the internal control and risk management system;
  • assesses, along with the Manager charged with preparing Company's financial reports and the independent auditors, the appropriateness of the accounting standards adopted and their uniformity with a view to the preparation of the consolidated financial statements;
  • assesses the work of the independent auditors, also as regards the independence of their opinions, and the results thereof as set out in the independent auditors' report and their letter of recommendations;
  • assesses the proposals presented by the independent auditing firm in order to obtain the relevant audit engagement;
  • performs the other duties entrusted to it by the Board of Directors, particularly as regards to relations with the independent auditors.

In 2015 internal control, in line with the functions described above, was focused on the following activities:

  • compliance with the Corporate Governance Code: monitoring regulatory changes and the functioning of the company's governance;
  • guidance and supervision of the internal audit activities particularly with regard to maintaining an adequate Group control system, as well as the constant monitoring of the main risks, debt and the financial position;
  • overseeing the activities involving the application of the Internal Organizational Model pursuant to Legislative Decree 231/2001;
  • providing support to the Manager charged with preparing the Company's financial reports;
  • other supervisory activities which, directly or indirectly, are aimed at obtaining information relating to the internal control system (including, for example, meetings with Company managers and consultants).

11. Internal Control and Risk Management system

The internal control system consists of the set of rules, procedures and organizational structures designed to ensure, through a proper identification, assessment managing and monitoring of the primary risks process, that the business is run safely, correctly and in line with the objectives agreed upon. This internal control system helps guarantee the safeguarding of the Company's assets, the efficiency and efficacy of the Company's operations, the reliability of financial information as well as compliance with laws and regulations.

The Board of Directors is responsible for the internal control

system and toward this end works with the Risk and Control Committee, the Chief Executive Officer and the Head of Internal Audit.

The Board of Directors provides the guidelines for the internal control and risk management system in a specific document which summarizes and describes the individuals involved, the different components and the mode of operation along with the criteria to be used to assess the system as a whole.

During the year the Board, based also on the contribution of the Risk and Control Committee and the Head of Internal Audit, expressed a positive opinion on the adequacy, efficiency and actual functioning of the internal control system through internal audit's activities, meetings with the Company management, the Board of Statutory Auditors and the independent auditors; examined the reports presented by the Chairman of the Supervisory Board, pursuant to Legislative Decree 231/2001, whose purpose is also to verify that the internal control system works properly, albeit for different reasons.

It should also be noted that during the meeting held on 17 December 2015, the Board acknowledged and assessed the Group's risk map on the basis of a report entitled "Group Risk Reporting 2015" in which there is a summary and an evaluation of the Group's primary risks selected through processing all the risks identified by each of the Countries which report regularly on risk identification, assessment and management.

The main features of the existing internal control and risk management systems in relation to the financial reporting process pursuant to art. 123-bis, par. 2b), TUF are discussed below.

Introduction

Amplifon, in line with the most advanced management systems and best practices for the design and implementation of internal control systems, treats risk management as one of its highest priorities.

Every business faces risks and risk management is even more important in a constantly changing business environment characterized by recessionary pressures.

Amplifon's Management carefully weighs risks against opportunities, channelling resources to create the best possible balance in keeping with the acceptable threshold of risk.

Risks are appraised for the Group as a whole and at a local (countries where the Group is present) level, through regular risk assessment exercises involving the Group's entire management team. The risks are then prioritized in relation to the Group's objectives and those of its subsidiaries, and in consideration of both the probability and impact of residual risks.

Accordingly, systems are set up to monitor the underlying risk factors, in order to mitigate the risks and take advantage of business opportunities arising from the ability to anticipate competitive dynamics.

Risk management and risk monitoring activities, therefore, complete the Group's risk analysis activities on an ongoing basis.

For ease of assessment, risk factors are grouped into homogeneous categories: those originating outside the Company, those stemming from Amplifon's own organization and those of a more specifically financial nature.

The internal control and risk management system used to monitor the financial reporting process should, therefore, be viewed not as an independent system, but as part of the overall risk management apparatus which, as such, is continuously updated in order to guarantee an effective system that reflects the Group's organizational evolution and operational changes.

Below is a description of the main features of Amplifon's internal control and risk management systems in relation to the financial reporting process, i.e. the process leading to the preparation and public disclosure of the annual financial report and of the quarterly and half-year reports.

Main features of the existing internal control and risk management systems in relation to the financial reporting process

The Amplifon Group, through the work done by the Manager charged with preparing the Company's financial reports, has set up a system of administrative and accounting procedures for the preparation of the separate and consolidated financial statements and of the interim financial reports.

The system was designed and implemented with the help of a leading consulting firm and is based on the framework of the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (CoSO). According to that framework, the internal control system is viewed as a process involving all business functions and, therefore, provides reasonable assurance as to:

  • the reliability, accuracy and timeliness of financial reporting;
  • the effectiveness and efficiency of operations;
  • compliance with laws and regulations.

The model adopted, after preliminary activities and initial implementation, calls for a set of recurring activities that ensure it is kept up to date, in good working order and applied correctly.

Phases of the internal control and risk management processes in relation to the financial reporting process In the initial "scoping" phase, the single account lines of the consolidated financial statements were studied to identify material and significant accounts, their underlying processes, and the specific Group companies on which to develop and implement the model.

The outcome of the "scoping" phase is reviewed each year to make sure it is adequate and provides the necessary coverage in light of the ever changing perimeter of consolidation and the importance of the individual annual report items.

For purely operational reasons and to ensure the consistency and governance of the entire system, the model was implemented gradually: starting with Amplifon S.p.A. and then applied, little by little, to the other Group companies. Within the individual companies the model was also implemented gradually, again for operational reasons only. It initially addressed certain cycles, and eventually reached full coverage of the processes defined as "in-scope". A simplified procedure, rather, was defined for immaterial or newly acquired companies based on the implementation of a set of key controls. In the case of new acquisitions the set of key controls is implemented immediately, to then continue with full implementation when the interests acquired are material.

Currently the model is fully in place at all the subsidiaries deemed material based on the qualitative and quantitative criteria described above, in simplified form (set of key controls) at the immaterial subsidiaries in countries where the Group has been present for at least two years and is in the process of being implemented at the most recently acquired subsidiaries.

For each Company and each process defined as "in-scope", the following steps are in place:

  • Narrative mapping of the process with identification of key risks and controls to ensure:
  • completeness, i.e. that all transactions and data are entered and processed within the systems so that they are duly reflected in the financial statements;
  • accuracy, i.e. that the transactions and data are entered and processed correctly and neutrally so that the financial statements provide precise, objective information;
  • cut-off, i.e. that all transactions and data are entered for the period to which they pertain so that the financial statements represent the Company's and the Group's real economic and financial situation with respect to the period under review;

  • promptness, i.e. that all transactions and data are processed speedily so that the financial statements can be prepared correctly by the legal deadline;

  • reliability, i.e. that the information managed is fair, consistent with the accounting standards used and in line with the legal and regulatory standards.
  • Assessment of controls' design with respect to each objective listed above; identification of principal gaps.
  • Identification of actions and remediation processes in order to implement any compensating controls, or process modifications, ensuring proper control of the areas in question.
  • Preparation of a risk control matrix that summarizes:
  • the sub-process;
  • the risk;
  • the objective of the control;
  • the description of the control; - the type of control (preventive, detective, manual,
  • automatic);
  • the possibility of fraud risk, if any;
  • IT support for the control;
  • the frequency (daily, monthly, quarterly, yearly);
  • the person in charge of the control;
  • the gap identified in the control, if any.
  • On the basis of the Risk Control Matrix, at least once a year and under the coordination and supervision of the Manager charged with preparing the Company's financial reports, regular checks are performed by headquarter personnel, internal audit personnel or the external consultant to make sure the tests are being carried out.
  • The initial narrative of the process then evolves into an actual Company procedure, which is reviewed at least once a year to make sure it reflects any changes that have occurred.
  • The results of the tests, kept on file with the Consolidated Financial Statements function, and the progress reports of activities underway at individual Group companies, are analysed each quarter by a Steering Committee made up of:
  • the Manager charged with preparing the Company's financial reports
  • the Head of Internal Audit
  • the Group Accounting & Finance Director

When data is submitted for the periodic financial reports (quarterly, half-yearly and yearly), regardless of the materiality of the country or company, the Market Directors and the CFOs of each country send the parent company a letter confirming that the submitted data is complete, accurate, consistent with the accounting records, as well as compliant with the accounting standards used and with all laws and regulations, and that they are responsible for implementing an adequate internal control system to prevent or identify any fraudulent or erroneous reporting.

Bodies and positions involved

Board of Directors: issued the regulations for the Manager charged with preparing the Company's financial reports and is brought regularly up to date on the activities of the Risk and Control Committee.

Manager charged with preparing the Company's financial reports: through a specially appointed team, plays a proactive role in the ongoing implementation and progressive maintenance of the internal control and risk management systems in relation to the financial reporting process, and periodically checks the status of operations and tests' results. As part of the Steering Committee, evaluates possible critical situations and, together with the Head of Internal Audit and the Group Accounting & Finance Director, defines the necessary actions to be taken.

Head of Internal Audit: works with the Manager charged with preparing the Company's financial reports on the ongoing implementation and progressive maintenance of the internal control and risk management systems in relation to the financial reporting process, updates the Steering Committee on tests performed at the request of and to support the Manager charged with preparing the Company's financial reports, and periodically checks the status of operations and the results of tests performed by external consultants or headquarter personnel. As part of the Steering Committee, evaluates possible critical situations together with the Manager charged with preparing the Company's financial reports and the Group Accounting & Finance Director. Reports periodically to the Risk and Control Committee about the work carried out.

Group Accounting & Finance Director: coordinates the implementation and progressive maintenance of the internal control and risk management systems in relation to the financial reporting process, oversees testing at foreign affiliates, and updates the Steering Committee on the status of operations and tests' results. As part of the Steering Committee, evaluates possible critical situations together with the Manager charged with preparing the Company's financial reports and the Head of Internal Audit and defines the necessary actions to be taken.

Market Directors and Finance & Control Directors of the subsidiaries: oversee proper implementation of the administrative and accounting procedures defined in the model and, upon submission of data for the periodic financial reports (quarterly, half-yearly and yearly), regardless of the materiality of the Country or the company, send the parent company a letter confirming that the submitted data is complete, accurate, consistent with the accounting records and compliant with the accounting standards used and with all laws and regulations, and confirming that they are responsible for implementing an adequate internal control system to prevent or identify any fraudulent or erroneous reporting.

Company-level manager: a manager has been appointed, at each material subsidiary, to serve as the focal point for the implementation and ongoing maintenance of the model.

Process owner: for each procedure, a process owner is appointed to oversee its ongoing maintenance.

11.1. Executive Director in charge of the internal control and risk management system

The Chief Executive Officer oversees the planning and operation of the internal control and risk management system (Sistema di Controllo Interno e di Gestione dei Rischi or 'SCIGR'), along with the implementation of the system and identification of the primary business risks.

The responsibilities of the Director in charge of the SCIGR are outlined in the document "Board of Directors – Role, Organization and Mode of Operation" and accurately reflect the relative provisions found in the Corporate Governance Code (application criteria 7.C.4).

During the year the Chief Executive Officer, in his capacity as director in charge of the SCIGR, established channels of communication and worked with the Head of Internal Audit and the Risk and Control Committee.

As mentioned above, the Chief Executive Officer works with the Head of Internal Audit and the Company's divisions in order to identify the primary business risks and evaluates the procedures and rules which comprise the internal control system including with regard to the operating conditions, as well as laws and regulations.

11.2. Head of Internal Audit

The Board of Directors, as per the Chief Executive Officer's recommendation, appointed the Group Risk and Compliance Officer, Paolo Tacciaria, the Company's Head of Internal Audit (formerly Internal Control Officer). The proposal was first submitted to the Risk and Control Committee.

The Head of Internal Audit's compensation was established based on company policies and on the Remuneration and Appointments Committee's recommendations and approved by the Board of Directors.

The Head of Internal Audit reports to the Board of Directors and reports on his activities to the Risk and Control Committee which oversees his activities, monitoring the independence, adequacy, efficacy and efficiency of his operations.

The Head of Internal Audit also interacts with the Board of Statutory Auditors and the Director in charge of the Internal Control and Risk Management System in order to ensure that his duties are fulfilled consistently and comply with the requirement for independence as per the Company's corporate governance system and the Corporate Governance Code.

The Head of Internal Audit is not responsible for any operations and does not report to the head of any operational divisions.

The Head of Internal Audit must verify that the internal control and risk management system is adequate, fully operational and functional:

  • carries out and facilitates the activities needed to identify, assess and manage the Company's risks;
  • prepares an internal audit plan, which he presents to the Risk and Control Committee and, subsequently, to the Board of Directors, for the verification of the work being carried out by the Group's companies in order to ensure that the company's risks are being properly monitored in line with the best practices, including the recommendations found in the Corporate Governance Code;
  • meets periodically with the Board of Statutory Auditors and the Independent Auditors;
  • oversees and facilitates compliance with the Corporate Governance Code and the functioning of the corporate governance;
  • provides autonomous and independent assistance to the Manager charged with preparing company's financial reports.

Periodically prepares reports on the work carried out which are presented to the Risk and Control Committee, the Board of Statutory Auditors and the Director in charge of the Internal Control and Risk Management System, in addition to assisting the Risk and Control Committee with the preparation of the periodic reports for the Board of Directors on the internal control system and risk management.

Pursuant to the Supervisory Board Regulations, the Head of Internal Audit is also an active member of the Supervisory Board and works to support the activities carried out.

In order to fulfil his duties, the Head of Internal Audit has access to all the information deemed useful, as well as the resources and means included in the Risk and Control Committee's budget as per chapter 6 and may, after obtaining an initial estimate, make expenditures as deemed necessary.

The Head of Internal Audit carries out the internal audits, approved by the Board of Directors, which are performed in collaboration with the consulting company KPMG Advisory S.p.A., the co-sourcer.

The Head of Internal Audit works on internal orientation, planning, raising awareness and supervision, while the operations are carried out by the consultants who guarantee a direct and professional presence in all the different countries where the Group is active.

The internal audit plan is prepared based on the results of the Group's risk mapping, the indications provided by the managers and any organizational changes that have taken place, and also includes the follow-up activities relating to the work carried out in prior years.

11.3. Organizational model pursuant to Legislative Decree 231/2001

On 14 March 2005 the Board of Directors resolved to adopt an Internal Organizational Model ("the Model") in accordance with the recommendations of Legislative Decree 231/2001 which has made companies administratively responsible in criminal proceedings for certain types of crimes committed by directors, managers or employees in the interests of or to the benefit of the companies themselves.

The Model was prepared in order to prevent the occurrence of the crimes envisaged under the Decree and is based on the guidelines for Organizational Models issued by Confindustria (the Federation of Italian Industrialists) and other industry associations.

The Model consists of a general and a special part. The general part sets out the guiding principles underlying the conduct of company transactions, describes how the Supervisory Committee is formed and works, as well as the applicable penalties. The special part includes the procedures to be used to monitor the Company's activities deemed "sensitive" pursuant to Legislative Decree 231/2001, as well as some of the procedures to be used for the timely discipline of some of these activities.

The model's adoption is a way for fostering the conduct of company activities in accordance with the principles of fairness and transparency in order to safeguard the company's image, the work of its employees and partners, while at the same time fostering the achievement of greater efficiency.

The Organizational Model is, by definition, dynamic and for this reason is updated each year to reflect regulatory and organizational changes, as well as with regard to any violations. The application of the model is also monitored.

In the current version the most sensitive activities include crimes against public administrations, corporate crimes and market abuse.

The Supervisory Board, comprised of two independent Directors and the Head of Internal Audit, met five times in 2015:

  • 24 February;
  • 28 April;
  • 21 July;
  • 20 October;
  • 14 December.

The Supervisory Board and the Board of Statutory Auditors maintained an open channel of communication in order to facilitate a constant exchange of information, as well as the participation of the Statutory Auditors in periodic meetings, as deemed opportune.

11.4. Independent Auditors

The Shareholders' Meeting held on 21 April 2010 resolved to grant the assignment for the financial audit of the parent company and consolidated financial statements of Amplifon S.p.A. to the company PricewaterhouseCoopers S.p.A. for the nine-year period 2010-2018.

11.5. Manager charged with preparing the Company's financial reports

The Company's Statutory call for the Board of Directors to appoint a Manager charged with preparing Company's financial reports, subject to the unbinding opinion of the Board of Statutory Auditors. The Manager charged with preparing Company's financial reports must possess certain professional requisites or precisely at least three years of management experience in the field of accounting, finance and control with the Group's companies or other listed companies.

In the meeting held on 25 June 2007 the Board, after having received a favourable opinion from the Board of Statutory Auditors, appointed the Group's CFO, Ugo Giorcelli, Manager charged with preparing Company's financial reports and approved the "Rules for the Manager charged with preparing Company's financial reports" in the subsequent meeting held on 12 September 2007. These rules govern the responsibilities, the activities, the relationships with other corporate divisions, the powers and methods of the Manager charged with preparing Company's financial reports in accordance with proven best practices.

11.6. Coordination among the personnel involved in

the internal control and risk management system The Board of Directors prepares and approves the document "Guidelines for the Internal Control and Risk Management System" which, in addition to indicating the objectives of the internal control and risk management system, also describes the personnel involved, inside and outside of the Company, and describes the responsibilities and procedures for interaction. The Director in charge of the Internal Control and Risk Management System is in charge of implementing the Board of Directors' guidelines.

12. Directors' interests and related party transactions

During the meeting held on 24 October 2012, the Board of Directors approved the new "Regulations for related party transactions" issued pursuant to and in accordance with CONSOB Regulation n. 17221 of 12 March 2010, designed to govern the definition, approval and execution of related party transactions entered into by the Company or its wholly owned Italian and foreign direct and indirect subsidiaries.

The document is available on the company's corporate website (www.amplifon.com/corporate).

The Regulations adopted by the Board of Directors are designed to ensure the real transparency, as well as the substantive and procedural fairness, of all related party transactions in accordance with current norms and regulations and, in particular, with CONSOB Regulations.

Please note that the Company, in light of its characteristics, structure, size, business and internal organization deemed it opportune to:

  • not apply the procedures to other relevant parties;
  • not define materiality thresholds lower than those indicated in the CONSOB Regulations for the definition of material related party transactions;
  • not let the Shareholders' Meeting approve transactions underway in the event the Independent Directors' Committee issues a negative opinion;
  • without prejudice to mandatory financial and accounting disclosures called for under applicable laws and regulations, not apply the Regulations to:
  • decisions relating to Stock Option Plans approved during the Shareholders' Meetings in accordance with art. 114-bis of the TUF;
  • resolutions relating to the compensation of members of the Board of Directors and the Directors holding particular offices, executives with strategic responsibilities, as long as: (i) the Company has adopted a compensation policy; (ii) a committee comprising exclusively non-executive directors, primarily independent, was involved in the definition of the compensation policy; (iii) a report on the compensation policy was presented to the shareholders for approval; and (iv) the compensation assigned is in line with that policy;
  • ordinary transactions conducted in accordance with market or standard conditions;
  • the transactions entered into between the Company and its subsidiaries, including jointly controlled, or between

affiliates, as long as no related party of Amplifon has a significant interest in the subsidiary or affiliate involved in the transaction;

  • the transactions which must be completed in order to comply with the supervisory authority's instructions;
  • immaterial transactions, meaning those related party transactions representing a total of not more €1,000,000;
  • regulate the adoption of framework resolutions defining the characteristics and ensuring that complete information about their implementation is provided to the Board at least quarterly;
  • apply the procedures to urgent transactions.

Pursuant to the Regulations, the Company adopted the operational procedures needed to select and manage the related party transactions and, similarly, the Board of Directors defined its own internal regulations governing the approval and execution of the transactions in which a director holds an interest, either directly or indirectly (through third parties).

13. Appointment of Statutory Auditors

As per art. 24 of the Company's Articles of Association, the Board of Statutory Auditors consists of three standing auditors and two alternate auditors, in possession of the requisites, including professional and personal characteristics, as well as those relative to cumulative appointments and laws governing gender equality.

When forming the Board of Statutory Auditors, if application of the gender equality quota criteria does not result in a whole number, the number of candidates belonging to the least represented gender shall be rounded up.

More in detail, with regard to the professional requisites, pursuant to article 1, paragraph 3 of Ministerial Decree n. 162 dated 30 March 2000 in reference to paragraph 2, letters b) and c) of the same article 1, strictly related to the company's activities is to be construed as related to commercial and corporate law, corporate finance, finance, statistics, the fields of medicine and electronic engineering, as well as like or analogous disciplines while sectors in which the company operates are to be construed as wholesale and retail production and commercialisation of the instruments, devices and products referred to in article 2 of the Articles of Association.

The ordinary Shareholders' Meeting appoints the Board of Statutory Auditors and determines its remuneration. The minority is entitled to elect one Statutory Auditor and one Alternate Auditor. The Board of Statutory Auditors is appointed, with the exception of what is specified in the second to last paragraph of art. 24 of the Articles of Association, on the basis of lists submitted by the shareholders or groups of shareholders who own at least 1% of the shares with voting rights (percentage defined yearly by a CONSOB's resolution). The lists, where the candidates are listed in sequential numerical order, must be filed at the company's registered office at least twenty five days before the date set for the Shareholders' Meeting. The Company will publish the lists on its website, as well as in accordance with the other modalities indicated by CONSOB in the regulation issued pursuant to art. 147-ter, paragraph 1-bis of Legislative Decree 58/1998 at least twenty one days before the Shareholders' Meeting.

Each shareholder who presents a list, or is party to a list, must present the certification issued by a licensed intermediary entitling the shareholder to present the list along with the lists or within the timeframe in which the Company must publish the lists under the law.

With regard to the election of a minority Statutory Auditor, if several lists have obtained the same number of votes, the list presented by the majority of shareholders shall prevail.

In the event two or more lists which are not connected, including indirectly, with the shareholders who presented or voted for the other, obtain the same number of votes, a runoff election is held between these lists with the participation of all the shareholders present at the Shareholders' Meeting. The candidates on the list that obtain the simple majority of votes will be elected.

If a standing auditor needs to be replaced due to death, resignation or expiration of the term, the alternate auditor belonging to the same list as the previous auditor takes over, without prejudice to the laws in effect governing gender equality.

14. Composition and role of the Board of Statutory Auditors (pursuant to art. 123 bis, par. 2, letter d), TUF)

As per the Articles of Association, the Board of Statutory Auditors is comprised of three Standing Auditors and two Alternate Auditors who remain in office for three financial years and may be re-elected.

The Board of Statutory Auditors, appointed on 21 April 2015 and in office through the Shareholders' Meeting to approve the 2017 annual report, consists of the following members:

Name and date of birth Office held In office
since
Date of first
appointment
List % attend. B.S.A. Other
appointments
Raffaella Pagani
21/06/1971
Chairman 21/04/2015 21/04/2015 m 100% 16
Maria Stella Brena
31/03/1962
Standing 21/04/2015 18/04/2012 M 100% 16
Emilio Fano
19/01/1954
Standing 21/04/2015 18/04/2012 M 100% 14
Alessandro Grange
11/09/1950
Alternate 21/04/2015 21/04/2015 m - 13
Claudia Mezzabotta
03/02/1970
Alternate 21/04/2015 18/04/2012 M - 12

KEY

Office held: Chairman, Standing Auditor, Alternate Auditor. List: indicated as M/m depending on whether the statutory auditor was elected on a Majority list or a minority list (art. 144-decies of the Issuers' Regulations).

% attend. B.S.A.: indicates the statutory auditor's attendance record in percentage terms at meetings of the Board of Statutory Auditors (the calculation of this percentage reflects the number of meetings attended by the statutory auditor relative to the number of meetings of the Board of Statutory Auditors held during the year or after the statutory auditor's appointment or through the termination date).

Other appointments: indicates the total number of appointments held in companies described in Book V, Title V, Chapters V, VI and VII of the Italian Civil Code.

The Board of Statutory Auditors was appointed based on the 2 lists presented by, respectively, the majority shareholder Ampliter N.V. (List n. 1) and a few minority shareholders (List n. 2) as per the documentation filed on the website www.amplifon.com/corporate.

No known connections link the two Lists.

The personal and professional characteristics called for in art. 144-decies of the Issuers' Regulations of the candidates listed below were published on the company's website www.amplifon.com/corporate.

List n. 1:

Standing auditors: Fano Emilio

Brena Maria Stella Levi Giuseppe

Alternate auditors:

Mezzabotta Claudia Coazzoli Mauro

List n. 2:

Standing auditors: Pagani Raffaella

Alternate auditors: Grange Alessandro

The following candidates were appointed members of the Board of Statutory Auditors:

Standing auditors: Pagani Raffaella (Chairman) Fano Emilio Brena Maria Stella

Alternate auditors: Mezzabotta Claudia Grange Alessandro

as a result of the following votes being cast:

  • Shares in favour of List n. 1 n. 129,742,286 equal to 69.22% of the share capital represented at the Shareholders' meeting.
  • Shares in favour of List n. 2 n. 57,602,092 equal to 30.73% of the share capital represented at the Shareholders' meeting.

Subsequent to the appointment of the new Board of Statutory Auditors on 21 April 2015, individual meetings were held with the Group management in order to foster understanding of the sector and provide updates relative to both the sector and the company's business.

The Statutory Auditors possess the requisite standing, professional abilities and independence provided for by law, the Articles of Association and the Corporate Governance Code, as verified by the Board of Statutory Auditors upon appointment.

The Board of Statutory Auditors met six times during the year. The meetings lasted, on average, more than two hours.

The Board of Statutory Auditors fulfils its duties in accordance with the standards of professionalism and independence provided for by law, the Articles of Association and the regulations for Corporate Governance to which the issuer adheres.

Through a constant exchange of information regarding the independent auditors' activities, the Board of Statutory Auditors verifies that the independent auditors possess the requisite of independence in existence at the time of their appointment.

The Chairman of the Board of Statutory Auditors or a delegated statutory auditor attended all the meetings of the Risk and Control Committee and the Remuneration and Appointments Committee and coordinated his supervisory activities through the exchange of information and updates provided by the Head of Internal Audit. There was also a constant exchange of information with the Supervisory Board.

Furthermore, as mentioned in chapter 10 above, given the similarity of the topics addressed, the meetings of the Risk and Control Committee are held jointly with those of the Board of Statutory Auditors to the extent allowed by the specific responsibilities and assignments, as well as the respective agendas.

The Board of Statutory Auditors, in its capacity as "Internal Control and Internal Audit Committee", carried out all of the supervisory activities referred to in art. 19 of Legislative Decree 39/2010.

The Board of Statutory Auditors plans to meet at least seven times in 2016. The first two meetings took place on 4 February and 24 February.

15. Relations with Shareholders

The Board of Directors works to ensure that shareholders receive relevant information and documentation in a timely manner. Toward this end, the Company constantly updates its website where there is a specific section dedicated to "Governance" and a very detailed "Investors" section. Both sections are easily reached from the corporate website's home page.

Mrs. Francesca Rambaudi, currently responsible for Investor Relations, manages the flow of information provided to shareholders, financial analysts and institutional, as well as retail, investors in full compliance with the standards of transparency and equal treatment of all parties established in the rules for corporate disclosures. In order to fulfil her duties, the Investor Relator is supported by an internal resource and an external company specialized in media relations.

The Company actively endeavours to provide investors, the financial market and the press with adequate information in compliance with the law and the applicable regulations, particularly with regard to the handling of price sensitive information. Toward this end the company regularly issues press releases, meets periodically with institutional investors and the financial community and constantly updates the corporate documentation made available on its website.

16. Shareholders' Meetings (pursuant to art. 123-bis, par. 2, letter c), TUF)

The Shareholders' Meetings are regulated by a specific set of regulations which was approved by the Shareholders' Meeting held on 24 April 2007 and which can be found in the corporate website www.amplifon.com/corporate. The Articles of Association and the Shareholders' Meetings Regulations govern all aspects of the Shareholders' meetings in accordance with current norms and regulations.

With the exception of those powers attributed exclusively to shareholders and unless resolved otherwise by shareholders upon appointment, the Board of Directors is vested with the broadest powers for the company's ordinary and extraordinary administration and may perform all activities deemed necessary to achieve the company's purpose (please also refer to paragraph 4.3.2 above).

The above mentioned Regulations guarantee each shareholder's right to take the floor and participate in discussions.

During the Shareholders' meeting the Board reported on its activities in order to ensure that the shareholders were adequately informed and that they might help contribute to informed resolutions.

17. Other Corporate Governance practices (pursuant to art. 123-bis, par. 2, letter a), TUF)

No other Corporate Governance practices have been adhered to other than those described above.

Annex 1

List of Amplifon S.p.A's directors' appointments in other companies at 31 December 2015 1

Name Office held in Amplifon S.p.A. Other companies Office held
Anna Maria Formiggini Honorary Chairman Amplifin S.p.A. Chairman
Susan Carol Holland Chairman Amplifin S.p.A. Deputy Chairman
Franco Moscetti Non-executive Deputy Chairman Diasorin S.p.A.
Fideuram Investimenti SGR S.p.A.
SPAC Capital for Progress 1
Independent Director
Independent Director
Independent Director
Enrico Vita Chief Executive Officer Elica S.p.A. Independent Director
Giampio Bracchi Independent non-executive Director IntesaSanPaolo Private Banking S.p.A.
CIR S.p.A.
Banca del Sempione S.A.
Partners Group Italy - Sgr
Chairman
Director
Director
Chairman
Maurizio Costa Independent non-executive Director RCS MediaGroup S.p.A.
F.I.E.G. Federazione Italiana Editori Giornali
Mediobanca S.p.A.
Audipress
Chairman
Chairman
Director
Chairman
Andrea Guerra Independent non-executive Director Eataly S.r.l.
Ariston Thermo S.p.A.
Fondo Strategico Italiano
Uni Bocconi
Coach Inc.
Executive Chairman
Director
Committee Member
Member of the Board of Directors
Member of the Board of Directors
Anna Puccio Independent non-executive Director Fondazione Italiana Accenture
Università Ca' Foscari Venezia
Chief Executive Officer
Director
Giovanni Tamburi Independent non-executive Director Tamburi Investment Partners S.p.A.
Azimut Benetti S.p.A.
Eataly S.r.l.
iGuzzini illuminazione S.p.A.
Interpump Group S.p.A.
Prysmian S.p.A.
Zignago Vetro S.p.A.
Chairman and CEO
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director

1 The offices held with listed companies or, at any rate, of note are listed based on the information provided by the Directors.

18. Changes since year end

No changes have been made to the company's corporate governance structure since year end.

Comments on the financial results of Amplifon S.p.A.

Reclassified Income Statement

FY 2015 FY 2014
(€ thousands) Recurring Non
recurring
Total % on
recurring
Recurring Non
recurring
Total % on
recurring
Revenues from sales
and services
247,823 - 247,823 100.0% 226,531 - 226,531 100.0%
Operating cost (219,678) (6,792) (226,470) -88.6% (203,481) - (203,481) -89.8%
Other income and revenues 18,217 - 18,217 7.4% 17,127 - 17,127 7.6%
Other expenses (80) - (80) 0.0% (1,759) - (1,759) -0.8%
Gross operating profit
(EBITDA)
46,282 (6,792) 39,490 18.7% 38,418 - 38,418 17.0%
Depreciation and write-downs
of non-current assets
(10,772) - (10,772) -4.3% (8,188) - (8,188) -3.6%
Operating profit (EBIT) 35,510 (6,792) 28,718 14.3% 30,230 - 30,230 13.3%
Income, expenses, valuation
and adjustments of financial
assets
40,507 (10,104) 30,403 16.3% 32,541 - 32,541 14.4%
Net financial expenses (17,001) (3,918) (20,919) -6.9% (18,603) (15,500) (34,103) -8.2%
Exchange differences and non
hedge accounting instruments
169 - 169 0.1% (662) - (662) -0.3%
Income (loss) before taxes 59,185 (20,814) 38,371 23.9% 43,506 (15,500) 28,006 19.2%
Current income taxes (6,759) 2,133 (4,626) -2.7% (2,988) - (2,988) -1.3%
Deferred income taxes (2,075) (1,693) (3,768) -0.8% (3,686) - (3,686) -1.6%
Net profit (loss) 50,351 (20,374) 29,977 20.3% 36,832 (15,500) 21,332 16.3%

EBITDA: operating result before charging amortisation, depreciation and impairment of both tangible and intangible assets.

EBIT: operating result before financial income and charges and taxes.

The details of the non-recurring transactions included in the previous table are shown below.

(€ thousands) FY 2015 FY 2014
Expenses related to the transition in the Group's leadership (6,792) -
Impact of the non-recurring items on EBITDA (6,792) -
Impact of the non-recurring items on EBIT (6,792) -
Write-down of equity investment in UK (10,104) -
Write-down of financial assets vs. UK companies (3,918) (15,500)
Impact of the non-recurring items pre-tax (20,814) (15,500)
Impact of the above items on the taxes for the year 2,133 -
Write-down of deferred tax assets recognized in Italy following change in IRES
(corporate income tax) tax rate from 27.5% to 24%, effective as of 2017, as approved
by the Parliament in December 2015
(1,693) -
Impact of the non-recurring items on net profit (loss) (20,374) (15,500)

Reclassified Balance Sheet

The reclassified Balance Sheet aggregates assets and liabilities according to operating functionality criteria. subdivided by convention into the following three key functions: investments, operations and finance.

(€ thousands) 31/12/2015 31/12/2014 Change
Goodwill 540 415 125
Other intangible assets 21,812 13,169 8,643
Tangible assets 19,621 20,125 (504)
Financial fixed assets 491,347 494,569 (3,222)
Other non-current financial assets 1,061 1,005 56
Non-current assets 534,381 529,283 5,098
Inventories 8,621 9,203 (582)
Trade receivables (1) 39,213 38,071 1,142
Other receivables (2) 11,176 12,603 (1,427)
Current assets (A) 59,010 59,877 (867)
Operating assets 593,391 589,160 4,231
Trade payables (3) (26,760) (29,378) 2,618
Other payables (4) (36,762) (34,660) (2,102)
Current liabilities (B) (63,522) (64,038) 516
Net working capital (A)+(B) (4,512) (4,161) (351)
Derivative instruments (5) (6,990) (9,822) 2,832
Deferred tax assets 20,523 24,368 (3,845)
Provisions for contingency and obligations (non-current portion) (10,852) (10,581) (271)
Liabilities for employees' benefits (non-current portion) (3,805) (4,659) 854
Deferred tax liabilities (1,841) - (1,841)
Loan fees (6) 1,490 2,031 (541)
NET INVESTED CAPITAL 528,394 526,459 1,935
Net Equity 371,240 341,764 29,476
Net short-tem financial indebtedness (166,125) (180,284) 14,159
Net medium and long-term financial indebtedness 323,279 364,979 (41,700)
Total net financial indebtedness 157,154 184,695 (27,541)
OWN FUNDS AND NET FINANCIAL INDEBTEDNESS 528,394 526,459 1,935

(1) The item "Trade receivables" includes "Trade receivables" and "Receivables – related parties".

(2) The item "Other receivables" includes "Other receivables" and "Other receivables – related parties".

(3) The item "Trade payables" includes "Trade payables" and "Trade payables – related parties".

(4) The item "Other payables" includes "Other payables – third parties", "Other payables – related parties", "Liabilities for employees' benefits current portion" and "Tax payables".

(5) The item "Derivative instruments" includes cash flow hedges, fair value hedges and non hedge accounting instruments not comprised in the net financial position.

(6) The item "Loan fees" is recognized in the balance sheet as a direct reduction of the short and long-term components of "Financial payables" and "Financial liabilities".

Condensed Reclassified Cash Flow Statement

The condensed cash flow statement represents a summary version of the reclassified cash flow statement detailed in the following pages and its purpose is, starting from EBIT, to detail the flows generated from or absorbed by operating, investing and financing activities.

(€ thousands) FY 2015 FY 2014
Operating profit (EBIT) 28,718 30,230
Amortization. depreciation and write-downs 10,772 8,188
Provisions. other non-monetary items and gain/losses from disposals 9,044 6,527
Net financial expenses (15,631) (17,532)
Write-down of financial current assets (3,918) (15,500)
Dividends received 40,082 32,541
Taxes paid (2,416) (1,206)
Change in net working capital (6,269) (4,800)
Cash flow generated from (absorbed by) operating activities (A) 60,382 38,448
Cash flow generated from (absorbed by) operating investing activities (B) (11,554) (11,720)
Free cash Flow (A +B) 48,828 26,728
Purchases of equity investments/share capital increases in subsidiaries (C) (10,244) (17,936)
(Purchase) sale of other investments and securities (D) 2,633 -
Cash flow generated from (absorbed by) investing activities (B+C+D) (19,165) (29,656)
Hedging instruments - -
Other non-current assets 15 (513)
Fees paid on medium and long-term borrowings - -
Dividends paid (9,356) (9,350)
Treasury shares (6,601) (2,456)
Share capital increases 4,206 1,814
Net cash flow from the period 29,481 (1,713)
Net financial indebtedness at the beginning of the period (184,695) (182,981)
Changes in net financial position 29,481 (1,713)
Merger of Sonus Italia S.r.l. (1,940) -
Net financial indebtedness at the end of the period (157,154) (184,695)

Revenues from sales and services

(€ thousands) FY 2015 % FY 2014 % Change %
Hearing aid line sales 245,679 99.1% 220,921 97.5% 24,758 11.2%
Biomedical line sales 284 0.1% 2,860 1.3% (2,576) -90.1%
Total sales 245,963 99.2% 223,781 98.8% 22,182 9.9%
Hearing aid line services 1,815 0.7% 1,997 0.9% (182) -8.9%
Biomedical line services 45 0.0% 753 0.3% (708) -94.7%
Total services 1,860 0.8% 2,750 1.2% (890) -32.4%
Revenues from sales and services 247,823 100.0% 226,531 100.0% 21,292 9.4%

Revenue from sales and services, including the €100 thousand generated by the French branch, increased by €21,292 thousand (+9.4%) with respect to the prior year rising from the €226,531 thousand posted in 2014 to €247,823 thousand in 2015. The increase is extremely significant considering that the biomedical business was sold to third parties at the beginning of the year.

In 2015 sales for hearing solutions rose 11.2% against 2014 to €232 million. The double digit growth represents an important target, reached for the last time in 2006. Significant growth was also posted in volumes which rose 6.6% against 2014. Growth against the prior year was recorded in each quarter of 2015, testimony to the validity of the new TV marketing strategy. The results obtained thanks to the consistency in the advertising campaigns, even in periods which historically were not viewed as particularly conducive to good returns on TV investments, confirmed the company's ability to understand and tap into the market's changing behavioral trends over the last few years.

In 2015 conversion of store traffic into sales increased significantly. All the store performance indicators improved, testimony to both the validity and quality of the databases, as well as the constant training of the hearing aid specialists which had a very positive impact on what was an already high level of customer satisfaction, one of Amplifon's strong points since its inception.

Gross operating profit (EBITDA)

(€ thousands) FY 2015 FY 2014
Recurring Non recurring Total Recurring Non recurring Total
Gross operating profit (EBITDA) 46,282 (6,792) 39,490 38,418 - 38,418

Gross operating profit (EBITDA) amounted to €39,490 thousand in 2015 versus €38,418 thousand in 2014. an increase of €1,072 thousand (2.8%).

The non-recurring cost is connected to the transition in the Group's leadership.

The increase in recurring EBITDA alone came to €7,864 thousand (20.5%) against the period of comparison.

The comparison of the increase in total net sales (+9.4%) with the increase in recurring EBITDA (+20.5%) illustrates the very satisfying result linked to careful cost control. EBITDA as a percentage of total net sales rose from the 17.0% posted in 2014 to 18.7% in 2015.

Operating profit (EBIT)

FY 2015 FY 2014
(€ thousands) Recurring Non recurring Total Recurring Non recurring Total
Operating profit (EBIT) 35,510 (6,792) 28,718 30,230 - 30,230

The operating profit (EBIT) amounted to €28,718 thousand in 2015 versus €30,230 thousand in 2014, a drop of €1,512 thousand (-5.0%). Recurring EBIT, however, rose €5,280 thousand (17.5%) against the comparison period.

Profit before tax

FY 2015
(€ thousands) Recurring Non recurring Total Recurring Non recurring Total
Profit before tax 59,185 (20,814) 38,371 43,506 (15,500) 28,006

Profit before tax rose in 2015 with respect to 2014 by €10,365 thousand. In addition to the items discussed in the section on EBIT above. non-recurring transactions in the year also refer to the write-downs of an equity investment and financial receivables due from the UK subsidiaries in order to align them with their recoverable value. Recurring profit before tax shows an increase of €15,679 thousand (36.0% against the comparison period).

Net profit

FY 2015 FY 2014
(€ thousands) Recurring Non recurring Total Recurring Non recurring Total
Net profit 50,351 (20,374) 29,977 36,832 (15,500) 21,332

Net profit for 2015, which was impacted by non-recurring expenses of €20,374 thousand net of tax (explained for €18,681 thousand by the items described above which were only partially deductible for tax purposes, and for €1,693 thousand by adjustments made to deferred tax assets and liabilities as a result of the drop in the corporate income tax rate (IRES) from 27.5% to 24% beginning 2017, as per the 2016 "Stability law"), reached €29,977 thousand versus €21,332 thousand in 2014, an increase of €8,645 thousand.

The increase for recurring operations alone reached €13,519 thousand.

Non-current assets

(€ thousands) 31/12/2015 31/12/2014 Change
Goodwill 540 415 125
Other intangible assets 21,812 13,169 8,643
Tangible assets 19,621 20,125 (504)
Financial fixed assets 491,347 494,569 (3,222)
Other non-current financial assets 1,061 1,005 56
Non-current assets 534,381 529,283 5,098

Non-current assets amounted to €534,381 thousand at 31 December 2015 versus €529,283 thousand at 31 December 2014, an increase of €5,098 thousand attributable to:

  • an increase in goodwill following the merger of the subsidiary Sonus Italia S.r.l.;
  • an increase in intangible assets as a result of the development of new software to support both the sales network and head office;
  • a decrease in the value of equity investments as a result largely of the merger of Sonus Italia S.r.l. and the completion of the liquidation of Amplimedical S.r.l.;
  • increase in the value of equity investments as a result of the periodic valuation of stock option and stock grant plans held by employees of subsidiaries and the purchase of the remaining interest in Amplifon Poland Sp.z o.o.

Net invested capital

Net invested capital amounted to €528,394 thousand at 31 December 2015 versus €526,459 thousand at 31 December 2014, an increase of €1,935 thousand attributable primarily to:

  • the increase in non-current assets described above;
  • a decrease in warehouse inventories of €582 thousand thanks to efficient management of trial returns and an increase in branch stock rotation;
  • an increase in trade receivables of €1,142 thousand due to the significant increase in sales posted in the year;
  • a decrease in other receivables of €1,427 thousand due primarily to the drop in the receivables from the parent company linked to tax consolidation;
  • an increase in the fair value of derivatives of €2,832 thousand;
  • decrease in tax credits due primarily to the drop of 3.5 percentage points in the IRES tax rate already approved and effective starting from 1st of January 2017.

Net equity

(€ thousands) 31/12/2015 31/12/2014 Change
Share capital 4,510 4,492 18
Share premium account 197,779 191,906 5,873
Statutory reserve 934 934 -
Treasury shares (39,740) (46,547) 6,807
Stock option reserve 21,558 21,509 49
Cash flow hedge reserve (5,096) (7,421) 2,325
Extraordinary reserve 2,767 2,767 -
Other reserves 785 756 29
Profit (loss) carried forward 157,766 152,036 5,730
Profit (loss) for the year 29,977 21,332 8,645
Net Equity 371,240 341,764 29,476

Net equity amounted to €371,240 thousand at 31 December 2015 versus €341,764 thousand at 31 December 2014, an increase of €29,476 thousand explained by:

  • an increase in share capital and the share premium reserve of 895,846 shares following the exercise of stock options;
  • a decrease in treasury shares following the purchase of 957,000 shares and the exercise of 2,113,250 stock grants;
  • an increase in the cash flow hedge reserve;
  • the net profit posted in 2015.

Net financial indebtedness

(€ thousands) 31/12/2015 31/12/2014 Change
Net medium and long-term financial indebtedness 323,279 364,979 (41,700)
Short-term net financial indebtedness (22,387) (29,456) 7,069
Cash and equivalents (143,738) (150,828) 7,090
Net financial indebtedness 157,154 184,695 (27,541)

Net financial indebtedness amounted to €157,154 thousand at 31 December 2015, an increase of €27,541 thousand with respect to 31 December 2014.

The company maintained the debt structure set up in 2013 as a result of the USD 130 million private placement made by the American subsidiary Amplifon USA Inc. with 7, 10 and 12 year maturities (falling due between 2013 and 2025) and the issue of a €275 million 5-year bond loan reserved for non-American institutional investors that is listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange's Euro MTF market. The last tranche of the USD 70 million private placement made in 2006, originally due in 2016, was also repaid in advance.

The undrawn portion of credit lines granted amounted to €69 million.

Covenants

The USD 130 million private placement 2013-2025 (equal to €100.9 million including the fair value of the currency hedges which set the Euro/USD exchange rate at 1.2885) made by Amplifon USA Inc. and guaranteed by Amplifon S.p.A. is subject to the following covenants:

  • the ratio of the consolidated net financial indebtedness to the Group's consolidated net equity must not exceed 1.5;
  • the ratio of the consolidated net financial indebtedness to consolidated EBITDA in the last four quarters (determined based solely on recurring business and restated if the Group's structure should change significantly) must not exceed 3.5.

These ratios, in the event relevant acquisitions are made, may be increased to 2.0 and 4.0, respectively, for a period of not more than 12 months on two occasions over the life of the loan.

At 31 December 2015 these ratios were as follows:

Value
Net financial indebtedness/Group net equity 0.41
Net financial indebtedness/EBITDA for the last 4 quarters 1.21

As is typical international practice, the two private placements are also subject to other covenants which limit the ability to issue guarantees and complete sale and lease back, as well as extraordinary, transactions.

The €275 million Eurobond due in 2018 and issued in July 2013 is not subject to any covenants.

Reclassified Cash Flow Statement

The reclassified cash flow statement shows the change in net debt between the start and the end of the period. The notes to the financial statements include a cash flow statement based on cash holdings as per IAS 7 showing the change in opening and closing cash in the period.

(€ thousands) FY 2015 FY 2014
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income (loss) 29,977 21,332
Amortization. depreciation and write-downs:
- other intangible fixed assets 4,499 2,647
- tangible fixed assets 6,273 5,541
Total amortization. depreciation and write-downs 10,772 8,188
Provisions and other non-monetary items 9,028 6,509
(Gains) losses from sale of fixed assets 16 18
Financial income and charges (10,200) 1,375
Current and deferred income taxes 8,394 6,674
Change in assets and liabilities
- Utilization of provisions (5,013) (1,754)
- (Increase) decrease in inventories 1,169 1,831
- Decrease (increase) in trade receivables (335) 4,915
- Increase (decrease) in trade payables (1,417) 1,527
- Increase (decrease) in other receivables/payables non-financial net of tax receivables/payables (673) (11,319)
Total change in current assets and liabilities (6,269) (4,800)
Dividends received 40,082 32,541
Interest received/paid (15,084) (16,683)
Taxes paid (2,416) (1,206)
Write-down of financial current assets (3,918) (15,500)
Cash flow generated from (absorbed by) operating activities 60,382 38,448
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchase of intangible fixed assets (5,688) (5,976)
Purchase of tangible fixed assets (5,910) (5,746)
Consideration from sale of tangible fixed assets and businesses 44 2
Cash flow generated from (absorbed by) investing activities (11,554) (11,720)
Cash flow generated from operating and investing activities (Free cash flow) 48,828 26,728
Business combinations (10,244) (17,936)
Consideration from sale of tangible fixed assets. businesses and reductions of earn-out 2,633 -
Cash flow generated from acquisitions (7,611) (17,936)
Cash flow generated from (absorbed by) investing activities (19,165) (29,656)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Hedging derivatives - -
Commissions paid for medium/long-term financing - -
Other non-current assets 15 (514)
Dividends distributions (9,356) (9,350)
Treasury shares (6,601) (2,456)
Capital increases 4,206 1,814
Cash flow generated from (absorbed by) financing activities (11,736) (10,506)
Net financial indebtedness at the beginning of the period 29,481 (1,713)
Opening net financial indebtedness (184,695) (182,981)
Merger of Sonus Italia S.r.l. (1,940) -
Changes in net indebtedness 29,481 (1,713)
Net financial indebtedness at the end of the period (157,154) (184,695)

The decrease in net financial indebtedness of €27,541 thousand, net of the amount relative to the Sonus Italia S.r.l. merger, is attributable primarily to:

a) investing activities:

  • net increase in property, plant and equipment and intangible assets of €11,554 thousand relating largely to investments in information technology, namely in the renewal of front office systems and the implementation of new centralized IT systems for the processing of corporate data;
  • an increase in the value of equity investments as a result of the elimination of receivables payable by the UK subsidiary.

b) operating activities:

  • interest payable on financial indebtedness and other net financial charges of €15,084 thousand;
  • payment of taxes which amounted to €2,416 thousand;
  • dividends received from subsidiaries amounting to €40,082 thousand;
  • write-downs of subsidiaries' financial assets amounting to €14,022 thousand;
  • cash flow generated by current operations of €51,822 thousand.

c) financing activities:

  • capital increase following the exercise of stock options of €4,206 thousand;
  • purchase of treasury shares for €6,601 thousand;
  • dividends paid amounting to €9,356 thousand.

Related party transactions

Pursuant to Consob Regulation n 17221 of 12 March 2010, on 24 October 2012, Amplifon S.p.A.'s Board of Directors, subject to the favourable opinion of the Independent Directors' Committee, approved new regulations for related party transactions. The new regulations took effect on 1 December 2012 and substituted the regulations approved by the Board on 3 November 2010.

The transactions carried out with related parties, including intra-group transactions, do not qualify as atypical, unusual, are part of the Group companies' normal course of business and are conducted at arm's length and are carried out in accordance with market conditions, taking into account the characteristics of the goods and services provided.

The information regarding related party transactions, including the information requested in Consob Bulletin of 28 July 2006, can be found in Note 31 of the separate financial statements.

Parent companies

Transactions carried out with the parent company Amplifin S.p.A. relate to:

  • a lease for the premises owned by Amplifin S.p.A., located in Milan, via Ripamonti 133, where Amplifon S.p.A.'s registered office and head office are located, and the pertinent share of the condominium fees and maintenance costs;
  • leases relating to stores owned by the parent company and used for commercial activities;
  • a secondment agreement for the transfer of Amplifon S.p.A. employees;
  • a tax consolidation contract for the three year period 2014 2016.

Subsidiaries

Financial transactions with subsidiaries

Amplifon S.p.A. and its subsidiaries have short and long term loans outstanding, and participate in cash pooling. All such transactions are subject to market rates.

Service contracts with subsidiaries

Amplifon S.p.A. has entered into contracts with its subsidiaries which govern certain centralized services, such as strategic planning, human resource management (with special reference to the shared remuneration policy, incentives, the training and hiring of personnel, and career internationalization programs), marketing, administration and control, assistance in banking relationships and the implementation of shared information systems. The cost of these services is charged to them by Amplifon S.p.A. as agreed upon in the relative contracts.

Representative of Data controller

During the Board of Directors meeting held on 22 October 2015 the Board appointed Enrico Vita, currently the Group's Chief Executive Officer, representative of "Data controller" in accordance with the law.

Branch offices

Amplifon S.p.A. has set up a branch office - 'Amplifon Succursale de Paris' - with offices in Arcueil, 22 avenue Aristide Briand, France.

Outlook

2016 opens with an important number of trials underway (+31.4% against 2015), setting the tone for a decidedly positive outlook for business beginning already in the first part of the year.

The effectiveness of our TV campaigns, which have always been key to the development of our business, will be accompanied by local marketing designed specifically to address the peculiarities of the Italian market. A renewed focus on maximizing ROI will make it possible to concentrate on the most profitable strategies for our business in each region.

The number of steps taken to constantly improve our funnel performance boost will be instrumental in converting store traffic into sales.

Toward this end, in our view the further improvement of the database and the knowhow of the hearing aid specialists' ability to access and leverage on the data provided are of fundamental importance. These two factors, along with the excellent technical knowhow of the region's staff, will be among the factors that drive our ability to achieve the ambitious targets set for this year. In light of these considerations, we are confident in our ability to significantly increase organic growth over the course of the new year.

The steps taken to further increase customer satisfaction will be among the most important elements of the company's sales policy which, at the same time, will continue to focus even more decidedly on the development of digital marketing, crucial to our continuing to be a market player.

Consolidated Financial Statement at 31 December 2015

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 118
Consolidated Income Statement 120
Statement of Comprehensive Income 121
Statement of Changes in Consolidated Net Equity 122
Consolidated Cash Flow Statement 124
Supplementary Information
to Consolidated Cash Flow Statement
125
Explanatory Notes
1. General Information 126
2. Accounting policies 127
3. Financial risk management 141
4. Segment information 151
5. Acquisitions and Goodwill 156
6. Intangible fixed assets 161
7. Tangible fixed assets 162
8. Other non-current assets 163
9. Derivatives and hedge accounting 164
10. Inventories 165
11. Receivables 165
12. Cash and cash equivalents 167
13. Share capital 167
14. Net financial position 168
15. Financial liabilities 170
16. Provisions for risks and charges
(medium/long term)
173
17. Liabilities for employees' benefits
(medium/long term)
174
18. Other long-term liabilities 175
19. Trade payables 176
20. Other payables 176
21. Provisions for risks and charges
(current portion)
177
22. Liabilities for employees' benefits
(current portion)
177
23. Short-term financial debt 177
24. Deferred tax assets and liabilities 178
25. Revenues from sales and services 179
26. Operating costs 180
27. Other income and costs 181
28. Depreciation and amortisation 181
29. Financial income, charges and changes
in value of financial assets
181
30. Income tax 182
31. Stock option - Performance stock grant 184
32. Subsidiaries with relevant non-controlling
interests, joint ventures and associated
197
33. Earnings per share 198
34. Transactions with parent companies
and related parties
199
35. Guarantees provided, commitments
and contingent liabilities
206
36. Transactions arising from untypical/unusual
operations
207
37. Translation of foreign companies' financial
statements
207
38. Subsequent events 207
Annexes
Consolidation Area 208
Information pursuant to § 149-duodecies
of Consob Issuers' Regulations
210
Declaration in respect of
the Consolidated Financial Statements
pursuant to Article 154-bis of Legislative
Decree 58/98 211
Independent Auditor's Report
31 December 2015
212

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

(€ thousands) 31/12/2015 31/12/2014 Change
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Goodwill Note 5 572,150 534,822 37,328
Intangible fixed assets with finite useful life Note 6 141,413 135,108 6,305
Tangible fixed assets Note 7 102,675 96,188 6,487
Investments valued at equity 1,433 2,000 (567)
Financial assets measured at fair value through
profit or loss
Note 8 29 4,512 (4,483)
Long - term hedging instruments Note 9 11,526 7,568 3,958
Deferred tax assets Note 24 40,743 44,653 (3,910)
Other assets Note 8 45,100 45,762 (662)
Total non-current assets 915,069 870,613 44,456
Current assets
Inventories Note 10 28,956 28,690 266
Trade receivables Note 11 111,727 109,355 2,372
Other receivables Note 11 34,068 33,059 1,009
Hedging instruments Note 9 451 467 (16)
Cash and cash equivalents Note 12 196,714 211,124 (14,410)
Total current assets 371,916 382,695 (10,779)
TOTAL ASSETS 1,286,985 1,253,308 33,677
(€ thousands) 31/12/2015 31/12/2014 Change
LIABILITIES
Net Equity
Note 13
Share capital 4,510 4,492 18
Share premium account 197,774 191,903 5,871
Treasury shares (39,740) (46,547) 6,807
Other reserves 2,587 (9,568) 12,155
Profit (loss) carried forward 287,535 255,410 32,125
Profit (loss) for the period 46,805 46,475 330
Group net equity 499,471 442,165 57,306
Minority interests 694 1,057 (363)
Total net equity 500,165 443,222 56,943
Non-current liabilities
Medium/long-term financial liabilities
Note 15
394,152 438,719 (44,567)
Provisions for risks and charges
Note 16
48,407 40,569 7,838
Liabilities for employees' benefits
Note 17
15,571 15,711 (140)
Hedging instruments
Note 9
- 8,773 (8,773)
Deferred tax liabilities
Note 24
55,695 51,998 3,697
Payables for business acquisitions
Note 18
5,450 10,034 (4,584)
Other long-term debt
Note 18
2,600 250 2,350
Total non-current liabilities 521,875 566,054 (44,179)
Current liabilities
Trade payables
Note 19
113,343 101,788 11,555
Payables for business acquisitions
Note 20
4,581 1,692 2,889
Other payables
Note 20
130,407 123,667 6,740
Hedging instruments
Note 9
6 362 (356)
Provisions for risks and charges
Note 21
1,378 978 400
Liabilities for employees' benefits
Note 22
1,025 752 273
Short-term financial liabilities
Note 23
14,205 14,793 (588)
Total current liabilities 264,945 244,032 20,913
TOTAL LIABILITIES 1,286,985 1,253,308 33,677

Consolidated Income Statement

FY 2015 FY 2014
(€ thousands) Recurring Non
recurring
Total Recurring Non
recurring
Total Change
Revenues from sales and services
Note 25
1,033,977 - 1,033,977 890,931 - 890,931 143,046
Operating costs
Note 26
(868,861) (6,792) (875,653) (752,124) - (752,124) (123,529)
Other income and costs
Note 27
2,247 4,606 6,853 (1,139) - (1,139) 7,992
Gross operating profit (EBITDA) 167,363 (2,186) 165,177 137,668 - 137,668 27,509
Amortisation, depreciation
Note 28
and impairment
Amortisation of intangible fixed assets (23,952) - (23,952) (22,008) - (22,008) (1,944)
Depreciation of tangible fixed assets (26,562) (238) (26,800) (24,428) - (24,428) (2,372)
Impairment and impairment reversals of
non-current assets
(799) (2,620) (3,419) (616) - (616) (2,803)
(51,313) (2,858) (54,171) (47,052) - (47,052) (7,119)
Operating result 116,050 (5,044) 111,006 90,616 - 90,616 20,390
Financial income, charges and value
Note 29
adjustments to financial assets
Group's share of the result of associated
companies valued at equity
126 - 126 201 - 201 (75)
Other income and charges, impairment and
revaluations of financial assets
208 1,253 1,461 472 - 472 989
Interest income and charges (20,483) (2,854) (23,337) (20,549) - (20,549) (2,788)
Other financial income and charges (388) - (388) (2,436) - (2,436) 2,048
Exchange gains and losses 2,681 - 2,681 1,860 - 1,860 821
Gain (loss) on assets measured at fair value (3,452) - (3,452) (3,608) - (3,608) 156
(21,308) (1,601) (22,909) (24,060) - (24,060) 1,151
Profit (loss) before tax 94,742 (6,645) 88,097 66,556 - 66,556 21,541
Current and deferred income tax
Note 30
Current tax (41,366) 2,053 (39,313) (25,709) 8,707 (17,002) (22,311)
Deferred tax (675) (1,397) (2,072) (5,070) 1,961 (3,109) 1,037
(42,041) 656 (41,385) (30,779) 10,668 (20,111) (21,274)
Total net profit (loss) 52,701 (5,989) 46,712 35,777 10,668 46,445 267
Net profit (loss) attributable to
Minority interests
(93) - (93) (30) - (30) (63)
Net profit (loss) attributable to the Group 52,794 (5,989) 46,805 35,807 10,668 46,475 330
Income (loss) and earnings per share (€ per share)
Note 33
FY 2015 FY 2014
Earnings per share
- base 0.21465 0.213789
- diluted 0.20812 0.207547
Dividend per share 0.043 (*) 0.043

(*) Proposed by the Board of Directors to the shareholders' meeting called for April 18th 2016.

Statement of Comprehensive Income

(€ thousands) FY 2015 FY 2014
Net income (loss) for the period 46,712 46,445
Other comprehensive income (loss) that will not be reclassified
subsequently to profit or loss:
Re-measurement of defined benefit plans
Note 17
221 (3,383)
Tax effect on components of other comprehensive income that will be not
reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
(58) 652
Total other comprehensive income (loss) that will not be reclassified
subsequently to profit or loss after the tax effect (A)
163 (2,731)
Other comprehensive income that will be reclassified subsequently
to profit or loss
Gains/(losses) on cash flow hedging instruments
Note 9
3,530 (6,490)
Gains/(losses) on exchange differences from translation of financial statements
of foreign entities
9,473 24,696
Tax effect on components of other comprehensive income that will be reclassified
subsequently to profit or loss
(1,205) 1,785
Total other comprehensive income (loss) that will be reclassified subsequently
to profit or loss after the tax effect (B)
11,798 19,991
Total other comprehensive income (loss) (A)+(B) 11,961 17,260
Comprehensive income (loss) for the period 58,673 63,705
Attributable to the Group 58,856 63,725
Attributable to Minority interests (183) (20)

Statement of Changes in Consolidated Net Equity

Share Treasury
(€ thousands) Share
capital
premium
account
Legal
reserve
Other
reserves
shares
reserve
Balance at 1 January 2014 4,482 189,312 934 2,770 (44,091)
Appropriation of FY 2013 result
Share capital increase 10 1,803
Treasury shares (2,456)
Dividend distribution
Implicit cost of stock options
and stock grants
Note 31
Other changes 787 837
- Hedge accounting Note 9
- Actuarial gains (losses)
- Translation difference
- Result for FY 2014
Total comprehensive income (loss)
for the period
Balance at 31 December 2014 4,492 191,902 934 3,607 (46,547)
Share Share
premium
Legal Other Treasury
shares
(€ thousands) capital account reserve reserves reserve
Balance at 1 January 2015 4,492 191,902 934 3,607 (46,547)
Appropriation of FY 2014 result
Share capital increase 18 4,188
Treasury shares (6,601)
Dividend distribution
Implicit cost of stock options
and stock grants
Note 31
Other changes 1,684 29 13,408
- Hedge accounting Note 9
- Actuarial gains (losses)
- Translation difference
- Result for FY 2015
Total comprehensive income (loss)
for the period
Balance at 31 December 2015 4,510 197,774 934 3,636 (39,740)
Total
net equity
Minority
interests
Total
Shareholders'
equity
Profit (loss)
for the
period
Translation
difference
Profit (loss)
carried
forward
Actuarial
gains and
losses
Cash flow
hedge reserve
Stock
option
reserve
381,076 460 380,616 12,848 (48,567) 249,432 598 (2,716) 15,614
(12,848) 12,848
1,813 1,813
(2,456) (2,456)
(9,350) (9,350) (9,350)
7,861 7,861
617 (44) 2,480 (2,434) (1,714)
(4,705) (4,705) (4,705)
(2,731) (2,731) (2,731)
24,696 10 24,686 24,686
46,445 (30) 46,475 46,475
(20) 63,725 46,475 24,686 (2,731) (4,705)
443,222 1,057 442,165 46,475 (23,881) 255,410 (4,567) (7,421) 21,761
21,761
(7,421)
(4,567)
255,410
(23,881)
46,475
442,165
1,057
46,475
(46,475)
-
4,206
(6,601)
(9,356)
(9,356)
10,719
10,719
(10,645)
(4,994)
(180)
(518)
2,325
2,325
163
163
9,563
9,563
(90)
46,805
46,805
(93)
2,325
163
9,563
46,805
58,856
(183)
Total net
equity
Minority
interests
Total
Shareholders'
equity
Profit (loss)
for the
period
Translation
difference
Profit (loss)
carried
forward
Actuarial
gains and
losses
Cash flow
hedge
reserve
Stock
option
reserve
443,222
-
4,206
(6,601)
(9,356)
10,719
(698)
2,325
163
9,473
46,712
58,673
500,165 694 499,471 46,805 (14,318) 287,535 (4,404) (5,096) 21,835

Consolidated Cash Flow Statement

(€ thousands) FY 2015 FY 2014
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net profit (loss) 46,712 46,445
Amortization, depreciation and write-downs:
- intangible fixed assets 24,095 22,055
- tangible fixed assets 27,455 24,997
- goodwill 2,620 -
Provisions 24,339 18,795
(Gains) losses from sale of fixed assets (395) 92
Group's share of the result of associated companies (126) (201)
Financial income and charges 23,035 24,260
Current, deferred tax assets and liabilities 41,386 20,111
Cash flow from operating activities before change in working capital 189,121 156,554
Utilization of provisions (10,017) (8,107)
(Increase) decrease in inventories 2,288 6,218
Decrease (increase) in trade receivables (1,008) 2,960
Increase (decrease) in trade payables 6,156 (863)
Changes in other receivables and other payables 2,907 (8,284)
Total change in assets and liabilities 326 (8,076)
Dividends received 10 408
Interest received (paid) (25,114) (21,763)
Taxes paid (38,242) (11,284)
Cash flow generated from (absorbed by) operating activities (A) 126,101 115,839
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchase of intangible fixed assets (13,773) (14,914)
Purchase of tangible fixed assets (34,328) (28,016)
Consideration from sale of tangible fixed assets 9,682 5,245
Cash flow generated from (absorbed by) operating investing activities (B) (38,419) (37,685)
Purchase of subsidiaries and business units (42,333) (38,050)
Increase (decrease) in payables through business acquisition 528 7,522
(Purchase) sale of other investments, business units and securities 9,423 (146)
Cash flow generated from (absorbed by) acquisition activities (C) (32,382) (30,674)
Cash flow generated from (absorbed by) investing activities (B+C) (70,801) (68,359)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Increase (decrease) in financial payables (60,802) 2,936
(Increase) decrease in financial receivables 1,902 1,255
Derivatives instruments and other non-current assets - -
Commissions paid for medium/long-term financing - -
Other non-current assets and liabilities (2,015) (5,656)
Treasury shares (6,601) (2,456)
Dividends distributed (9,356) (9,350)
Capital increases and minority shareholders' contributions and dividends paid to third parties
by subsidiaries
4,206 1,955
Cash flow generated from (absorbed by) financing activities (D) (72,666) (11,316)
Flows of cash and cash equivalents (A+B+C+D) (17,366) 36,164
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period 211,124 170,322
Effect of discontinued operations on cash & cash equivalents - (163)
Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash & cash equivalents 1,696 2,634
Net liquid assets acquired 1,260 2,167
Flows of cash and cash equivalents (17,366) 36,164
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of period 196,714 211,124

Related-party transactions relate to rentals of the main office and certain stores, to recharges of maintenance costs and general services of the above-mentioned buildings and to commercial transactions, personnel costs and loans. They are detailed in note 34, where the related financial flows can be easily deduced.

Supplementary Information to Consolidated Cash Flow Statement

The fair values of the assets and liabilities acquired are summarised in the following table:

(€ thousands) FY 2015 FY 2014
- Goodwill (*) 32,353 15,677
- Customer lists 14,403 16,201
- Trademarks and non-competition agreements - 508
- Other intangible fixed assets 163 374
- Tangible fixed assets 1,357 4,668
- Financial fixed assets - 37
- Current assets 4,185 14,367
- Provisions for risks and charges (3,165) (1,735)
- Current liabilities (7,319) (11,314)
- Other non-current assets and liabilities (1,984) (4,014)
- Minority interests 705 (551)
Total investments 40,698 34,218
Net financial debt acquired 1,635 3,831
Total business combinations 42,333 38,050
(Increase) decrease in payables for businesses combinations (528) (7,522)
Disposal of businesses (reduction in earn-outs), purchase of investments and shares (9,423) 146
Cash flow absorbed by (generated from) acquisitions 32,382 30,674
(Net liquid assets acquired) (1,260) (2,167)
Net cash flow absorbed by (generated from) acquisitions 31,122 28,507

(*) The line "goodwill" is presented net of the step up acquisition of the New Zealand group Dilworth Hearing Limited accounted for in accordance with the requirements of IFRS 3R. The impact, equal to €1,673 thousand, represents the fair value at the acquisition date of such investment, already owned and equal to 40%.

1. General Information

The Amplifon Group is global leader in the distribution of Hearing Aid systems and in their fitting and customization to meet the needs of hearing impaired patients.

The parent company, Amplifon S.p.A. is based in Milan, in Via Ripamonti 133. The Group is controlled directly by Ampliter N.V. and indirectly by Amplifin S.p.A., owned by Susan Carol Holland, with 100% of the shares, whilst Anna Maria Formiggini Holland retains usufruct.

The consolidated financial statements at 31 December 2015 have been prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standards and the regulations implementing Article 9 of legislative Decree No. 38 of 28 February 2005. These standards include the IAS and IFRS issued by the International Accounting Standard Board, as well as the SIC and IFRIC interpretations issued by the International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee, which were endorsed in accordance with the procedure set out in Article 6 of Regulation (EC) no. 1606 of 19 July 2002 by 31 December 2015. International Accounting Standards endorsed after that date and before the preparation of these financial statements are adopted in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements only if early adoption is allowed by the Endorsing Regulation and the accounting standard itself and the Group has elected to do so.

The publication of the consolidated financial statements of the Amplifon Group at 31 December 2015 was authorised by the resolution of the Board of Directors of 2 March 2016. These financial statements are subject to the approval of the Shareholders' Meeting of Amplifon S.p.A. on 18 April 2016.

2. Accounting policies

2.1. Presentation of financial statements

The consolidated financial statements at 31 December 2015 have been prepared in accordance with the historical cost convention with the exception of derivative financial instruments, certain financial investments measured at fair value and assets and liabilities hedged by a fair value hedge, as more fully explained hereafter, as well as on the going concern assumption.

The following table lists the international accounting standards and the interpretations approved by IASB and endorsed to be adopted in Europe and applied for the first time in the financial year under review.

Description Endorsement
date
Publication
in O.J.E.C.
Effective
date
Effective date
for Amplifon
Interpretation IFRIC 21 Taxes 13 June '14 14 June '14 Fiscal years that start on
or after the 17th Jun '14
1 Jan '15
Annual improvements to IFRS 2011-2013 18 Dec '14 19 Dec '14 Fiscal years that start on
or after the 1st Jan '15
1 Jan '15

IFRIC 21 "Levies", an interpretation of IAS 37 "Provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets" provides guidance on when to recognize a liability for a levy imposed other than income tax and, in particular, establishes which event triggers the obligation and when the liability should be recognized.

The annual improvements 2011-2013 include minor amendments to different standards relating to sections of a few standards that were unclear.

  • with reference to IFRS 3 "Business Combinations" the IASB has clarified that the provisions of this standard are not applicable to the formation of all the joint control agreement, so as defined by IFRS 11;
  • with the amendment to IFRS 13 "Fair value measurement", the IASB clarified that the exception for the measurement at fair value on a net basis of a portfolio of assets and liabilities is also applicable in relation to contracts that fall within the scope of IAS 39 or IFRS 9, although these contracts do not meet the definition of assets or financial liabilities under IAS 32 (eg contracts for the purchase or sale of non - financial assets with the net cash settlement);
  • some sections of the IFRS 1 "First time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards" and IAS 40 "Investment property".

The adoption of these principles does not significantly affect the valuation of assets, liabilities, costs and revenues of the Group.

With respect to the presentation of the financial statements, prepared in accordance with IAS 1 "Presentation of the financial statements" and IAS 7 "Cash flow statement" the following should be noted that:

  • statement of financial position: the Group distinguishes between current and non-current assets and liabilities;
  • income statement: the Group classifies costs by nature, as such classification is deemed to be more representative of the mainly commercial and distribution activities carried out by the Group;
  • statement of comprehensive income (loss): this includes the net result of the period and the effects of changes in exchange rates, the cash flow hedge reserve and actuarial gains and losses that are recognised directly in net equity; those items are disclosed on the basis of whether they will potentially be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss;
  • statement of changes in net equity: the Group includes all changes in net equity, including those arising from transactions with the shareholders (dividend distributions, increases in share capital);
  • cash flow statement: this is prepared using the indirect method for defining cash flows deriving from operating activities.

The Group maintained unchanged the classification and presentation of the explanatory notes of the financial statement with the exception of the presentation of the operative sectors that follows the requirements of IFRS 8 as explained in paragraph 4.

2.2. Use of estimates in preparing the financial statements

Preparation of the financial statements schedules and explanatory notes required the use of estimates and assumptions in respect of the following items:

  • provisions for impairment, calculated on the basis of the asset's estimated realisable value;
  • provisions for risks and charges, calculated on the basis of a reasonable estimate of the amount of the potential liability, not least in relation to any claim made by the counterparty;
  • provisions for obsolescence, in order to adjust the carrying value of inventory to reflect realisable value;
  • provisions for employee benefits, recognised on the basis of the actuarial valuations made;
  • amortisation and depreciation, recognised on the basis of the estimated remaining useful life and recoverable amount;
  • income tax, which is recognised on the basis of the best estimate of the expected tax rate for the full year;
  • IRSs and currency swaps (instruments not traded on regulated markets), marked to market at the reporting date based on the yield curve and exchange rate fluctuations and subject to credit/debit valuation adjustments, which are supported by market quotations.

Estimates are periodically reviewed and any adjustments due to changes in the circumstances which determined such estimates or additional information are recognised in the income statement. The use of reasonable estimates is an essential part of the preparation of the financial statements and does not affect their overall reliability.

The Group tests goodwill for impairment at least once a year. This requires an estimation of the value in use of the cash-generating unit to which the goodwill pertains. This calculation requires estimating of future cash flows and the after-tax discount rate reflecting market conditions at the date of the valuation.

2.3. Future accounting principles and interpretations

International accounting standards and the interpretations approved by IASB and endorsed in Europe

The following table lists the international accounting standards and the interpretations approved by IASB and to be adopted in Europe after 31 December 2015.

Description Endorsement
date
Publication
in O.J.E.C
Effective
date
Effective date
for Amplifon
Amendments to IAS 27: equity method in
separate financial statements
18 Dec '15 23 Dec '15 Financial years beginning
on or after 1 Jan '16
1 Jan '16
Amendments to IAS 1- disclosure initiative 18 Dec '15 19 Dec '15 Financial years beginning
on or after 1 Jan '16
1 Jan '16
Annual Improvements
to IFRSs 2012–2014 Cycle
15 Dec '15 16 Dec '15 Financial years beginning
on or after 1 Jan '16
1 Jan '16
Amendments to IAS 16 and IAS 38: clarification
of acceptable methods of depreciation
and amortization
2 Dec '15 3 Dec '15 Financial years beginning
on or after 1 Jan '16
1 Jan '16
Amendments to IFRS 11: accounting for
acquisitions of interests in Joint Operations
24 Nov '15 25 Nov '15 Financial years beginning
on or after 1 Jan '16
1 Jan '16
Amendments to IAS 16 and IAS 41: bearer plants 23 Nov '15 24 Nov '15 Financial years beginning
on or after 1 Jan '16
1 Jan '16
Defined benefit plans: employee contributions
(amendments to IAS 19)
17 Dec '14 9 Jan '15 Financial years beginning
on or after 1 Feb '15
1 Jan '16
Annual improvements to IFRSs 2010-2012 17 Dec '14 9 Jan '15 Financial years beginning
on or after 1 Feb '15
1 Jan '16

The amendment to IAS 27 "Equity method in the separate financial statements", has introduced the equity method as accounting option to recognize investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures, whereas previously the IAS 27 stated that they were valued at cost or in accordance with IFRS 9 (IAS 39 for companies that have not adopted IFRS 9).

The amendments to IAS 1 "Disclosure Initiative (Amendments to IAS 1)" clarify certain aspects with regard to the presentation of financial statements stressing the emphasis on the significance of the disclosures of the financial statements, making clear that it is no longer provided for a specific order for the presentation of the notes on the balance sheet and allowing the possibility of aggregate /disaggregate items so that the line items provided at least in IAS 1 can be aggregated if deemed insignificant.

The "Annual improvements to IFRSs (2012-2014 Cycle)" include amendments to different standards relating to sections that were unclear. In detail the amendments relate to the following:

  • IAS 19 "Employee Benefits": with the amendment to IAS 19, the IASB clarified that the discount rate of a bond for defined benefit plans must be determined on the basis of "high - quality corporate bonds or government bonds" denominated the same currency used to pay benefits;
  • IFRS 7 "Financial Instruments: Disclosures": the IASB has clarified that an entity which transferred the financial instruments and has derecognised them entirely from its own balance sheet - is obligated to provide the information required by reference to his involvement ("continuing involvement" ) if applicable. Furthermore the disclosures required by IFRS 7 with reference to offsetting of financial assets and liabilities are required only in relation to the annual financial statements and will be disclosed, in interim financial statements, if deemed to be necessary;
  • IAS 34: with the amendment to IAS 34, the IASB clarified that the additional disclosures required by this standard can be included in the notes to the interim financial statements or can be included in other documents (such as risk reports), inserted through referrals in the interim financial statements, provided that users of the interim financial statements will have access to the same conditions and at the same time the interim financial statements.

The "Annual improvements to IFRSs (2012-2014 Cycle)" include amendments to IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations , which are not currently relevant for the Amplifon Group.

With the amendments to IAS 16 "Property, plant and equipment" and IAS 38 "Intangible assets", IASB clarified that revenue-based amortization cannot be used for property, plant and equipment, insofar as this method is based on factors, such as volumes and sale prices, that do not reflect the actual consumption of the economic benefits pertaining to the underlying asset.

The objective of IFRS 11 "Accounting for acquisitions of interests in joint operations" is to clarify the accounting treatment of acquisitions of interests in jointly run business operations.

Amendments to IAS 16 "Property, plant and equipment" and IAS 41 "Agriculture", refer to the accounting of fruit trees.

The amendment to IAS 19 "Employee benefits" relates to the accounting of defined benefit plans that call for third party or employee contributions.

The "Annual improvements to IFRSs (2010-2012 Cycle)" include amendments to different standards relating to sections of a few standards that were unclear.

In summary:

  • IFRS 2 "Share-based Payment": with the amendments to IFRS 2, the IASB has clarified the criteria and characteristics that "performance condition" must comply with;
  • with the amendment to IFRS 3 "Business combinations", the IASB clarified the aspects of classification and valuation of contingent consideration;
  • the amendment to IFRS 8 "Operating Segments" has introduced a new disclosure obligation, requiring a brief description of the operating segments that were aggregated and the economic indicators that have been used for such aggregation. Also it made it clear that the reconciliation of the activities of the reportable operating segments with total assets of the entity is required only in cases where such information is provided regularly to the entity's chief operating decision maker ("CODM");
  • with the amendment to IFRS 13, the IASB clarified that the amendments to IAS 39 subsequent to the publication of IFRS 13 had not intended to exclude the possibility of evaluating receivables and short-term debts without taking into account discounting, if this effect is considered not significant. The amendments

to IFRS 13, since they relate only to the Basis for Conclusions, are not subject to endorsement by the European Union;

  • with the amendments to IAS 16 and IAS 38, the IASB has clarified how to apply the method of the revaluation required by the above-mentioned principles;
  • with the amendment to IAS 24, the IASB has extended the definition of "related party" to "management companies ".

Below are the International Financial Reporting Standards, interpretations, amendments to existing standards and interpretations, or specific provisions contained in the standards and interpretations approved by the IASB which on 26 February 2016 had not yet been endorsed for adoption in Europe:

Description Effective date
IFRS 9: financial Instruments (issued on 24 July 2014) Financial years beginning
on or after 1 Jan '18
IFRS 15 revenue from contracts with customers (issued on 28 May 2014) and related Amendment
(Issued on 11 September 2015), formalising the deferral of the Effective Date by one year to 2018
Financial years beginning
on or after 1 Jan '18
IFRS 14 regulatory deferral accounts (issued on 30 January 2014) Financial years beginning
on or after 1 Jan '16
Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28: sale or contribution of assets between
an Investor and its associate or joint venture (issued on 11 September 2014)
To be defined
Amendments to IFRS 10, IFRS 12 and IAS 28: investment entities:
applying the consolidation exception (issued on 18 December 2014)
Financial years beginning
on or after 1 Jan '18
IFRS 16 Leases (Issued on 13 January 2016) Financial years beginning
on or after 1 Jan '19
Amendments to IAS 12: Recognition of Deferred Tax Assets for Unrealised Losses
(Issued on 19 January 2016)
Financial years beginning
on or after 1 Jan '17

The issue of the definitive version of IFRS 9 "Financial instruments" completed the project to revise the accounting standard relating to financial instruments. The new standard: (i) changes the way in which financial assets are classified and measured; (ii) introduces the concept of expected credit losses as one of the variables to be considered in the measurement and impairment of financial assets (iii) changes the hedge accounting model. The new IFRS 9 is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018.

Based on IFRS 15 "Revenue from contracts with customers", the company must recognize revenue when the control of the goods or services is transferred to the customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The new standard introduces a five step model to be used to analyze and recognize revenue in relation to the timing and the amount. It is foreseeable that the new standard could result in a change in the timing of revenue recognition (earlier or later with respect to current standards), as well as the use of new methods (for example, the recognition of revenue at a specific point in time versus over time or vice versa). The new standard calls for additional information about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of the revenue streams and cash flows generated by contracts with customers. The standard, as defined in an amendment to the principle issued on September 11, 2015, must be applied for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018 and earlier application permitted.

IFRS 14 "Regulatory deferral accounts" relates to rate regulated activities, namely sectors subject to regulated tariffs.

The amendments to IFRS 10 "Consolidated financial statements" and IAS 28 "Investments in associates and joint ventures" resolved a conflict between the two standards relating to the accounting to be used when a parent entity sells or transfers a subsidiary to another entity subject to joint control ("joint venture") or "significant influence" ("associate entity").

"Investment entities: applying the consolidation exception (amendments to IFRS 10, IFRS 12 and IAS 28)" clarifies certain aspects of investment entities.

With the publication of the new accounting standard IFRS 16 "Leases", the IASB replaces the accounting rules provided by IAS 17, deemed no longer appropriate for the leasing representation in the current economic context. The new accounting standard requires that all leases should be recognized in the balance sheet as assets and liabilities are they "financial", whether "operative".

Amendments to "IAS 12: recognition of deferred tax assets for unrealized losses" clarifies how to account for deferred tax assets related to debt instruments measured at fair value.

With reference to IFRS 9 and IFRS 15 described above, the Amplifon Group is continuing the activities aimed to the identification and determination of the impact on its consolidated financial statements and is starting the analysis with reference to IFRS 16. For a first evidence of the magnitude of the expected impacts of the adoption of IFRS 16 refer to note 35 "Guarantees, commitments and contingent liabilities" where the future commitments for operating lease are exposed, and to note 26 "operating costs" rental cost for shops, offices and other property are displayed.

With reference to the other standards and interpretations detailed above, it is not expected that the adoption significantly affect the valuation of assets, liabilities, costs and revenues of the Group.

2.4. Subsidiaries

The consolidation area includes companies which are controlled by the Group. Control is defined as the power to influence the financial and operating policies of a company. The existence of control over a company is determined on the basis of: (i) voting rights, including potential ones, that the Group is entitled to and by virtue of which the Group may exercise the majority of the votes that can be cast at the ordinary Shareholders' meeting; (ii) the content of possible agreements between shareholders or the existence of specific clauses in the entity's by-laws which grant the Group the power to manage the company; (iii) control by the Group of a sufficient number of votes to exercise de facto control in the Shareholders' meeting of the company.

Income statement items are included in the consolidated financial statements starting from the date control is acquired and up to the date such control ceases. All payables and receivables, as well as the revenue and expense items deriving from transactions between companies included in the consolidation are eliminated entirely; capital gains and losses deriving from transfers of assets between consolidated companies are also eliminated, as are the profits and losses arising from transfers of assets between consolidated companies that come to form inventories of the acquiring company, write-downs and reversals of holdings in consolidated companies, and intragroup dividends. Assets, liabilities, costs and revenues of subsidiaries are recorded in full, allocating to minority shareholders their share of net equity and of the net result.

The financial statements of subsidiaries companies are adjusted in order to make the measurement criteria consistent with those adopted by the Group.

The closing dates of subsidiaries are aligned with that of the Parent company; where this is not the case, the subsidiaries prepare appropriate financial statements for consolidation purposes.

2.5. Jointly-controlled companies

A joint control arrangement is an agreement based on which two or more parties have joint control. Joint control is the contractually agreed sharing of control of an arrangement which exists only when decisions about the relevant activities require the unanimous consent of the parties sharing control. There are two types of joint control arrangements: joint operations or joint ventures.

In a joint operation agreement the parties that have joint control of the arrangement have rights to the assets, and obligations for the liabilities, relating to the arrangement. These parties are referred to as joint operators and each joint operator recognizes the pertinent share of assets, liabilities, costs and revenue relative to the jointly operated activity.

A joint venture is a joint arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement have rights to the net assets of the arrangement. Those parties are called joint venturers. A joint venturer recognizes its interest in a joint venture as an investment and accounts for that investment using the equity method.

2.6. Associated companies

Investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method. A company is considered an associate if the Group participates in decisions relating to the company's operating and financial policies even if the latter is not a subsidiary nor subject to joint control. Under the equity method, on initial recognition, the investment in an associate is recognized at cost in the balance sheet and the carrying amount is increased or decreased to recognize the investor's share of the profit or loss of the investee after the date of acquisition. The goodwill relating to the associate is included in the carrying amount and is not subject to amortization. The profits generated as a result of transactions carried out by the Group with associates are eliminated to the extent of the Group's interest in the associate. The financial statements of companies accounted for based on the equity method are adjusted to be in line with the Group's accounting policies.

2.7. Business combinations

Business combinations are accounted for in the financial statements as follows:

  • acquisition cost is determined on the basis of the fair value of assets transferred, liabilities taken over, or the shares transferred to the seller in order to obtain control;
  • acquisition- costs related to business combinations are recognised in the income statement for the period in which the costs were incurred;
  • the fair value of the shares transferred is determined according to the market price at the exchange date;
  • where the agreement with the seller provides for a price adjustment linked to the profitability of the business acquired, over a defined timeframe or at a pre-established future date (earn-out), the adjustment is included in the acquisition price as of the acquisition date and is valued at fair value as at the date of acquisition;
  • at the acquisition date, the assets and liabilities, including contingent ones, of the acquired company are recognised at their fair value at that date. When determining the value of these assets we also consider the potential tax benefits applicable to the jurisdiction of the acquired company;
  • when the values of assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities recorded differ from their corresponding tax base at the acquisition date, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised;
  • any difference between the acquisition cost of the investment and the corresponding share of net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill, if positive, conversely it is charged to the income statement, if negative; income items are included in the consolidated financial statements starting from the date control is acquired and up to the date control ceases.

2.8. Functional currency, presentation currency and translation criteria applied to foreign currency items

The consolidated financial statements of the Amplifon Group are presented in Euros, the functional currency of the parent company, Amplifon S.p.A.

The financial statements of subsidiaries and jointly-controlled companies are prepared in the functional currency of each company. When this currency differs from the reporting currency of the consolidated financial statements, the financial statements are translated using the current exchange rate method: income statement items are translated using the average exchange rates of the year, asset and liability items are translated using year-end rates and net equity items are translated at historical rates. Exchange differences are recorded under "translation difference" in the consolidated net equity; when the company is disposed of, the cumulative differences booked in net equity are taken to the income statement.

Foreign currency transactions are recorded at the exchange rate at the transaction date. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currency are translated at the exchange rate at the reporting date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currency and valued at cost are reported at the exchange rate used upon initial recognition. Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currency and valued at fair value, at recoverable value, or realizable value, are translated using the exchange rate of the date when the value was determined.

Any exchange rate differences arising from the settlement of monetary assets and liabilities or from the translation at exchange rates that are different from those used upon initial recognition, during the year or in previous financial statements, are recognised in the income statement.

2.9. Intangible fixed assets

Intangible assets purchased separately and those acquired through business combinations carried out prior to the adoption of the IFRS are initially measured at cost, whilst those acquired through business combinations completed after the date of transition to the IFRS, are initially measured at fair value. Expenditure incurred after the initial acquisition is recorded as an increase in the cost of the intangible asset to the extent that the expenditure can generate future economic benefits.

Intangible assets having a finite useful life are amortised systematically along their useful life and written down for impairment (see § 2.12). Amortisation begins when the asset is available for use and ceases when the asset is classified as held for sale (or included in a disposal group classified as held for sale). Both the useful life and the amortisation criterion are periodically reviewed and, where significant changes have occurred compared to the previously adopted assumptions, the amortisation charge for the current year and subsequent ones is adjusted.

The periods of amortisation are shown in the following table:

Asset type Years
Software 2.5- 5
Licences 2-5
Non-competition agreements 5-7
Customer lists 10-15
Trademarks and concessions 5-15
Other 4-10

2.10. Goodwill

Goodwill is recognised in the financial statements following business combinations and is initially recorded at cost, which is the excess of the cost of acquisition over the Group's share in the fair values of the assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired.

Goodwill is classified as an intangible asset. As of the acquisition date, the goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to each of the acquirer's cash-generating units or groups of cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination, irrespective of whether other assets or liabilities of the acquiree are allocated to those units or groups of units.

Subsequent to initial recognition, goodwill is not amortised but valued at cost less any cumulative impairment losses (see § 2.12).

If goodwill has been allocated to a cash-generating unit and the company disposes of an asset which is part of the unit, the goodwill associated with the asset disposed of is included in the book value of the asset when the gain or loss on disposal is calculated; this proportion is determined according to values relating to the asset disposed of and the retained portion.

2.11. Tangible assets

Tangible fixed assets are recorded at purchase or production cost, inclusive of accessory costs that are directly attributable to the assets. Operating assets acquired under finance lease agreements whereby all risks and benefits of ownership are substantially transferred to the Group are recognised at the time of signing the agreement (finance lease) at the lower of their fair value and the present value of the minimum payments due under the lease terms. A liability equal to the amount due to the lessor is recorded under financial liabilities.

Leases where the lessor does not substantially transfer all the risks and rewards of ownership associated with the assets are classified as operating leases. The costs incurred for operating leases are recognised in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

The value upon initial recognition of tangible fixed assets, or their significant elements (except for land), net of their residual value, is depreciated on a straight-line basis over their useful life and is written down for impairments (see § 2.12). Depreciation starts when the asset becomes available for use and terminates when it is classified as held for sale (or included as part of a disposal group classified as held for sale). The useful life and the depreciation rate, as well as the residual value, are periodically reviewed and, where significant changes have occurred compared to the previously adopted assumptions, the depreciation charge for the current year and subsequent ones is adjusted.

Maintenance costs that do not add value to an asset are charged to the income statement in the year in which they are incurred. Maintenance costs that add value to an asset are recorded with the fixed asset item to which they relate and are depreciated on the basis of the future residual useful life of the asset.

Leasehold improvements, such as to premises, shops and branches held under operating leases, are capitalised and depreciated over the shorter of the term of the lease and the useful life of the tangible asset installed.

The periods of depreciation are shown in the following table:

Asset type Years
Buildings, constructions and leasehold improvements 4-39
Plant and machinery 3-10
Industrial and commercial equipment 3-10
Motor vehicles 2.5-5
Computers and office machinery 2.5-5
Furniture and fittings 4-16
Other tangible fixed assets 4-10

2.12. Impairment of intangible fixed assets, tangible fixed assets, investments in associated companies and goodwill

The Group verifies the recoverable value of an asset whenever an impairment indicator exists and, for intangible fixed assets with an indefinite life, other tangible assets and goodwill, the assessment is carried out yearly. The recoverable value is defined as the higher of the asset's fair value less costs to sell and its value in use.

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (in an orderly transaction between market participants (at the measurement date).

Value in use is determined by reference to the present value of the future estimated cash flows that are expected to be generated by the continued use of an asset and its disposal at the end of its useful life, discounted using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the specific risks associated with the asset. Where the value in use of a single asset cannot be determined due to the fact that the asset does not generate independent cash flows, the value in use is estimated by reference to the cash-generating unit that the asset relates to.

With regard to goodwill, the impairment test is performed for the smallest cash-generating unit that the goodwill relates to and which is used by the Group to evaluate, either directly or indirectly, the return on the investment which includes the goodwill itself.

Impairment losses are recognised in the income statement when the carrying value of the asset is higher than its recoverable value. Except for goodwill, for which impairment losses cannot be reversed, when there is an indication that an impairment loss is no longer justified or may have decreased, the carrying value of the asset is adjusted to its recoverable value. The increased carrying value of an asset due to an impairment reversal does not, however, exceed the carrying value that the asset would have had (net of the write-down or depreciation) if the impairment had not been recognised in previous years. The reversal is immediately recognised in the income statement.

2.13. Financial assets (excluding derivatives)

Financial assets are initially recognised in the financial statements, at the transaction date, at their fair value. This value is increased by the transaction costs that are directly attributable to the purchase of the asset, excluding ancillary costs related to the purchase of financial assets held for trading that are recognised in the income statement when incurred.

Subsequent to initial recognition, the accounting treatment of financial assets depends on their functional destination:

  • financial assets held for trading, acquired for the purpose of generating short-term gains from price fluctuations, are measured at fair value and any gains and losses arising from the changes in fair value are included in the income statement;
  • receivables and loans represented by non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market are valued at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method and written down for impairment; any impairment losses are measured as the difference between the carrying amount of the receivable and the present value of estimated future cash flows based on the original effective interest rate of the financial asset; the amount of the impairment loss is charged to provision if it originated from revising an estimate, or is charged directly against the asset's carrying value in the event that it is related to a finally determined loss, and is recognised in the income statement. If in a subsequent period the amount of the impairment loss is reduced and such reduction can be objectively traced to an event occurring after the impairment was recognised, the impairment loss may be reversed up to its amortised cost by using provisions if it originated from revising an estimate, or it is charged directly against the asset's carrying value in the event that it is related to a finally determined loss, and is recognised in the income statement. Impairment losses are recognised where there are objective difficulties in recovering receivables, e.g. (i) financial difficulties experienced by the debtor, (ii) non-payment of several instalments under the contract and/or significantly delayed payment of instalments or (iii) the significant age of the receivables;
  • shares and other securities which do not fall into the above categories are classifed as financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss. Such classification is in line with the Group strategy which requires the return on such assets to be managed and measured at fair value.

Financial assets are derecognised from the financial statements when the related contractual rights expire, or when Amplifon S.p.A. substantially transfers all the risks and rewards of ownership associated with the financial asset. In the latter case the difference between the sale consideration and the net book value of the asset sold is recognised in the income statement.

2.14. Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of purchase or production cost and their net realizable value (represented by their open market value). Inventories are valued using the weighted average cost method.

2.15. Cash and cash equivalents and financial assets

The item cash and cash equivalents comprises liquid funds and financial investments with a maturity, at the acquisition date, of less than three months and for which there is an insignificant risk of a change in value. These financial assets are recorded at their nominal value.

2.16. Provisions for risks and charges

Provisions for risks and charges relate to costs and charges of a specific nature which are certain or probable and whose amount or timing is uncertain at the reporting date.

Provisions are recognised if the following conditions apply: (i) the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) that has arisen as a result of a past event; (ii) it is probable that the fulfilment of the obligation will require the use of resources which produce economic benefits; (iii) the amount can be estimated reliably.

The amount recognised as a provision in the financial statements represents the best estimate of the expenditure required by the company to settle the obligation at the reporting date or to transfer it to a third party.

When the time value of money is significant and the due dates of the obligations can be reliably estimated, the provision is discounted to its present value; when the provision is discounted, the increase in provision related to the passage of time is charged to the income statement as a financial charge.

Specifically:

  • the agents' leaving indemnity includes the estimate of amounts due to agents, calculated using actuarial methods and having regard to the probability that such amounts will be paid, as well as the expectations as to the time of payment;
  • the warranty and repair provision includes the estimate of costs for warranty services to be provided on products sold, calculated on the basis of historical/statistical data and the warranty period;
  • the provision for risks arising from legal disputes includes the estimate of charges relating to legal disputes with employees or agents, or associated with the provision of services.

2.17. Employees' benefits

Post-employment benefits are defined on the basis of pension plans, even if not formalised, which due to their characteristics can be classified as either defined-contribution or defined-benefit plans.

Under a defined-contribution plan the company's obligation is limited to the payment of the contributions agreed with the employees and it is determined on the basis of the contributions due at the end of the period, as reduced by any amounts already paid.

Under defined-benefit plans the liability recorded in the books is equal to: (a) the present value of the defined-benefit obligation at the reporting date; (b) plus any actuarial gains (minus any actuarial losses); (c) less any past service costs that have not yet been recorded; (d) less the fair value at the reporting date of plan assets (if any) out of which the obligations are to be settled directly.

Under defined-benefit plans, the cost charged to the income statement is equal to the algebraic sum of the following elements: (a) current service cost; (b) the financial charges arising from the increase in liability due to the passage of time; (c) the expected return on plan assets; (d) past service cost; (e) the effect of any curtailments or settlements under the plan.

Actuarial gains and losses are recognised in other comprehensive income.

Net financial charges on defined-benefit plans are recognised in profit or loss under financial income and charges.

2.18. Stock option and stock grant

The Group grants certain top executives and other beneficiaries who hold key positions within the Group the right to participate in share capital plans (stock options and stock grants).

Stock options plans are the equity settled; the beneficiary has the right to purchase Amplifon S.p.A. shares at a predefined price if certain conditions are met.

Stock grants are equity settled too and the beneficiary receives a free allotment of shares in Amplifon S.p.A. at the end of the vesting period (7 years).

For equity settled stock options and stock grants, the fair value is recognised in the income statement under personnel expenses over the period running from the date they are granted to the vesting date and a corresponding amount is recorded in a net equity reserve. The fair value of the stock options and stock grants is determined at the date they are granted, taking account of the market conditions at that date.

At each reporting date, the Group reviews the assumptions about the number of stock options and stock grants which are likely to be exercised and records the effect of any change in estimate in the income statement adjusting the corresponding net equity reserve. In the event that the stock options are exercised, the amount received from the exercise of the stock options at the strike price is recorded as an increase in share capital and in the share premium account.

In case of free stock allotment (i.e. "stock grant"), the corresponding increase in share capital is recognised at the end of the vesting period.

2.19. Financial liabilities (excluding derivatives)

Financial liabilities include financial payables, lease obligations and trade payables.

Financial payables are initially recognised at fair value less any directly attributable transaction costs. Lease obligations are initially recognised at the fair value of the operating assets that are the subject of the agreements or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum payments due. Trade payables are generally recorded at nominal value except in those cases where the fair value of the consideration significantly differs from the nominal value.

Subsequent to initial recognition, the financial liabilities are valued at the amortised cost; the difference between the initial book value and the repayment value is recognised in the income statement using the effective interest rate method.

When a financial liability is hedged against interest rate risk in a fair value hedge, any changes in fair value due to the hedged risk are not included in the calculation of the amortised cost. These changes are amortised starting from the moment fair value hedge accounting is discontinued (§ 2.23).

Financial liabilities are derecognised when the underlying obligation is extinguished, cancelled or fulfilled.

2.20. Revenues, interest income and dividends

Revenues are recognised on the basis of the fair value of the sale consideration agreed, net of discounts, reductions, returns, rebates and tax, if any. Revenues from the sale of products are recognised at the time when the Group transfers to the purchaser the risks and rewards of ownership, that is on transfer of title (which usually coincides with the dispatch or delivery of the products) or with the end of the trial period, if applicable.

Revenues are discounted to their present value and if the discounting effect is significant, the implicit financial element is separated, interest receivable being indicated separately. The financial element is allocated between the amount pertaining to the current year and future years, with the latter being accounted for as deferred income.

Revenues from services are recognised when the services are provided, based on the accrual method of accounting and based on the stage of completion of the transaction at the reporting date.

Interest income is recognised on the basis of the effective interest rate. Dividends are recognised when the shareholders' right to receive payment is established.

2.21. Current and deferred income taxes

Current income tax payables and receivables are recorded at the amount that is expected to be paid to/ received from the tax authorities at the rates enacted or substantially enacted, and the laws in force at the reporting date.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised on the temporary differences between the value of assets and liabilities in the financial statements and the corresponding tax bases.

Deferred income taxes are not recognised: (i) when they derive from the initial recognition of goodwill or of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a business combination and which, at the time of the transaction, does not affect either the accounting profit or the taxable profit /loss; (ii) when they relate to temporary differences related to investments in subsidiaries and joint ventures, where the reversal of temporary differences may be controlled and it is probable that it will not occur in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax assets, including those arising from unused tax losses and tax credits, are recorded only to the extent their recovery is highly probable.

Deferred tax assets are not discounted to present value and are calculated using tax rates that are expected to apply when the taxes are paid or settled in the respective countries where the Group operates.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are debited or credited directly to net equity if they relate to elements which are recognised directly in net equity. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded respectively under non-current assets and liabilities and are offset only when a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities exists and this will result in a lower tax charge. Moreover, when there is a legally enforceable right of set-off, deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset only if at the time of their reversal they will not generate any current tax asset or liability.

When an asset is revalued for tax purposes and the revaluation does not relate to an accounting revaluation of an earlier period, or to one that is expected to be carried out in a future period, deferred tax assets are recognised in the income statement on the temporary difference arising as a result of the revaluation.

2.22. Value added tax

Revenues, costs and assets are recognised net of valued added tax (VAT), except where VAT applied to the purchase of goods or services is non-deductible, in which case it is recognised as part of the purchase cost of the asset or as part of the expense recorded in the income statement.

The net amount of indirect tax on sales which may be recovered from/paid to the tax Authorities is included in the financial statements under other receivables or payables, depending on whether it is a debit or a credit balance.

2.23. Derivative financial instruments

The Group enters into derivative financial instruments for the purpose of neutralizing the financial risks it is exposed to and which it decides to hedge in accordance with its adopted strategy (see § 4).

The documentation which formalises the hedging relationship for the purpose of the application of hedge accounting includes the identification of:

  • hedging instrument;
  • hedged item or transaction;
  • nature of the risk;
  • methods that the company intends to adopt to assess the hedge effectiveness in offsetting the exposure to changes in the fair value of the hedged item or the cash flows associated with the risk that is hedged against.

On initial recognition these instruments are measured at fair value. On subsequent reporting dates the fair value of derivatives must be re-measured and:

  • (i) if these instruments fail to qualify for hedge accounting, any changes in fair value that occur after initial recognition are taken to profit and loss;
  • (ii) if these instruments qualify as fair value hedges, from that date any changes in the fair value of the derivative are taken to profit and loss; at the same time, any fair value changes due to the hedged risk are recorded as an adjustment to the book value of the hedged item and the same amount is recorded in the income statement; any ineffectiveness of the hedge is recognised in profit and loss in an item separate from that in which changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument and the hedged item are recognised;
  • (iii) if these instruments qualify as cash flow hedges, starting from that date, any changes in the fair value of the derivative are recognised in net equity, but only to the extent of the effective amount of the hedge, with the amount of any hedge ineffectiveness being recognised in the income statement; changes in the fair value of the derivative that are recognised in net equity are subsequently transferred to the income statement in the period in which the transaction that is hedged against affects the income statement; when the hedged item is the purchase of a non financial asset, changes to the fair value of the derivative taken to equity are reclassified and adjusted according to the purchase cost of the asset which is the hedged item (referred to as basis adjustment);
  • (iv) if these instruments qualify as hedges of net investment of a foreign operation, starting from that date any changes in the fair value of the derivative are adjusted as part of the "translation difference", to the extent of the effective amount of the hedge and the ineffective portion is charged to the income statement;
  • (v) hedging is carried out by the designated instrument, considered as a whole. In the case of options or forward contracts, however, only part of the derivative instrument is designated as the hedging instrument; the remainder is recognised in the income statement. More specifically, in the case of options, only the changes in fair value due to changes in the intrinsic value are designated as hedging instrument; conversely, fair value changes of options due to changes in the time value are recognised in the income statement and are not considered in the assessment of the hedge effectiveness. In the case of forward contracts, only changes in fair value due to changes in the spot rate are designated as a hedging instrument; conversely the fair value changes due to changes in the forward points are recognised in the income statement and are not considered in the assessment of the hedge effectiveness.

If the hedge becomes ineffective or the Group changes its hedging strategies, hedge accounting is discontinued. In particular, hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively when the hedge becomes ineffective or when there is a change in the hedging strategies.

If, in a fair value hedge, the hedged item is a financial instrument measured using the effective interest rate method, the adjustments made to the book value of the hedged item are amortised starting from the date when fair value hedge accounting is discontinued and the hedged item is no longer adjusted for fair value changes attributable to the hedged risk.

Financial instruments hedging exchange rate risk due to forecasted transactions and firm commitments are represented on the statement of financial position according to the cash-flow hedge accounting model.

Derivatives are recognised as assets if their fair value is positive and as liabilities if their fair value is negative. These balances are shown under assets or liabilities if related to derivatives which do not qualify for hedge accounting criteria, conversely they are classified according to the hedged item.

In particular, if the hedged item is classified as a current asset or liability, the positive or negative fair value of the hedging instrument is included under current assets or liabilities; if the hedged item is classified as a non-current asset or liability, the positive or negative fair value of the hedging instrument is included under non-current assets or liabilities.

2.24. Share capital, treasury shares, dividend distribution and other net equity items

Ordinary shares issued by the parent company Amplifon S.p.A. are classified as part of net equity. Any costs incurred to issue new shares, also following the exercise of stock option plans, are classified as a reduction in net equity.

Purchases and disposals of treasury shares, as well as any gains or losses on purchase/disposal, are recognised in the financial statements as changes in net equity. Dividends distributed to the shareholders are recorded as a reduction in net equity and as a liability of the period when the dividend payment is approved by the Shareholders' Meeting.

2.25. Earnings (loss) per share

Earnings per share are determined by comparing the Group's net profit to the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the accounting period. For the calculation of the diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of shares outstanding is adjusted assuming the conversion of all potential shares with a dilutive effect.

3. Financial risk management

With a view to structured management of treasury activities and financial risks, since 2012 the Group adopted a Treasury Policy which contains guidelines for the management of:

  • currency risk;
  • interest rate risk;
  • credit risk;
  • price risk;
  • liquidity risk.

Currency risk

This includes the following types:

  • foreign exchange transaction risk, that is the risk of changes in the value of a financial asset or liability, of a forecasted transaction or a firm commitment, changes due to exchange rate fluctuations;
  • foreign exchange translation risk, that is the risk that the translation of the assets, liabilities, costs and revenues relating to net investment in a foreign operation into the reporting currency gives rise to an exchange gain or loss.

In the Amplifon Group foreign exchange transaction risk is substantially limited in view of the fact that each country is largely autonomous in the management of its business, sustaining costs in the same currency as its income, with the exception of Israel, where purchases are made in Euros and US dollars.

The size, however, of the subsidiary with respect to the Group and the fact that the products purchased subject to currency risk represent only a small part of total costs, ensures that any significant currency volatility will not have a material impact on the subsidiary or the Group.

The foreign exchange transaction risk, therefore, derives primarily from intragroup transactions (mediumlong term and short term loans, charge-backs for intercompany service agreements) which result in currency risk for the companies operating in currencies other than that of the intragroup transaction. Additionally, investments in financial instruments denominated in a currency different from the investor's home currency can result in foreign exchange transaction risk. Foreign exchange translation risk arises from investments in the United States, United Kingdom, Switzerland, Hungary, Turkey, Poland, Israel, Australia, New Zealand, India, Egypt and Brazil.

The Group's strategy aims to minimize the impact of currency volatility on the income statement and calls for significant positions in foreign currency to be hedged against foreign exchange risk. These include: (i) bonds issued in US dollars by Amplifon S.p.A. and subscribed by Amplifon USA Inc, (ii) intercompany loans in currencies other than the Euro between Amplifon S.p.A. and the Group companies in the United Kingdom and Australia.

The intercompany loans between the Australian and New Zealand companies, between American and Canadian companies, as well as a loan granted by Amplifon S.p.A. to the English subsidiary, are considered equity investments as they are non-interest bearing and need not be repaid. The impact of changes in exchange rates is, therefore, recognized directly in the translation reserve without passing through the income statement.

The risks arising from other intragroup transactions (two loans granted to the Hungarian subsidiary and the Brazilian holding, as well as a loan granted to the Turkish subsidiary which was repaid in full in 2015) are not hedged as the amounts are not material.

In light of the above, during the year currency fluctuations did not result in significant foreign exchange gains or losses being recognized in the Amplifon Group's consolidated financial statements.

In accordance with the Group Treasury Policy foreign exchange translation risk was not hedged. The impact of the foreign exchange translation risk can be seen, as a whole, in the Group's Euro denominated EBITDA which rose 4.3 percentage points with respect to the Group's total EBITDA.

Currency risk - sensitivity analysis

The 2013-2015 private placement issued in US Dollars and equal to USD 130 million, is object of currency risk hedging. In particular, as a consequence of the derivative instruments in place, the Group could fix the Euro/Dollar exchange rate for the whole duration of the loan.

Therefore, it is reasonable to assume that any change in exchange rates will not give rise to a significant profit and loss effect as the foreign currency positions and the hedging derivatives will automatically generate changes of the same amount but of the opposite sign.

Similar considerations may be made with regard both intercompany loans denominated in currencies other than Euro between Amplifon S.p.A. and UK and Australia subsidiaries.

The intercompany loans existing between the companies in Australia and New Zealand, between American and Canadian companies as well as an intercompany loan granted by Amplifon S.p.A. to its UK affiliate, are considered equity investments insofar as they are not interest bearing and are not expected to be repaid. Any changes in exchange rates are, therefore, charged directly to the translation reserve without impacting the income statement.

As a consequence the sensitivity analysis of the above mentioned items is not disclosed. This analysis excludes receivables, payables and future commercial flows which have not been hedged since, as stated above, these are not significant.

Interest rate risk

Interest rate risk includes the following situations:

  • fair value risk, namely the risk that the value of a fixed rate financial asset or liability changes due to fluctuations in market interest rates;
  • cash flow risk, namely the risk that the future cash flows of a floating rate financial asset or liability fluctuate due to changes in market interest rates.

In the Amplifon Group fair value risk arises on the issue of fixed rate bonds (Private Placement and Eurobond). The cash flow risk derives from floating rate bank loans.

The Group's strategy is to minimize cash flow risk, especially with regard to long-term exposures, through a balanced mix of fixed and floating rate loans, evaluating over the life of the loan when, based on market rates, to convert floating into fixed rate debt. In any event, at least 50% of the debt must be hedged against interest rate risk. At 31 December 2015, the entire medium-term debt (€376 million) is linked to fixed rate capital market issues which to date have yet to be converted to floating rate debt as currently interest rates are low and the possibility that they will increase is limited. The risk, therefore, is that any conversions of debt from fixed to floating could result in financial costs that are, as a whole, higher with respect to the current fixed rate.

Interest rate risk - sensitivity analysis

As mentioned above, all the indebtedness generates interest at a fixed rate. More in detail:

  • the USD private placements are hedged against interest rate risk. As a result of the swaps, the Euro interest rate was set at 3.9% (average rate) for the different tranches of the 2013-2025 private placement (equal to USD 130 million);
  • the €275 million 5-year bond loan reserved for non-American institutional investors and listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange's Euro MTF issued on 16 July 2013 by Amplifon S.p.A. (Eurobond) has a coupon of 4.875%.

With respect to the remaining financial assets and liabilities at floating-rate the following table highlights the higher/lower income before tax arising from increases/decreases in interest rates.

In light of interest rate levels at 31 December 2015 (ECB Euro rate of 0.05%), sensitivity analysis considers an upside of 1% and a downside of - 0.25%.

(€ thousands)
2015 Note Balance as at
31 December
2015
Average
exposure
Increase/decrease
in interest
rates (in %)
Effect on profit
before tax
Current assets
Bank current accounts and short-term
bank deposits
12 195,934 160,310 1% 1,603
Current liabilities
Bank current accounts 23 (443) (1,712) 1% (17)
Short-term bank borrowings 23 (4,446) (4,955) 1% (50)
Total effect on profit before tax 1,536
Current assets
Bank current accounts and short-term
bank deposits
12 195,934 160,310 -0,25% (401)
Current liabilities
Bank current accounts 23 (443) (1,712) -0,25% 4
Short-term bank borrowings 23 (4,446) (4,955) -0,25% 12
Total effect on profit before tax (384)
(€ thousands)
2014 Note Balance as at
31 December
2015
Average
exposure
Increase/decrease
in interest
rates (in %)
Effect on profit
before tax
Current assets
Bank current accounts and short-term
bank deposits
12 210,454 152,498 1% 1,525
Current liabilities
Bank current accounts 23 (387) (1,362) 1% (14)
Short-term bank borrowings 23 (4,232) (2,752) 1% (28)
Total effect on profit before tax 1,484
Current assets
Bank current accounts and short-term
bank deposits
12 210,454 152,498 -0,25% (381)
Current liabilities
Bank current accounts 23 (387) (1,362) -0,25% 3
Short-term bank borrowings 23 (4,232) (2,752) -0,25% 7
Total effect on profit before tax (371)

Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk that the issuer of a financial instrument defaults on its obligations resulting in a financial loss for the holder/investor.

In the Amplifon Group credit risk arises from:

  • (i) sales made as part of ordinary business operations;
  • (ii) the use of financial instruments that require settlement of positions with other counterparties;
  • (iii) from the sale of Group-owned American stores to franchisees, with the payment spread over up to 12 years, following the transformation of the subsidiary Sonus's business model from the direct to the indirect channel;
  • (iv) from the loans granted to indirect channel and commercial partners in the United States and in Spain for investments and business development.

With regard to the risk under (i) above, the only positions with a high unit value are amounts due from Italian public-sector entities for which the risk of insolvency - while existing - is remote and further mitigated by the fact that they are factored without recourse, on a quarterly basis, by specialized factoring companies. Conversely, the credit risk arising from sales with private individuals based on instalment payment plans is increasing, as is that arising from sales to US indirect channel firms (wholesalers and franchisees). This credit risk, however, is spread out over a number of partners and the amount owed by any single partner does not exceed a few million US dollars. Due to typical business risks, some may not be able to honor their debts. This would result in higher working capital and credit losses. While each subsidiary is responsible for collection of receivables, the Group has set up a centralized system of monthly reporting relative to trade receivables in order to monitor the composition and due dates for each country, and shares credit recovery initiatives and policies with local management. With regard to private customers, who are largely paying cash, installment or financed sales have been limited to a maximum term of 12 months and, when possible, are managed by external finance companies which advance the whole amount of the sale to Amplifon. The situation of the indirect channel in the US is closely monitored by local management.

The risk referred to in (ii) above, notwithstanding the inevitable uncertainties linked to sudden and unforeseeable counterparty default, is managed by diversifying the main national and international investment grade financial institutions and through the use of specific counterparty limits with regard to both liquidity invested and/or deposited and to the notional amount of derivative contracts.The counterparty limits are higher if the counterparty has a Standard & Poor's and Moody's short term rating equal to at least A-1 and P-1, respectively. The Group's CEO and CFO may not carry out transactions with non-investment grade counterparties unless specifically authorized to do so.

With regard to the risk referred to in (iii) above, in the event payments fail to be made on the stores sold, ownership will revert back to Amplifon, while the loans made in the US referred to in (iv) above, are generally personally guaranteed by the beneficiaries and repayments are typically made when the invoices for the purchases of hearing aids are paid.

The credit rating of financial assets represented by S&P rating (short term for current items and long-term for the relevant items), is detailed below:

Rating S&P
(€ thousands) 31/12/2015 A-1+ A-1 A-2 A-3 B Others (*)
Non-current assets
Financial assets at fair value through
profit and loss
Note 8 29 29
Hedging instruments – long term Note 9 2,382 2,382
Current assets
Hedging instruments 451 56 133 256 6
Bank current accounts and short-term
bank deposits
Note 12 195,934 25,768 33,563 21,289 58,433 5,219 51,611
Cash on hand 780
Total cash and cash equivalents Note 12 196,714

(*) Other financial assets are primarily representative of investments in time deposits with unrated counterparties but that amply meet the minimum capital requirements by Banca d'Italia, and investments in money market liquidity funds mainly targeted towards bank deposits, usually with credit institutions having their registered office in an EU member state, that are repayable on demand and money market instruments and government Bonds of European Union.

Price risk

This arises from the possibility that the value of a financial asset or liability may change due to changes in market prices (other than those caused by currency or interest-rate fluctuations) whether these changes arise from specific characteristics of the financial asset or liability or the issuer of the financial liability, or are caused by market factors. This risk is typical of financial assets not listed on an active market, which may not be easily realised at a value close to their fair value.

In the Amplifon Group price risk arises from certain financial investments in listed instruments, mainly bonds. Given the size of these investments, this risk is not significant and is therefore not hedged.

Liquidity risk

This risk often arises from the possibility that an entity may have difficulty finding sufficient funds to meet its obligations. It includes the risk that the counterparties that have granted loans or lines of credit may request repayment.

This risk, which had become particularly significant, first as a result of the 2008 financial crisis and more recently as a result of the crisis involving the peripheral Euro zone countries' sovereign debt crisis and the single currency itself, still exists albeit smaller.

In this situation the Group continues to pay the utmost attention to cash flow and debt management, maximizing the positive cash flow from operations, while also monitoring credit lines in order to ensure adequate availability of irrevocable long term credit lines even though after the capital market transactions completed in 2013 debt is largely long term with the first significant portion falling due only as of mid-2018.

These activities, along with the liquidity, current redit lines and the positive cash flow that the Group continues to generate, lead us to believe that, at least in the short term, liquidity risk is not significant.

Hedging instruments

Hedging instruments are used by the Group exclusively to mitigate, in line with company strategy, interest rate and currency risk and comprise exclusively financial derivatives. In order to maximize the effectiveness of these hedges the Group's strategy calls for:

  • large counterparties with high credit ratings and transactions that fall within the limits determined in the treasury policy in order to minimize counterparty risk;
  • the use of instruments that match, to the extent possible, the characteristics of the risk hedged;
  • monitoring of the effectiveness of the instruments used in order to check and, possibly, optimize the structure of the instruments used to achieve the purposes of the hedge.

The derivatives used by the Group are generally plain vanilla financial instruments. More in detail, the types of derivatives used during the year include:

  • cross currency swaps;
  • interest rate swaps;
  • foreign exchange forwards.

On initial recognition these instruments are measured at fair value. At subsequent reporting dates the fair value of derivatives must be re-measured and:

  • (i) if these instruments fail to qualify for hedge accounting, any changes in fair value that occur after initial recognition are taken to profit and loss;
  • (ii) if these instruments subsequently qualify as fair value hedges, from that date any changes in the fair value of the derivative are taken to profit and loss; at the same time, any fair value changes due to the hedged risk are recorded as an adjustment to the book value of the hedged item and the same amount is recorded in the income statement; any ineffectiveness of the hedge is recognised in profit and loss;
  • (iii) if these instruments qualify as cash flow hedges, from that date any changes in the fair value of the derivative are taken to net equity; changes in the fair value of the derivative that are recognised in net equity are subsequently transferred to the income statement in the period in which the transaction that is hedged against affects the income statement; when the object of the hedge is the purchase of a non-financial asset, changes to the fair value of the derivative taken to net equity are reclassified to adjust the purchase cost of the asset hedged (so-called basis adjustment); any ineffectiveness of the hedge is recognised in profit and loss.

The Group's hedging strategy is reflected in the accounts as described above starting from the time when the following conditions are satisfied:

  • the hedging relationship, its purpose and the overall strategy are formally defined and documented; the documentation includes the identification of the hedging instrument, the hedged item, the nature of the risk to be neutralised and the procedures whereby the entity will assess the effectiveness of the hedge;
  • the effectiveness of the hedge may be reliably assessed and there is a reasonable expectation, confirmed by ex post evidence, that the hedge will be highly effective for the period in which the hedged risk is present;
  • if the hedged risk is that there may be changes in cash flow arising from a future transaction, the latter is highly probable and has exposure to changes in cash flow that could affect profit and loss.

Derivatives are recognised as assets if their fair value is positive and as liabilities if their fair value is negative. These balances are shown under assets or liabilities if related to derivatives which do not qualify for hedge accounting, conversely they are classified consistently with the hedged item.

In detail, if the hedged item is classified as a current asset or liability, the positive or negative fair value of the hedging instrument is included under current assets or liabilities; if the hedged item is classified as a non-current asset or liability, the positive or negative fair value of the hedging instrument is included under non-current assets or liabilities.

The Group does not have in place any hedges of a net investment.

Reconciliation table

The following table illustrates the link between items reported on the statement of financial position and the categories of financial instrument defined by IAS 39 and IFRS 7.

31 December 2015
(€ thousands) Included in net financial position Excluded from net financial position
Total Amortised
cost
Fair Value
Net equity
Fair Value
through
PL
Amortised
cost
Fair Value
through
PL
Fair Value
Net
Equity
Consolidated statement
of financial position
Loans and
receivables
Fin. liab. at
amortised
cost
Cash flow
hedge
derivatives
Fair value
hedge
no HA
Loans and
receivables
Fin. liab. at
amortised
cost
FA/FL
AFS
Non hedge
derivatives
Cash flow
hedge
derivatives
Non-current assets
Financial assets measured
at FV through PL
Note 8 29 29
Other assets Note 8 36,069 36,069
Hedging instruments Note 9 11,526 18,516 (6,990)
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents Note 12 196,714 196,714
Trade receivables Note 11 111,727 111,727
Other receivables Note 11 34,068 34,068
Hedging instruments Note 9 451 451
Non-current liabilities
Financial liabilities Note 15 (394,152) (70) (395,538) 1,456
Hedging instruments Note 9 -
Payables for business
acquisitions
Note 18 (5,450) (5,450)
Other long-term debt Note 18 (2,600) (2,600)
Trade payables
Payables for business
acquisitions
Note 19 (113,343) (113,343)
Other long-term debt Note 20 (4,581) (4,581)
Hedging instruments Note 20 (130,407) (130,407)
Financial lease liabilities Note 9 (6) (6)
Financial payables Note 23 (14,205) (7,058) (7,888) 741
Total 184,136 (408,007) 18,516 444 179,264 (241,553) 29 - (6,990)
Total net financial
position
(204,911)
31 December 2014
(€ thousands) Included in net financial position Excluded from net financial position
Total Amortised
cost
Fair Value
Net equity
Fair Value
through
PL
Amortised
cost
Fair Value
through
PL
Fair Value
Net
Equity
Consolidated statement
of financial position
Loans and
receivables
Fin. liab. at
amortised
cost
Cash flow
hedge
derivatives
Fair value
hedge
no HA
Loans and
receivables
Fin. liab. at
amortised
cost
FA/FL
AFS
Non hedge
derivatives
Cash flow
hedge
derivatives
Non-current assets
Financial assets measured
at FV through PL
Note 8 4,512 4,512
Other assets Note 8 32,399 32,399
Hedging instruments Note 9 7,568 2,433 5,135
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents Note 12 211,124 211,124
Trade receivables Note 11 109,355 109,355
Other receivables Note 11 33,059 33,059
Hedging instruments Note 9 467 467
Non-current liabilities
Financial liabilities Note 15 (438,719) (247) (440,819) 2,346
Hedging instruments Note 9 (8,773) 6,183 (14,956)
Payables for business
acquisitions
Note 18 (10,034) (10,034)
Other long-term debt Note 18 (250) (250)
Non-current liabilities
Trade payables Note 19 (101,788) (101,788)
Payables for business
acquisitions
Note 20 (1,692) (1,692)
Other long-term debt Note 20 (123,667) (123,667)
Hedging instruments Note 9 (362) (362)
Financial lease liabilities (823) (823)
Financial payables Note 23 (13,971) (5,087) (9,561) 677
Total 194,933 (452,073) 8,616 105 174,563 (222,432) 4,512 - (9,821)
Total net financial
position
(248,417)

Key:

Fin. liab. at amortised cost: financial liabilities at amortised cost

FA/FL AFS available for trading: financial assets/liabilities available for trading

FA/FL designated at FV: financial assets/liabilities designated at fair value Fair value through net equity: fair value recognised directly in net equity

Fair value hierarchy levels and financial instruments measurement techniques

At 31 December 2015, the Amplifon Group held the following financial instruments measured at fair value:

  • financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss: this item includes investments in bonds and other listed securities made by the subsidiary Amplinsure RE AG (formerly Amplinsure RE AG) which was performing reinsurance activity. The change against the comparison period is linked to the gains realized on portfolio assets following the liquidation of the company in order to transfer the assets to a protected cell company, a special vehicle company with segregated assets and liabilities registered in Malta. The fair value of these instruments at the reporting date is determined on the basis of stock exchange prices on the last trading day;
  • hedging derivatives: these are instruments not listed in official markets; entered into for the purpose of hedging interest-rate and/or currency risk. The fair value of these instruments is determined by the dedicated department using valuation models based on market-derived inputs such as forward interest-rate curve, exchange rates, etc. (source: Bloomberg). The measurement technique adopted is the discounted cash flow approach. Own risk and counterparty risk (credit/debit value adjustments) were taken into account when calculating fair value. These credit/debit value adjustments were determined based on market information such as the value of CDSs (Credit Default Swaps) in order to determine the counterparty risk of individual banks and the yield to maturity of the Eurobond when determining Amplifon's risk and taking into account the mutual break close where present.

The following table shows the fair value measurement on the basis of a hierarchy reflecting the level of significance of the data used for the valuation.

This hierarchy consists of the following levels:

    1. quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities;
    1. input data other than the above quoted prices, but which can be observed directly or indirectly in the market;
    1. input data on assets or liabilities not based on observable market data.
2015 2014
(€ thousands) Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
Assets
Financial assets at fair
value through profit
and loss
Note 8 29 29 4,512 4,512
Hedging instruments
- Long-term Note 9 11,526 11,526 7,568 7,568
- Short-term Note 9 451 451 466 466
Liabilities
Hedging instruments
- Long-term Note 9 (8,773) (8,773)
- Short-term Note 9 (6) (6) (362) (362)

There were no transfers between the levels during the period.

4. Segment information

In accordance with IFRS 8 "Operating Segments", the schedules relative to each operating segment are shown below.

The Amplifon Group's business (distribution and personalization of hearing solutions) is organized in three specific geographical areas which comprise the Group's operating segments: Europe, Middle East and Africa - EMEA - (Italy, France, The Netherlands, Germany, the United Kingdom, Ireland, Spain, Portugal, Switzerland, Belgium, Luxemburg, Hungary, Malta, Egypt, Turkey, Poland and Israel), Americas (USA, Canada and Brazil) and Asia-Pacific (Australia, New Zealand and India). The Group also operates via centralized Corporate functions (Corporate bodies, general management, business development, procurement, treasury, legal affairs, human resources, IT systems, global marketing and internal audit) which do not qualify as operating segments under IFRS 8. These areas of responsibility, which coincide with the geographical areas (the Corporate functions are recognized under EMEA), represent the organizational structure used by management to run the Group's operations. The reports periodically analyzed by the Chief Executive Officer and Top Management are divided up accordingly, by geographical area.

Performances are monitored and measured for each operating segment/geographical area, through operating profit including amortization and depreciation (EBIT), along with the portion of the results of equity investments in associated companies valued using the equity method. Financial expenses are not monitored insofar as they are based on corporate decisions regarding the financing of each region (own funds versus borrowings) and, consequently, neither are taxes.

Items in the statement of financial position are not analyzed by managerial segment, but are measured and monitored on an overall Group level. The income statement and statement of financial position are prepared using the same methods and accounting standards used to draw up the consolidated financial statements.

With regard to the tables shown below, beginning this year and in accordance with the change made to the reports analyzed by the Chief Executive Officer and the Group's Top Management, corporate overhead is shown separately in the column "Corporate".

Statement of Financial Position as at 31 December 2015 (*)

(€ thousands) EMEA AMERICAS APAC ELIM. CONSOLIDATED
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Goodwill 250,714 74,125 247,311 - 572,150
Intangible fixed assets with finite useful life 61,082 14,556 65,775 - 141,413
Tangible fixed assets 83,666 3,466 15,543 - 102,675
Investments valued at equity 1,433 - - - 1,433
Financial assets measured at fair value
through profit and loss
29 - - - 29
Hedging instruments 11,526 - - - 11,526
Deferred tax assets 37,160 1,117 2,466 - 40,743
Other assets 4,673 40,091 336 - 45,100
Total non-current assets 915,069
Current assets
Inventories 26,983 262 1,711 - 28,956
Receivables 103,091 38,323 6,877 (2,496) 145,795
Hedging instruments 451 - - - 451
Cash and cash equivalents 196,714
Total current assets 371,916
TOTAL ASSETS 1,286,985
LIABILITIES
Net Equity 500,165
Non-current liabilities
Medium/long-term financial liabilities 394,152
Provisions for risks and charges 23,760 23,817 830 - 48,407
Liabilities for employees' benefits 13,806 175 1,590 - 15,571
Hedging instruments - - - - -
Deferred taxes 15,223 23,564 16,908 - 55,695
Payables for business acquisitions 5,384 66 - - 5,450
Other long-term debt 2,216 15 369 - 2,600
Total non-current liabilities 521,875
Current liabilities
Trade payables 67,532 37,219 11,080 (2,488) 113,343
Payables for business acquisitions 4,515 66 - - 4,581
Other payables 107,140 3,546 19,729 (8) 130,407
Hedging instruments 6 - - - 6
Provisions for risks and charges 1,378 - - - 1,378
Liabilities for employees' benefits 937 88 - - 1,025
Short-term financial liabilities 14,205
Total current liabilities 264,945
TOTAL LIABILITIES 1,286,985

(*) The balance sheet items are not subject to analysis based on specific managerial responsibilities but are measured and monitored by the CEO and the Top Management at total Group level. Therefore, they are listed here only for the purposes to disclose on geographical area. The Corporate functions are located in the Area EMEA.

Statement of Financial Position as at 31 December 2014 (*)

(€ thousands) EMEA AMERICAS APAC ELIM. CONSOLIDATED
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Goodwill 219,994 67,325 247,503 - 534,822
Intangible fixed assets with finite useful life 53,212 12,386 69,510 - 135,108
Tangible fixed assets 76,354 3,829 16,005 - 96,188
Investments valued at equity 1,357 - 643 - 2,000
Financial assets measured at fair value
through profit and loss
4,512 - - - 4,512
Hedging instruments 7,568 - - - 7,568
Deferred tax assets 40,857 782 3,014 - 44,653
Other assets 4,439 40,997 326 - 45,762
Total non-current assets 870,613
Current assets
Inventories 26,917 312 1,461 - 28,690
Receivables 104,091 32,240 6,871 (788) 142,414
Hedging instruments 467 - - - 467
Cash and cash equivalents 211,124
Total current assets 382,695
TOTAL ASSETS 1,253,308
LIABILITIES
Net Equity 443,222
Non-current liabilities
Medium/long-term financial liabilities 438,719
Provisions for risks and charges 19,404 20,385 780 - 40,569
Liabilities for employees' benefits 14,074 181 1,456 - 15,711
Hedging instruments 8,773 - - - 8,773
Deferred taxes 12,709 21,143 18,146 - 51,998
Payables for business acquisitions 5,282 2,444 2,308 - 10,034
Other long-term debt - 12 238 - 250
Total non-current liabilities 566,054
Current liabilities
Trade payables 65,650 28,587 8,329 (778) 101,788
Payables for business acquisitions 1,692 - - - 1,692
Other payables 98,376 4,164 21,137 (10) 123,667
Hedging instruments 362 - - - 362
Provisions for risks and charges 978 - - - 978
Liabilities for employees' benefits 678 74 - - 752
Short-term financial liabilities 14,793
Total current liabilities 244,032
TOTAL LIABILITIES 1,253,308

(*) The balance sheet items are not subject to analysis based on specific managerial responsibilities but are measured and monitored by the CEO and the Top Management at total Group level. Therefore, they are listed here only for the purposes to disclose on geographical area. The Corporate functions are located in the Area EMEA.

Income Statement - FY 2015 (*)

(€ thousands) EMEA AMERICAS APAC CORPORATE ELIM. CONSOLIDATED
Revenues from sales and services 688,057 198,494 146,897 529 - 1,033,977
Operating costs (584,907) (161,460) (101,364) (27,922) - (875,653)
Other income and costs 711 4,005 2,070 67 - 6,853
Gross operating profit by segment
(EBITDA)
103,861 41,039 47,603 (27,326) - 165,177
Amortisation, depreciation and
impairment
Amortisation (10,341) (3,715) (7,128) (3,387) 619 (23,952)
Depreciation (21,277) (716) (4,188) - (619) (26,800)
Impairment and impairment
reversals of non-current assets
(607) (69) (2,743) - - (3,419)
(32,225) (4,500) (14,059) (3,387) - (54,171)
Operating result by segment 71,636 36,539 33,544 (30,713) - 111,006
Financial income, charges and
value adjustments to financial
assets
Group's share of the result of
associated companies valued
at equity
53 - 73 - - 126
Other income and charges,
impairment and revaluations
of financial assets
1,461
Interest income and charges (23,337)
Other financial income and charges (388)
Exchange gains and losses 2,681
Gain (loss) on assets measured
at fair value
(3,452)
(22,909)
Net profit (loss) before tax 88,097
Current and deferred income tax
Current income tax (39,313)
Deferred tax (2,072)
(41,385)
Total net profit (loss) 46,712
Minority interests (93)
Net profit (loss) attributable
to the Group
46,805

(*) For the purpose of reporting on economic data by geographical area note that the corporate structures are placed in EMEA .

Income Statement - FY 2014 (*)

(€ thousands) EMEA AMERICAS APAC CORPORATE ELIM. CONSOLIDATED
Revenues from sales and services 617,687 140,932 132,312 - - 890,931
Operating costs (525,136) (113,695) (93,560) (19,670) (63) (752,124)
Other income and costs (1,532) 649 (192) (127) 63 (1,139)
Gross operating profit by sector
(EBITDA)
91,019 27,886 38,560 (19,797) - 137,668
Amortisation, depreciation
and impairment
Amortisation (10,082) (3,312) (6,668) (1,946) - (22,008)
Depreciation (19,134) (426) (4,544) - (324) (24,428)
Impairment and impairment
reversals of non-current assets
(468) - (148) (324) 324 (616)
(29,684) (3,738) (11,360) (2,270) - (47,052)
Operating result by sector 61,335 24,148 27,200 (22,067) - 90,616
Financial income, charges and
value adjustments to financial
assets
Group's share of the result of
associated companies valued
at equity
20 - 181 - - 201
Other income and charges,
impairment and revaluations
of financial assets
472
Interest income and charges (20,549)
Other financial income and charges (2,436)
Exchange gains and losses 1,860
Gain (loss) on assets measured
at fair value
(3,608)
(24,060)
Net profit (loss) before tax 66,556
Current and deferred income tax
Current income tax (17,002)
Deferred tax (3,109)
(20,111)
Total net profit (loss) 46,445
Minority interests (30)
Net profit (loss) attributable
to the Group
46,475

(*) The 2014 figures, in line with the specific management responsibilities and with a corresponding change in reporting periodically analyzed by the CEO and the Top Management of the Group, have been reclassified to separately expose central costs that were previously reported in EMEA. For the purpose of reporting on economic data by geographical area note that the corporate structures are placed in EMEA.

5. Acquisitions and Goodwill

During 2015 the Group continued its external growth with a series of acquisitions of small regional chains for a total of 120 among shops and touch-points, on top of some client lists, with aim to increase the geographic coverage with a particular focus on Germany and France. Moreover, the Group acquired full control of Amplifon Poland Sp.z o.o. already owned with a stake equal to 63%.

More in detail:

  • 60 stores were acquired in Germany;
  • 41 points of sale and a customer list relating to one store were acquired in France;
  • 3 stores were acquired in Belgium;
  • a customer list relating to one store was acquired in Switzerland;
  • 100% of Bon Ton Hearing & Speech Ltd was acquired in Israel (already 8.9% held) which manages 3 stores;
  • 4 stores were acquired in Spain;
  • 3 stores were acquired in Canada;
  • customer lists relating to 5 stores in Oklahoma and 4 stores in Indiana were purchased in the United States;
  • the remaining shares of Dilworth Hearing Limited that manages six stores in Auckland and Hamilton, already 40% held, were purchased in New Zealand.

The total investment amounted to €41,073 thousand, including the debt consolidated and the best estimate of the earn-out linked to sales and profitability targets payable over the next few years.

The table below summarises all the acquisitions made throughout 2015 (amounts in € thousand):

Company
name
Date Location Total
purchase
price
Cash
acquired
Financial
debts
acquired
Total
cost
Expected
annual
turnover(*)
Contribution
to turnover
from the
purchase date
Mailo Audition 05/01/2015
01/04/2015
France
Canada
Northern Sound Hearing Clinic (FSJ) Ltd. 01/04/2015 Canada
Northern Sound Hearing Clinic (1998) Ltd.
Dilworth Hearing Limited
01/04/2015 New
Zealand
Dilworth Hearing Takapuna Limited 01/04/2015 New
Zealand
Dilworth Hearing Hamilton Limited 01/04/2015 Nuova
Zelanda
DB 5 01/05/2015 France
101028922 Saskatchewan Ltd. 01/05/2015 Canada
MC Audition 01/06/2015 France
Abeille Audition 01/07/2015 France
Audivi SPRL 01/07/2015 Belgio
Bon Ton Hearing & Speech Ltd 14/08/2015 Israel
LCA Audition 01/10/2015 France
Audition Spa SPRL 01/10/2015 Belgio
Chablais Audition 06/11/2015 France
Atout Audition 01/12/2015 France
Audition Carlier 02/12/2015 France
Marie Françoise Payrard 04/12/2015 France
Total share deals 12,890 (**) 1,238 1,630 13,282 12,801 7,208
Das Ohr Hörgeräte GmbH 01/01/2015 Germany
Hörakustik Birgit Reinhardt 01/01/2015 Germany
Hörgeräte Heinen 01/01/2015 Germany
Hörstudio Ingrid Siefken 01/01/2015 Germany
Braunberger Hörgeräte GmbH 01/01/2015 Germany
Weigmann GmbH 01/02/2015 Germany
Hörgeräte Weigmann Salzgitter GmbH 01/02/2015 Germany
Hörgeräte Weigmann Weserbergland GmbH 01/02/2015 Germany
Hörinstitut Sandra Malz e.K. 01/02/2015 Germany
Hörgeräte Enderle-Ammour GmbH 01/03/2015 Germany
Optik Gerber GmbH 01/04/2015 Germany
Optique Colin 22/04/2015 France
Hörakustik Bohn e.K. 01/05/2015 Germany
Hörgeräte Susanne Koch GmbH 01/05/2015 Germany
Audarmor 26/05/2015 France
Ihr Hörengel Stefan Spath 01/06/2015 Germany
Hörwelt Raschke 01/06/2015 Germany
MB Hörsysteme 01/06/2015 Germany
Correction Auditive Jean-Christophe Noël 01/06/2015 France
Better Sound Hearing Aid Service 15/06/2015 United States
Hörgeräte Sommer GbR 01/07/2015 Germany
Hörgeräte Brenninger 01/07/2015 Germany
Amplifon Genk (A. Moons) 01/07/2015 Belgium
Correction Auditive de l'Eure 20/07/2015 France
Wilhelm Böckhoff GmbH 01/09/2015 Germany
Steinmeier KG 01/09/2015 Germany
Steinmeier Akustik und Optik GmbH 01/09/2015 Germany
Beaurepaire 22/09/2015 France
Isidro Perez Audioprotesico SL 30/09/2015 Spain
Opale Audition 01/10/2015 France
Terzo-Zentrum Frankfurt GmbH 12/10/2015 Germany
AEI Hearing, Inc 12/10/2015 United States
Jose Maria Oca de Arias 02/11/2015 Spain
Hörwerk GmbH 03/11/2015 Germany
Kurpfalz Hören GmbH & Co. KG 04/11/2015 Germany
Commonweath Hearing, LLC 15/11/2015 United States
La Correction auditive PE Duvoisin SA 11/12/2015 Switzerland
Total asset deals
Total
27,791
40,681
1,238 1,630 27,791
41,073
19,894
32,695
8,130
15,338

(*) Annual turnover is the best available estimate of the turnover of the firm or business acquired. Information on the turnover of the acquired firm or business since the beginning of the period is not available.

(**) The item "Total purchase price" includes the considerations, equal to €835 thousands, paid to obtain the full control of the company Amplifon Poland Sp.z o.o. (Poland) already owned with a stake equal to 63%.

A summary of the book values and fair values of assets and liabilities, deriving from the provisional allocation of the purchase price due to business combinations, is provided in the following table.

(€ thousands) EMEA Americas APAC (*) Total (*)
Cost of acquisitions of the period 33,522 3,359 4,638 41,519
Assets and liabilities acquired – Book value
Current assets 2,347 278 314 2,939
Current liabilities (4,669) (298) (742) (5,709)
Net working capital (2,322) (20) (428) (2,770)
Other intangible and tangible assets 1,132 67 321 1,520
Provisions for risks and charges (3,165) - - (3,165)
Other non-current assets and liabilities 111 4 - 115
Non-current assets and liabilities (1,922) 71 321 (1,530)
Net invested capital (4,244) 51 (107) (4,300)
Minority interests - - (130) (130)
Net financial position (445) (339) 403 (381)
NET EQUITY ACQUIRED - BOOK VALUE (4,689) (288) 166 (4,811)
DIFFERENCE TO BE ALLOCATED 38,211 3,647 4,472 46,330
ALLOCATIONS
Customer lists 11,323 1,676 1,404 14,403
Deferred tax assets 1,995 5 17 2,017
Deferred tax liabilities (3,523) (200) (393) (4,116)
Total allocations 9,795 1,481 1,028 12,304
Total
good
will
28,416 2,166 3,444 34,026

(*) The item "APAC" and the item "Total" include, in addition to the consideration for the purchase of 60% of the shares of the Dilworth Hearing Limited Group described above, also the impacts of the application of the IFRS 3R with regard to step up acquisitions equal to €1,673 thousands that represented the fair value at the purchase date of the already owned stake equal to 40%. The item "Total purchase price" includes the considerations, equal to €835 thousands, paid to obtain the full control of the company Amplifon Poland Sp.z o.o. (Poland) already owned with a stake equal to 63%.

The variations of goodwill and of the amounts booked as such as a consequence of the acquisitions performer during the period are highlighted in the table below.

(€ thousands) Net carrying
value at
31/12/2014
Business
combinations
Disposals Impairment Other net
changes
Net carrying
value at
31/12/2015
Italy 576 - - - (36) 540
France 58,094 5,808 - - - 63,902
Iberian Peninsula 23,975 - - - - 23,975
Hungary 1,026 - - - (1) 1,025
Switzerland 11,918 - - - 1,308 13,226
The Netherlands 32,781 - - - - 32,781
Belgium and Luxembourg 9,305 139 - - - 9,444
Germany 61,778 22,437 - - - 84,215
Poland 217 - - - - 217
United Kingdom and Ireland 15,729 - - - 964 16,693
Turkey 1,057 - - - (8) 1,049
Israel 3,538 32 - - 77 3,647
USA and Canada 64,877 2,166 - - 7,082 74,125
Brazil 2,448 - - - (2,448) -
Australia and New Zealand 245,072 3,444 - - (1,205) 247,311
India 2,431 - - (2,620) 189 -
Total Goodwill 534,822 34,026 - (2,620) 5,922 572,150

Business combinations contains the provisional allocation to goodwill of the portion of the purchase price not directly attributable to the fair value of the assets and liabilities, but which reflects the expectations of obtaining a positive contribution in terms of free cash flow for an indefinite period.

The item "impairment" refers to value reductions of the goodwill booked in India in 2012 with the acquisition of "Beltone" shops performed on the basis of the results of the impairment test that highlighted the impossibility to recover the amount with future cash flows.

The item "other net changes ", which is almost entirely related to positive differences in exchange rates, includes the amount of €2,127 thousand relating to the cancellation of goodwill booked in November 2014 with the acquisition of the Brazilian subsidiary. The latter was also determined on the basis of a certain future deferred payment amount to be paid to the seller on the basis of expected results and projected by the seller. Further analysis led to restate the future payment amount due and this has led to the cancellation of temporary allocation of goodwill and the payable connected to the deferred payment.

An analysis for the determination of the goodwill's recoverable value assigned to each of the cash generating units to which it refers to such cash generating units coincide with the markets in which the Group operates. The detail of the goodwill assigned to each market is presented in the table at the beginning of the paragraph.

All cash generating units (CGUs) were tested for impairment determining the value in use using the discounted cash flow (DCF) method net of tax, thus aligned with the post-tax discount rates used.

With regard to Brazil, despite the elimination of goodwill described above, an impairment test was, nonetheless carried out, in order to verify the recoverability of the net value of the subsidiary's other intangible assets.

The CGUs' value in use was determined by discounting estimated future cash flows based on the three year business plan (2016-2018). In particular situations when, due to significant changes in regulations or the business model, the third year no longer reflects full capacity and cannot reasonably be used as a basis for the perpetual growth model, the impairment test was based on a five-year plan.

In the United Kingdom, in light of the difficulties unique to this market and the losses recorded by the English subsidiary, a premiere consultancy was asked to examine the business plan in order to ensure that the underlying assumptions were reasonable and prudent.

The DCF calculation assumed a weighted average cost of capital and used a discount rate that reflected the estimated current cost of borrowing taking into account, through the use of an adequate increase in "Beta" as described below, the specific risks of each CGU and the risk that the plan targets are not fully met.

In accordance with international best practices, "Beta" (the measure of financial asset's systemic risk), was determined based on the data found in a well-known international database relative to the sector "medical products and services".

The perpetual growth rate for each country was adjusted to reflect the International Monetary Fund's forecast for inflation in 2019. Where impairment testing is based on periods of 5 years, the forecasts for 2021 were used.

Italy France The
Netherlands Germany
Belgium and
Luxembourg
Swiss Iberian
Peninsula
UK USA Hungary Oceania India Turkey Poland Israel Brasil Egypt
Growth rate 1.2% 1.4% 1.5% 1.7% 1.5% 1.0% 1.4% 2.0% 2.0% 3.0% 2.4% 4.8% 6.0% 2.5% 1.9% 4.5% 7.0%
WACC (*)
2015
7.56% 6.84% 6.87% 6.60% 6.77% 6.87% 7.75% 10.35% 7.91% 8.97% 9.24% 16.50% 16.67% 9.03% 7.95% 20.59% 13.23%
Cash flow 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 5 3 3 3 5 3 3 3 5 3
time horizon years years years years years years years years years years years years years years years years years
WACC 2014 5.38% 6.77% 7.21% 6.17% 5.17% 5.95% 6.07% 9.13% 6.36% 10.17% 8.07% 12.98% 14.41% 9.32% 6.18% n/a n/a

(*) WACC: weighted average cost of capital.

A sensitivity analysis was also carried out to determine the changes in values of underlying assumptions, which after considering any consequent changes to the other variables used make the CGU's recoverable value equal to its book value.

This analysis, shown in the table below, showed that only significant deviations from the business targets, in interest rates and perpetual growth rates, would reduce recoverable value to a level close to book value for all the CGUs, with the sole exception of the UK where the margin for deviations was lower.

Negative % changes growth
rate expected on the basis
of each business plan which
would make the CGU's
recoverable value equal to its
book value
Negative % changes in cash
flow expected on the basis
of each business plan which
would make the CGU's
recoverable value equal to
its book value
% changes in the discount
rates which would make the
CGU's recoverable value
equal to its book value
Italy > 100% 95.0% > 100%
France 24.0% 73.0% 15.0%
The Netherlands 5.0% 44.0% 4.1%
Germany 6.9% 47.0% 5.4%
Belgium and Luxembourg 79.0% 85.0% 29.0%
United Kingdom 1.4% 17.0% 0.9%
Switzerland > 100% 90.0% 46.0%
Iberian Peninsula 11.9% 61.0% 8.5%
United States 57.0% 82.0% 26.0%
Hungary 46.0% 78.0% 22.0%
Oceania 7.4% 46.0% 5.8%
India n/a(*) n/a(*) n/a(*)
Poland 29.9% 61.0% 15.0%
Israel 15.0% 65.0% 10.0%
Turkey 53.0% 67.0% 15.0%
Brazil 10.4% 45.0% 6.0%

(*) The impairment test gave a negative result, therefore the goodwill was completely written down, since there were no other intangible fixed assets and as a consequence the sensitivity analysis are not applicable.

6. Intangible fixed assets

(€ thousands) Historical
cost at
31/12/2014
Accumulated
amortisation and
write-downs at
31/12/2014
Net book
value at
31/12/2014
Historical
cost at
31/12/2015
Accumulated
amortisation and
write-downs at
31/12/2015
Net book
value at
31/12/2015
Software 67,232 (46,432) 20,800 77,302 (54,375) 22,927
Licenses 9,411 (7,572) 1,839 9,992 (8,365) 1,627
Non-competition
agreements
4,765 (4,765) - 3,684 (3,684) -
Customer lists 162,359 (86,407) 75,952 178,612 (100,357) 78,255
Trademarks and
concessions
32,350 (10,085) 22,265 31,946 (12,644) 19,302
Other 20,402 (8,979) 11,423 18,884 (5,814) 13,070
Fixed assets in progress
and advances
2,829 - 2,829 6,232 - 6,232
Total 299,348 (164,240) 135,108 326,652 (185,239) 141,413

The following table shows the changes in intangible fixed assets:

(€ thousands) Net book
value at
31/12/2014
Investments Disposals Amortisation Business
combinations
Impairment Other net
changes
Net book
value at
31/12/2015
Software 20,800 5,999 (17) (6,941) 13 (6) 3,079 22,927
Licenses 1,839 548 - (788) 7 - 21 1,627
Non-competition
agreements
- - - - - - - -
Customer lists 75,952 - (19) (12,202) 14,403 (69) 190 78,255
Trademarks and
concessions
22,265 - - (2,690) - - (273) 19,302
Other 11,423 2,880 (835) (1,331) 143 (30) 820 13,070
Fixed assets in
progress and
advances
2,829 4,346 (30) - - (38) (875) 6,232
Total 135,108 13,773 (901) (23,952) 14,566 (143) 2,962 141,413

The variation of the item "Business combinations" is detailed as follows:

  • for €11,474 thousands to the temporary allocation of the considerations paid for the acquisitions made in EMEA;
  • for €1,676 thousands to the temporary allocation of the consideration of one acquisition made in the Americas;
  • for €1,416 thousands to the temporary allocation of the consideration related to the acquisitions made in Asia Pacific.

The increase in intangible assets in the period is primarily attributable to:

  • investments in IT infrastructures and to new implementations on shops' systems and sales support systems, with specific regard to the front office systems;
  • activities performed in the scope of the joint investment with the American franchisee aimed at the renewal and relocation of shops.

The item "Other net changes" refers to the exchange rate changes that occurred during the period.

7. Tangible fixed assets

(€ thousands) Historical
cost at
31/12/2014
Accumulated
amortisation and
write-downs at
31/12/2014
Net book
value at
31/12/2014
Historical
cost at
31/12/2015
Accumulated
amortisation and
write-downs at
31/12/2015
Net book
value at
31/12/2015
Land 162 - 162 162 - 162
Buildings, constructions
and leasehold
improvements
103,334 (64,522) 38,812 115,835 (75,551) 40,284
Plant and machines 30,778 (24,038) 6,740 33,685 (25,976) 7,709
Industrial and commercial
equipment
38,184 (25,326) 12,858 40,648 (27,039) 13,609
Motor vehicles 5,619 (3,168) 2,451 6,588 (3,410) 3,178
Computers and office
machinery
33,571 (26,347) 7,224 35,507 (28,043) 7,464
Furniture and fittings 68,245 (44,179) 24,066 74,639 (49,391) 25,248
Other tangible fixed assets 3,536 (2,391) 1,145 4,148 (3,032) 1,116
Fixed assets in progress
and advances
2,730 - 2,730 3,905 - 3,905
Total 286,159 (189,971) 96,188 315,117 (212,442) 102,675

The following table shows the changes in tangible fixed assets:

(€ thousands) Net book
value at
31/12/2014
Investments Disposals Amortisation Business
combinations
Impairment Other net
changes
Net book
value at
31/12/2015
Land 162 - - - - - - 162
Buildings, constructions
and leasehold
improvements
38,812 9,608 (739) (10,316) 383 (364) 2,900 40,284
Plant and machines 6,740 2,425 (23) (2,078) 507 (42) 180 7,709
Industrial and
commercial equipment
12,858 3,871 (25) (2,909) 41 (134) (93) 13,609
Motor vehicles 2,451 1,907 (88) (1,262) 18 (2) 154 3,178
Computers and office
machinery
7,224 2,838 (17) (3,607) 83 (25) 968 7,464
Furniture and fittings 24,066 6,961 (25) (6,235) 220 (66) 327 25,248
Other tangible fixed
assets
1,145 301 (4) (393) 105 (16) (22) 1,116
Fixed assets in progress
and advances
2,730 6,417 (43) - - (7) (5,192) 3,905
Total 96,188 34,328 (964) (26,800) 1,357 (656) (778) 102,675

The investments of the period refer primarily to the enlargement of the network with the opening of new shops and to the existing shops' renewal program on the basis of the concept store. This programme includes expenditure on opening, renovating and in some cases relocating stores under the Group's strategy of increasing customer focus and increasing operative efficiency.

The increase of "Business combinations" in the period, equal to €1,357 thousands is detailed below:

  • for €981 thousands to the to the temporary allocation of the price related to the acquisitions made in the EMEA region;
  • for €67 thousands to the temporary allocation of the price related to the acquisition made in the Americas region;
  • for €309 thousands to the temporary allocation of the purchase price related to the acquisitions made in the Asia Pacific region.

The amount related to "impairment" is primarily due to the shops' renewal and relocation activity described above.

"Other net changes" are primarily attributable to the variations of exchange rate occurred during the period.

8. Other non-current assets

(€ thousands) 31/12/2015 31/12/2014 Change
Financial assets measured at fair value through profit and loss 29 4,512 (4,483)
Financial long-term receivables 11,726 11,773 (47)
Deposits and other restricted amounts 24,343 20,626 3,717
Other non-current assets 9,031 13,363 (4,332)
Total 45,129 50,274 (5,145)

The financial assets valued at fair value through profit and loss, until the first quarter of 2015, were primarily composed of investments in obligations and other listed securities performed by the controlled company Amplium RE AG (previously Amplinsure RE AG) that performed reinsurance activities in the Dutch market.

The variation against the previous period is due to the liquidation of the above mentioned company to transfer the activity to a protected cell company (a special vehicle company with segregated assets and liabilities registered in Malta).

Non-current financial assets refer largely to the loans granted by American subsidiaries to franchisees in order to support investment and development in the United States.

Security deposits and other secured amounts refer for €23,940 thousand to contributions made to the pension plans benefitting commercial partners in the United States.

The other long-term assets include €4,418 thousand (€8,627 thousand in the comparison period) related to the medium/long-term portion of the amounts payable to the American subsidiaries for the sale of freehold stores to franchisees. The decrease in these receivables against the comparison period is linked to both the repayment of debt by a partner following early termination of a commercial relationship with Amplifon and the reclassification of short-term debt net of new loans granted.

Both long-term financial receivables and other non-current assets are discounted when the interest rate applied differs from the market rate.

9. Derivatives and hedge accounting

The following table shows the fair values of the derivatives outstanding at the end of the comparative period and at the reporting date giving separately the fair value of those derivatives that qualify as fair value hedges and cash flow hedges and those that do not qualify for hedge accounting.

(€ thousands) Fair value 31/12/2015 Fair value 31/12/2014
Type Assets (Liabilities) Assets (Liabilities)
Fair value hedge - - - -
Cash flow hedge 11,526 - 7,568 (8,773)
Total hedge accounting 11,526 - 7,568 (8,773)
Non hedge accounting 451 (6) 467 (362)
Total 11,977 (6) 8,035 (9,135)

Cash Flow Hedges

In 2015, cash flow hedging transactions involved the following financial risks:

  • currency and interest rate risk relating to the last tranche of the USD 70 million 2006-2016 private placement until the 13th of May 2015, when the whole tranche has been repaid, before the agreed dates;
  • currency and interest rate risk relating to the USD 130 million 2013-2025 private placement.
(€ thousands) Fair value
31/12/2015
Fair value
31/12/2014
Purpose of hedging Hedged risk Assets (Liabilities) Assets (Liabilities)
Private placement 2006-2016 Exchange rate and interest rate - - 7,568 (4,832)
Private placement 2013-2025 Exchange rate and interest rate 11,526 - - (3,941)
Total 11,526 - 7,568 (8,773)

The following table details the gains or losses from the derivatives currently in place and the impact on the statement of financial position of the cash flow hedge reserve. Amounts are shown before the tax effect.

(€ thousands) Recognised
in net equity
(Debit)/Credit
Reclassified to the
income statement -
Effective portion
(Loss) Gain
Reclassified
to the income
statement -
Ineffective
portion
(Loss) Gain
1/1/2014 - 31/12/2014 13,385 20,014 (139)
1/1/2015 - 31/12/2015 23,826 20,094 280

The maturity of the hedges is in line with the duration of the item hedged. Please refer to Note 15 for details.

Non hedge accounting derivatives

Non-hedge accounting derivatives comprise forwards hedging the exchange risk on intragroup loans denominated in currencies other than the Euro between Amplifon S.p.A. and subsidiaries in the UK and Australia. The instruments mature in January 2016.

10. Inventories

(€ thousands) 31/12/2015 31/12/2014
Cost Obsolescence
provision
Net Cost Obsolescence
provision
Net
Goods 33,619 (4,741) 28,877 34,257 (5,567) 28,690
Work-in-progress 78 - 78 - - -
Total 33,697 (4,741) 28,956 34,257 (5,567) 28,690

The movements in the provision for obsolescence for inventories in the year are as follows:

(€ thousands)
Balance at 31/12/2014 (5,567)
Provision (921)
Utilization 1,794
Business combination -
Translation differences and other movements (47)
Balance at 31/12/2015 (4,741)

11. Receivables

(€ thousands) 31/12/2015 31/12/2014 Change
Trade receivables 111,593 109,216 2,377
Trade receivables - Subsidiaries 100 64 36
Trade receivables Parent company 32 71 (39)
Trade receivables - Associated companies and joint ventures 2 4 (2)
Total trade receivables 111,727 109,355 2,372
Tax receivables due to tax consolidation – Parent company - 3,069 (3,069)
Other tax receivables 10,122 9,462 660
Total tax receivables 10,122 12,531 (2,409)
Other receivables 12,229 9,677 2,552
Non-financial prepayments and accrued income 11,717 10,851 866
Total 34,068 33,059 1,009
Trade receivables 145,795 142,414 3,381

Trade receivables

The breakdown of trade receivables is detailed in the table below:

(€ thousands) 31/12/2015 31/12/2014 Change
Trade receivables 126,134 122,068 4,066
Sales returns provision (7,825) (6,175) (1,650)
Allowance for doubtful accounts receivables (6,716) (6,677) (39)
Total 111,593 109,216 2,377

All the other receivables have payment term of between 30 and 120 days and there is no significant concentration of credit risk.

The current year movements in the allowance for doubtful accounts are as follows:

(6,677)
(3,814)
583
3,452
(5)
(255)
(6,716)

The face value of the factoring without recourse transactions carried out in the year amounted to €45,411 thousand and net proceeds to €44,289 thousand (versus €47,452 thousand and €46,047 thousand, respectively, at 31 December 2014). The transactions relate to receivables generated in the year and, therefore, did not have a significant impact on the comparison of working capital with the prior year.

Tax receivables

Tax receivables, amounted to €10,122 thousand and include:

  • €6,598 thousand of VAT and other indirect tax receivables. Factoring without recourse of VAT receivables amounted to €17,243 thousand with net proceeds reaching €16,789 thousand (€14,057 thousand and €13,639 thousand, respectively, at December 31, 2014);
  • €2,900 thousand in tax advances;
  • €614 thousand in withholding taxes.

Other receivables

Other receivables amounted to €12,229 thousand and include:

  • the current portion of the amounts owed to the US companies for the sale of freehold stores to franchisees and the loans granted to franchisees for store renovation, capital expenditure and development of the US market which amounted to €4,728 thousand;
  • advances paid suppliers which amounted to €902 thousand.

Non-financial accrued income and prepaid expenses

This item refers primarily to prepaid rent of €2,912 thousand, advertising expenses of €3,095 thousand, services of €1,170 thousand and insurance premiums of €1,288 thousand.

12. Cash and cash equivalents

31/12/2015 31/12/2014 Change
130,640 122,162 8,478
40,163 78,267 (38,104)
25,131 10,024 15,107
780 671 109
196,714 211,124 (14,410)

Cash and cash equivalents are deposited with top rated banks (refer to the table in Section 3) and earn interest at market rates.

13. Share capital

At 31 December 2015 the fully paid in and subscribed share capital consisted of 225,497,697 ordinary shares with a par value of €0.02.

At 31 December 2014 share capital was made up of 224,601,851 shares. The increase recorded in the period is due to the exercise of 895,846 stock options, equivalent to 0.4% of the share capital.

Implementation of the buyback program approved during the Shareholders' Meetings held on 16 April 2014 and on 21 April 2015 continued in the period. The purpose of the program is to increase treasury shares in order to service stock-based incentive plans, as well as ensure the availability of treasury shares to use as a form of payment for acquisitions. As resolved by the shareholders, the treasury shares may be purchased on one or more occasions on a revolving basis for up to a total number of new shares, which together with the treasury shares already held and in accordance with the law, amounts to 10% of the company's share capital. The purchase price of the shares may not be 10% higher or lower than the stock price registered at the close of the trading session prior to each single purchase.

In 2015 957,000 shares were purchased at an average price of €6.897 as part of this program.

A total of 1,946,375 of the performance stock grant rights assigned in 2011 vested in the period and 600,000 rights assigned to the Chief Executive Officers Franco Moscetti (300,000 of which were assigned in 2012 and 300,000 in 2014) vested in advance on 22 October 2015 in accordance with the agreements reached relating to the transition in the Group's leadership. N. 12,550 of the rights assigned in April 2013 were also exercised and vested in advance in accordance with the agreements reached with an exiting employee.

A total of 2,113,250 rights were exercised, as a result of which the Company transferred the same number of treasury shares to the beneficiaries.

The treasury shares held at 31 December 2015, therefore, now total 6,263,750 or 2.78% of the Company's share capital.

Following are disclosed the information relating to treasury shares, arising from purchases made in the years 2005, 2006, 2007, 2014, 2015 and from the sales during 2015.

Average purchase price
(Euro)
Total amount
N. of shares Selling price (Euro) (Euro)
Total at 31 December 2014 7,420,000 6.273 46,547
Purchases 957,000 6.897 6,601
Disposals made following exercise of performance stock grants
Assigned January 2011
(828,333)
Disposals made following exercise of performance stock grants
Assigned April 2011
(672,417)
Disposals made following exercise of performance stock grants
Assigned March 2012 to CEO (vested in advance)
(300,000) 6.345 (13,408)
Disposals made following exercise of performance stock grants
Assigned April 2014 to CEO (vested in advance)
(300,000)
Disposals made following exercise of performance stock grants
Assigned April 2013
(12,500)
Total at 31 December 2015 6,263,750 6.345 39,740

14. Net financial position

In accordance with the requirements of the Consob communication dated 28 July 2006 and in compliance with the CESR (now ESMA) Recommendation of 10 February 2005 "Recommendations for the consistent implementation of the European Commission's Regulation on Prospectuses", the Group's net financial position at 31 December 2015, was as follows:

(€ thousands) 31/12/2015 31/12/2014 Change
Liquid funds (196,714) (211,124) 14,410
Payables for business acquisitions 4,581 1,692 2,889
Other short term loans- third parties (including current portion) 967 468 499
Other financial payables 13,978 15,002 (1,024)
Non hedge accounting derivative instruments (443) (105) (338)
Short-term financial position (177,631) (194,067) 16,436
Private placement 2006-2016 - 57,656 (57,656)
Private placement 2013-2025 119,408 107,075 12,333
Eurobond 2013-2018 275,000 275,000 -
Finance lease obligations 1,130 1,088 42
Other medium/long-term debt 70 247 (177)
Hedging derivatives (18,516) (8,616) (9,900)
Medium/long-term acquisition payables 5,450 10,034 (4,584)
Net medium and long-term indebtedness 382,542 442,484 (59,942)
Net financial indebtedness 204,911 248,417 (43,506)

In order to reconcile the above items with the statutory statement of financial position, we detail the breakdown of the following items:

Long-term loans, the private placement 2013-2025, the Eurobond and finance lease obligations are shown in the statutory statement of financial position:

a. under the caption "Medium/long-term financial liabilities" described in § 15 of the explanatory notes for the long-term portion.

31/12/2015
119,408
275,000
1,130
70
(1,456)
394,152

b. under the item "financial payables", described in § 23 of the explanatory notes for the current portion.

(€ thousands) 31/12/2015
Short term debt 12,777
Current portion of finance lease obligations 1,201
Short-term financial liabilities 13,978
Other short term debt (including current portion of other long- term debt) 967
Loan, private placement 2013-2025 and Eurobond fees (740)
Financial liabilities 14,205

All the other items in the net financial indebtedness table correspond to items in the statement of financial position schedule.

The long/medium term portion of the net financial position reached €382,542 thousand at 31 December 2015 versus €442,484 thousand at 31 December 2014, an improvement of €59,942 thousands primarily due to the early reimbursement of the private-placement 2006-2016 occurred in the month of May.

As a consequence of the impact of such operation on the cash availabilities, the short-term net financial position registered a negative variation equal to €16,436 thousands going from a positive amount of €194,067 thousands at 31 December 2014 to an amount, always positive, equal to €177,631 thousands at 31 December 2015.

15. Financial liabilities

Long-term financial liabilities break down as follows:

(€ thousands) 31/12/2015 31/12/2014 Change
Private placement 2006-2016 - 57,656 (57,656)
Private placement 2013-2025 119,408 107,075 12,333
Eurobond 2013-2018 275,000 275,000 -
Loan, private placement 2013-2025 and Eurobond 2013-2018 fees (1,456) (2,347) 891
Other medium long term debt 70 247 (177)
Finance lease obligations 1,130 1,088 42
Total medium/long-term financial liabilities 394,152 438,719 (44,567)
Short term debt 14,205 14,793 (588)
- of which loan, private placement 2013-2025 and Eurobond 2013-2018 fees (740) (677) (63)
- of which current-portion of lease obligations 1,201 822 379
Total short-term financial liabilities 14,205 14,793 (588)
Total financial debt 408,357 453,512 (45,155)

Main long-term financial liabilities are detailed below.

Eurobond 2013-2018

A €275 million 5-year bond loan reserved for non-American institutional investors and listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange's Euro MTF market issued on 16 July 2013.

Issue Date Debtor Maturity Face Value
(/000)
Fair Value
(/000)
Nominal
interest
rate Euro
16-Jul-13 Amplifon S.p.A. 16-Jul-18 275,000 297,395 4.875%
Total in Euro 275,000 297,395 4.875%

Private placement 2013-2025

A USD 130 million private placement made in the USA by Amplifon USA and guaranteed by Amplifon S.p.A. and other Group subsidiaries.

Issue Date Issuer Maturity Currency Face Value
(/000)
Fair value
(/000)
Nominal
interest
rate (*)
Euro Interest
rate after
hedging (**)
16-Jul-13 Amplifon USA 31- Jul -20 USD 7,000 7,789 3.85% 3.39%
30-May-13 Amplifon USA 31- Jul -20 USD 8,000 9,542 4.46% 3.90%
31-Jul-13 Amplifon USA 31- Jul -20 USD 13,000 14,496 3.90% 3.42%
31- Jul-13 Amplifon USA 31- Jul -20 USD 52,000 62,216 4.51% 3.90%-3.94%
31- Jul-13 Amplifon USA 31- Jul -20 USD 50,000 61,919 4.66% 4.00%-4.05%
Total 130,000 155,962

(*) The rate applied if the Group's net debt/ EBITDA ratio is less than 2.75x. Above this level a step-up of 25 bps will be applied. When the ratio exceeds 3.25x but is less than or equal to 3.5x. an additional step-up of 25 bps will kick-in. If the ratio exceeds 3.50x an additional step-up of 75 bps will be applied.

(**) The hedging instruments that determine the interest rate as detailed above, are also fixing the exchange rate at 1.2885, the total equivalent of the bond resulting in €100,892 thousands.

On 13 May 2015 the last tranche of the USD 70 million Private Placement 2006-2016 issued on 2 August 2006 with institutional investors by Amplifon U.S.A. Inc., was repaid in advance (with respect to the original expiration date of 2 August 2016).

As a result of this transaction a make whole payment of €4,265 thousand was made. This amount corresponds to the interest that would have been payable to investors in the period beginning from the early repayment date through the natural expiration of the private placement (2 August 2016) and calculated by applying a contractual discount of 50 bps to future interest payments plus a reinvestment rate of 36 bps.

Following this operation, almost all Group's financial debt is placed in the long term, with the first significant reimbursement due in 2018.

(€ thousands)
Debtor Nominal Average Repayments Short Medium
Repayments amount and
maturity
date
rate
2015/360
Amount at
31/12/14
Exchange
rate effect
as at
31/12/2015
New
loans
Business
combinations
Amount at
31/12/2015
term
portion
and LT
portion
Eurobond EUR 275,000 4.88% 275,000 - - - - 275,000 - 275,000
Bullet 16/7/2018 16/07/2018
Private placement USD 70,000 6.41% 57,656 5,435 (63,091) - - - -
Amplifon 2006-2016
Instalments at 2/8/2016
02/08/2016
Private placement USD 7,000 3.85% 5,766 664 - - - 6,430 - 6,430
2013-2025
Amplifon USA (*)
Instalments at 31/1
and 31/7
from 31/1/2014
31/07/2020
Private placement USD 8,000 4.46% 6,589 759 - - - 7,348 - 7,348
2013-2025
Amplifon USA (*)
Instalments at 31/1
and 31/7
from 31/1/2014
31/07/2023
Private placement USD 13,000 3.90% 10,708 1,233 - - - 11,941 - 11,941
2013-2025
Amplifon USA (*)
Instalments al 31/1
and 31/7
dal 31/1/2014
31/07/2020
Private placement USD 52,000 4.51% 42,830 4,933 - - - 47,763 - 47,763
2013-2025 Amplifon
USA (*)
Instalments at 31/1
and 31/7
from 31/1/2014
31/07/2023
Private placement USD 50,000 4.66% 41,182 4,744 - - - 45,926 - 45,926
2013-2025 Amplifon
USA (*)
Instalments at 31/1
and 31/7
from 31/1/2014
31/07/2025
TOTAL LONG
TERM DEBT
439,731 17,768 (63,091) - - 394,408 - 394,408
Other 773 (78) (423) 208 - 480 410 70
TOTAL 440,504 17,690 (63,514) 208 - 394,888 410 394,478

(*) Considering the effect of the interest rate and currency hedges disclosed above, the total Euro equivalent of the private placement 2013-2025 is €100,892 thousand.

The following table shows the maturities of medium/long-term debt at 31 December 2015 based on contractual obligations:

(€ thousands) Private placement
2013-2025 (*)
Eurobond
2013-2018
Other Total
2017 410 410
2018 275,000 70 275,070
2020 15,522 15,522
2023 46,566 46,566
2025 38,804 38,804
Total 100,892 275,000 480 376,372

(*) Amounts related to the private placement are reported at the hedging exchange rate.

Covenants:

The USD 130 million private placement 2013-2025 (equal to €100.9 million including the fair value of the currency hedges which set the Euro/USD exchange rate at 1.2885) is subject to the following covenants:

  • the ratio of Group net financial indebtedness to Group shareholders' equity must not exceed 1.5;
  • the ratio of net financial indebtedness to EBITDA in the last four quarters (determined based solely on recurring business and restated if the Group's structure should change significantly) must not exceed 3.5.

In the event of relevant acquisitions, the above ratios may be increased to 2.0 and 4.0, respectively, for a period of not more than 12 months, 2 times over the life of the loan.

At 31 December 2015 these ratios were as follows:

Value
Net financial indebtedness/Group net equity 0.41
Net financial indebtedness/EBITDA for the last 4 quarters 1.21

In determining the above mentioned ratios, the EBITDA value has been determined on the basis of restated figures, in order to include the main changes in the Group structure:

(€ thousands)
Group EBITDA 2015 165,177
EBITDA normalised ( from acquisitions and disposals) 665
Acquisitions and non recurring costs 3,357
EBITDA for covenant calculation 169,199

The two private placements are also subject to other covenants applied in current international practice which limit the ability to issue guarantees and complete sale and lease back, as well as extraordinary, transactions.

The €275 million Eurobond, due in 2018 and issued in July 2013, is not subject to any covenants nor is the remaining €0.5 million in long term debt, including the short term portion.

16. Provisions for risks and charges (medium/long term)

(€ thousands) 31/12/2015 31/12/2014 Change
Product warranty provision 11,130 7,722 3,408
Contractual risks 1,552 1,772 (220)
Agents' leaving indemnity 33,869 29,786 4,083
Other risk provisions 1,856 1,289 567
Total 48,407 40,569 7,838
(€ thousands) Net value at
31/12/2014
Provision Reversals Utilisation Other
net
changes
Translation
differences
Business
combinations
Net value at at
31/12/2015
Product warranty
provision
7,722 4,511 (284) (4,014) - 37 3,158 11,130
Contractual risks 1,772 658 (235) (717) 72 2 - 1,552
Agents' leaving
indemnity
29,786 2,168 (454) - - 2,369 - 33,869
Other risk
provisions
1,289 383 (50) (124) 363 (6) 1 1,856
Total 40,569 7,720 (1,023) (4,855) 435 2,402 3,159 48,407

The "contractual risk provision" refers to the risk of claims from employees and agents, as well as those arising from the supply of services.

Agents' leaving indemnity mainly comprises the agents' leaving indemnity provision recognised in Amplifon SpA's separate financial statements amounting to €9,216 thousand and equivalent provisions in the US and Belgian subsidiaries amounting to €23,818 thousand and €835 thousand respectively.

The main assumptions used in the actuarial calculation of the agents' leaving indemnity of Amplifon S.p.A were:

FY 2015
Economic assumptions
Annual discount rate 1.39%
Demographic assumptions
Probability of agency contract termination by the company 2.70%
Probability of agent's voluntary termination 8.25%
Mortality rate RG48
Disability percentage INPS tables divided by age and sex

17. Liabilities for employees' benefits (medium/long term)

(€ thousands) 31/12/2015 31/12/2014 Change
Defined-benefit plans 11,698 11,889 (191)
Other defined-benefit plans 3,806 3,714 92
Other provisions for personnel 67 109 (42)
Total 15,571 15,712 (141)

Provisions for defined-benefit plans include mainly the severance pay potentially owed by the Parent Company, as well as severance owed by the Swiss subsidiaries.

The way in which these benefits are guaranteed varies based on the legal, tax and economic conditions of each country in which the Group operates.

The change in the provision for defined-benefit plans is detailed below:

(€ thousands) FY 2015
Net present value of the liability at the beginning of the year (11,889)
Current service cost (72)
Financial charges (23)
Business combinations -
Actuarial losses (gains) 329
Amounts paid 699
Translation differences (742)
Net present value of the liability at the end of the year (11,698)

It should be noted that the current cost of severance indemnity is recognised under personnel expense in the consolidated financial statements, while actuarial gains and losses are recognised, in the other comprehensive income.

Italy Switzerland
FY 2015 FY 2014 FY 2015 FY 2014
Economic assumptions
Annual discount rate 1.39% 0.91% 0.90% 1.20%
Expected annual inflation rate 1.50% 2016
1.80% 2017
1.70% 2018
1.60% 2019
and 2.00% from 2020
onward
0.60% 2015
1.20% 2016
1.50% 2017 and 2018
1.00% 1.00%
Annual rate of increase of severance
indemnity
2.625%
2016
2.850%
2017
2.775%
2018
2.700%
2019
and
3.000% from 2020
onward
1.950% 2015
2.400% 2016
2.625% 2017 and 2018
2.00% 2.00%
Demographic assumptions 3.000% from 2019
onward
Mortality rate RG48 mortality tables
published by the
General Accounting
Office of the State
RG48 mortality tables
published by the General
Accounting Office
of the State
BVG 2010 GT
tables
BVG 2010 GT tables
Disability percentage INPS tables divided by
age and sex
INPS tables divided by
age and sex
BVG 2010 GT
tables
BVG 2010 GT tables
Retirement age 100% on meeting
the requirements for
compulsory national
social insurance
100% on meeting
the requirements for
compulsory national
social insurance
100% on meeting
the requirements
for compulsory
national social
insurance
(65m/60f)
100% on meeting
the requirements for
compulsory national
social insurance
(65 m/60f)

The main assumptions used in the actuarial estimate of the liability for employee benefits were as follows:

The sensitivity analysis performed with a change of economic variables (above detailed) of 0.25% shows no material impacts.

Provisions for other benefits are explained primarily by:

  • for €1,591 thousand, the payment of mandatory seniority benefits in Australia;
  • for €2,010 thousand, the other severance benefits payable upon termination in France that are similar to the "trattamento di fine rapporto" or "TFR" in Italy.

18. Other long-term liabilities

(€ thousands) 31/12/2015 31/12/2014 Change
Payables for business acquisitions 5,450 10,034 (4,584)
Other long-term debt 2,600 250 2,350
Total 8,050 10,284 (2,234)

Acquisition liabilities include the estimate of the contingent consideration to be paid if certain sales and/or profit targets are reached for acquisitions made in Germany and France (acquisitions of various companies and business divisions), in Switzerland (Micro-Electric Hörgeräte AG), in Turkey (Makstone Isitme Ürünleri Perakende Satis A.S.), in Israel (Medtechnica Ortophone Ltd) and in Canada (Northern Sound Hearing Clinic Ltd.).

19. Trade payables

(€ thousands) 31/12/2015 31/12/2014 Change
Trade payables – Associated companies 3 - 3
Trade payables – Joint venture 245 121 124
Trade payables – Related parties 1,496 1,142 354
Trade payables – Third parties 111,599 100,525 11,074
Total 113,343 101,788 11,555

Trade payables do not bear interest and are paid within 60 to 120 days.

20. Other payables

(€ thousands) 31/12/2015 31/12/2014 Change
Other payables 75,785 67,850 7,935
Accrued expenses and deferred income 36,587 36,047 540
Tax payables 18,035 19,770 (1,735)
Total other debt 130,407 123,667 6,740
Payables for business acquisitions 4,581 1,692 2,889
Total 134,988 125,359 9,629

The other payables mainly comprise: (i) €5,162 thousand relating to customer down-payments; (ii) €15,221 thousand relating to social security liabilities; (iii) €30,814 thousand liabilities to personnel; and (iv) €13,065 thousand relating to commission due to agents.

Accrued expenses and deferred income include €29,379 thousand relating to deferred income from after-sales services and guarantees.

Payables for business acquisitions refer to the current portion of the contingent consideration (earn-out) to be paid upon reaching certain sales and/or profitability targets relative to the acquisitions made in France and Germany (various acquisitions of companies and business units), Poland (Amplifon Poland Sp.z o.o.), Turkey (Makstone Isitme Ürünleri Perakende Satis A.S.), Switzerland (Micro-Electric Hörgeräte AG and La Correction auditive PE Duvoisin SA), Belgium (Audivi SPRL, Audition Spa SPRL and Moons), and Canada (Northern Sound Hearing Clinic Ltd.).

Tax payables include mainly: (i) €9,740 thousand in direct taxes; (ii) €4,351 thousand in withholding taxes; (iii) €3,566 thousand in VAT and other indirect taxes.

21. Provisions for risks and charges (current portion)

(€ thousands) 31/12/2015 31/12/2014 Change
Other provisions for risks 1,378 978 400
Total 1,378 978 400

The other risk provisions mainly include premium reserves of the company Amplifon Cell which conducts reinsurance activities and the costs allocated for the restoration of the shops at the end of the lease period.

22. Liabilities for employees' benefits (current portion)

(€ thousands) 31/12/2015 31/12/2014 Change
Liabilities for employees benefits- current portion 1,025 752 273
Total 1,025 752 273

This item mainly includes the current portion of long-term incentive for some employees of the Group.

23. Short-term financial debt

(€ thousands) 31/12/2015 31/12/2014 Change
Bank current accounts 443 387 56
Short-term bank borrowings 4,447 4,232 215
Current portion of long-term debts 410 182 228
Current portion of finance lease obligations 1,201 822 379
Payables to banks and other financing 6,501 5,623 878
Current portion of fees on loans (740) (677) (63)
Short-term financial debt 557 286 271
Financial accrued expenses and deferred income 7,887 9,561 (1,674)
Total 14,205 14,793 (588)

For the current portion of medium and long term loans refer to § 15.

Accrued expenses and deferred income of €7,887 thousand relate to the interest owed on the Eurobond (€6,171 thousand) and the 2013-2025 private placement (€1,690 thousand).

24. Deferred tax assets and liabilities

The net balance of deferred tax assets and liabilities at 31 December 2015 was as follows:

(€ thousands) 31/12/2015 31/12/2014 Change
Deferred tax assets 40,743 44,653 (3,910)
Deferred tax liabilities (55,695) (51,998) (3,697)
Net position (14,952) (7,345) (7,607)

The changes of deferred tax assets and liabilities during the year, without considering the balances compensations, are detailed below

Deferred tax assets

(€ thousands) Balance at
31/12/2014
Recognised
in PL
Recognised in
net equity
Businesses
combinations
and changes in
consolidation
area
Exchange
differences and
other changes
Balance at
31/12/2015
Deferred tax on severance
indemnity and pension funds
2,265 277 (58) - 792 3,276
Deferred tax on tax losses carried
forward
7,590 216 - 82 (199) 7,689
Deferred tax on tangible fixed
assets
2,212 (484) - 1,913 (423) 3,218
Deferred tax on trademarks and
concessions
18,832 (3,431) - - - 15,401
Deferred tax on other provisions 8,374 (635) - 22 (29) 7,732
Other deferred tax 5,380 (817) (1,127) - (9) 3,427
Total 44,653 (4,874) (1,185) 2,017 132 40,743

The change in deferred tax assets presented in profit and loss includes the impairment of the deferred tax assets booked in Italy and equal to €1,693 thousands as a consequence of the reduction of "IRES" from 27.5% to 24% starting from 2017 and approved by the Italian Parliament in December 2015.

Deferred tax liabilities

(€ thousands) Balance at
31/12/2014
Recognised in
PL
Recognised in
net equity
Businesses
combinations
and changes in
consolidation
area
Exchange
differences and
other changes
Balance at
31/12/2015
Deferred tax on severance
indemnity and pension funds
(4) (7) - - (31) (42)
Deferred tax on tangible and
intangible fixed assets
(45,573) 2,000 - (4,116) (2,353) (50,042)
Deferred tax on trademarks and
concessions
(6,403) 767 - - 75 (5,561)
Deferred tax on other provisions (7) 34 - - (75) (48)
Other deferred tax (11) 9 - - - (2)
Total (51,998) 2,803 - (4,116) (2,384) (55,695)

The net change in deferred tax assets and liabilities is provided below:

(€ thousands) Balance at
31/12/2014
Recognised in
PL
Recognised in
net equity
Businesses
combinations
and changes in
consolidation
area
Exchange
differences and
other changes
Balance at
31/12/2015
Deferred tax on severance
indemnity and pension funds
2,261 270 (58) - 761 3,234
Deferred tax on tax losses carried
forward
7,590 216 - 82 (199) 7,689
Deferred tax on tangible and
intangible fixed assets
(43,361) 1,516 - (2,203) (2,776) (46,824)
Deferred tax on trademarks and
concessions
12,429 (2,664) - - 75 9,840
Deferred tax on other provisions 8,367 (601) - 22 (104) 7,684
Other deferred tax 5,369 (809) (1,127) - (9) 3,424
Total (7,345) (2,072) (1,185) (2,099) (2,252) (14,952)

Deferred tax assets on prior-year losses carried forward are as follows:

(€ thousands) 31/12/2015 31/12/2014 Change
Iberian Peninsula 2,457 2,608 (151)
Germany 3,308 3,308 -
The Netherlands 1,517 1,599 (82)
United States and Canada 167 8 159
Israel 240 65 175
Total 7,689 7,588 101

At 31 December 2015 the following prior-year losses had not given rise to deferred tax assets:

(€ thousands) Prior-year tax
losses
Rate Deferred tax assets not
recognised in the accounts
Due date
UK 84,747 20.00% 16,949 No expiry
Germany 30,333 32.00% 9,707 No expiry
Italy 2,381 27.50% 655 No expiry
India 9,267 31.00% 2,873 5 -10 years
Canada 1,264 26.21% 331 15-20 years
Poland 680 19.00% 129 5 years
Total 128,672 30,644

25. Revenues from sales and services

(€ thousands) FY 2015 FY 2014 Change
Revenues from sale of products 1,000,185 859,179 141,006
Revenues from services 33,792 31,752 2,040
Total 1,033,977 890,931 143,046

The increase of €143,046 thousand posted in the period is explained for €73,261 thousand (+8.2%) by organic growth, for €42,149 thousand (+4.7%) by acquisitions, by exchange differences linked to the weakening of the Euro against other currencies and for €27,636 thousand (+3.1%) by acquisitions.

26. Operating costs

(€ thousands) FY 2015 FY 2014 Change
Cost of raw materials, consumables and supplies and change in
inventories of raw materials, consumables and supplies
(243,505) (207,447) (36,058)
Personnel expenses – Point of sale (175,042) (157,273) (17,769)
Commissions – Point of sale (79,618) (72,213) (7,405)
Rental costs – Point of sale (50,584) (44,429) (6,155)
Total (548,749) (481,362) (67,387)
Other personnel expenses (139,419) (115,532) (23,887)
Other rental costs (4,780) (4,898) 118
Other costs for services (182,705) (150,332) (32,373)
Total other operating costs (326,904) (270,762) (56,142)
Total operating costs (875,653) (752,124) (123,529)

The breakdown of "Personnel expenses – stores" and "Other personnel costs" is as follows:

(€ thousands) FY 2015 FY 2014 Change
Wages and salaries (231,997) (205,002) (26,995)
Stock options and performance stock grant (10,719) (7,861) (2,858)
Social contributions (49,595) (44,386) (5,209)
Other personnel costs (21,049) (14,417) (6,632)
Directors' remuneration and oversight bodies (1,101) (1,139) 38
Total (314,461) (272,805) (41,656)

Staff headcount by geographical area:

31/12/2015 31/12/2014
Number Average Number Average
Italy 428 443 459 424
France 812 769 728 705
Switzerland 241 239 235 231
Hungary 111 113 111 105
Germany 841 745 662 624
Iberian Peninsula 416 383 351 330
Belgium and Luxemburg 117 113 111 98
The Netherlands 648 647 642 650
Poland 87 76 64 64
United Kingdom and Ireland 506 517 520 522
Israel 167 159 156 156
Turkey 50 48 47 41
Egypt 171 165 148 148
Total EMEA 4,595 4,417 4,234 4,098
USA and Canada 298 279 261 240
Brasil 37 37 37 37
Total Americas 335 316 298 277
Australia 755 739 725 722
New Zealand 321 297 254 250
India 327 301 278 259
Total Asia Pacific 1,403 1,337 1,257 1,231
Total Group 6,333 6,070 5,789 5,606

27. Other income and costs

(€ thousands) FY 2015 FY 2014 Change
Other income and costs 6,853 (1,139) 7,992
Total 6,853 (1,139) 7,992

The total amount includes:

  • income posted in the United States of €3,062 thousand linked to early termination of a commercial partnership in the third quarter and damages paid by a former commercial partner for unfair competition in the fourth quarter;
  • income reported in India of €2,487 thousand following the cancellation of the earn-out linked to the 2012 acquisition of the Beltone stores for failure to achieve the results expected initially;
  • acquisition costs of €1,185 thousand;
  • income of €775 thousand connected to the sale of the biomedical business in Italy (the net gain reached €561 thousand).

28. Depreciation and amortisation

(€ thousands) FY 2015 FY 2014 Change
Amortisation of intangible fixed assets (23,952) (22,008) (1,944)
Depreciation of tangible fixed assets (26,800) (24,428) (2,372)
Amortisation and depreciation (50,752) (46,436) (4,316)
Impairment (3,419) (616) (2,803)
Total (54,171) (47,052) (7,119)

"Impairment" refers primarily to:

  • the goodwill impairment of €2,620 thousand recognized in India in the fourth quarter;
  • a write-down of €238 thousand relating to the assets of a few restructured stores in the Netherlands.

29. Financial income, charges and changes in value of financial assets

(€ thousands) FY 2015 FY 2014 Change
Proportionate of the result of associated companies valued at equity 126 201 (75)
Other income, charges, revaluation and write-downs of financial assets 1,461 472 989
Interest income on bank accounts 932 1,013 (81)
Interest payable on short and long-term bank loans (24,269) (21,938) (2,331)
Interest income and expenses (23,337) (20,925) (2,412)
Other financial income and charges (388) (2,060) 1,672
Exchange gains 7,550 6,142 1,408
Exchange losses (4,869) (4,282) (587)
Gain/(losses) on financial assets at fair value – Non hedge derivatives (3,452) (3,608) 156
Total (22,909) (24,060) 1,151

Interest payable on financial indebtedness amounted to €24,269 thousand at 31 December 2015 (versus €21,938 thousand at 31 December 2014) and reflects the make whole payment made of €4,289 thousand as a result of the early repayment of the USD 70 million Private Placement 2006-2016. This amount corresponds to the interest that would have been payable to investors in the period beginning from the early repayment date (13 May 2015) through the natural expiration of the private placement (2 August 2016), calculated by applying a contractual discount of 50 bps to future interest payments plus a reinvestment rate of 36 bps. If advance payment had not been made the interest payables would have amounted to €2,599 thousand in 2015 and €2,408 thousand in 2016.

"Other income, charges, revaluations and write-downs of financial assets" includes income of €1,253 thousand recognized in New Zealand following the acquisition of 100% of Dilworth Hearing Ltd (already 40% held) based on IFRS 3R and accounting of step up acquisitions.

Interest receivable on bank deposits at 31 December 2015 reached €932 thousand, versus €1,013 thousand at 31 December 2014.

"Other financial income and charges" includes €1,435 thousand in income recognized when the discounting of receivables, which were repaid entirely by a partner in the United States who terminated a commercial relationship in advance, was eliminated.

The gains and losses on financial assets measured at fair value refer primarily to currency hedges on intragroup loans offset by exchange gains and losses.

Financial charges include €1,122 thousand (€1,409 thousand in 2014) relating to the cost of factoring without recourse of receivables payable by the Italian public sector.

30. Income tax

(€ thousands) FY 2015 FY 2014 Change
Current income tax (39,313) (17,002) (22,311)
Deferred income tax (2,072) (3,109) 1,037
Total (41,385) (20,111) (21,274)
(€ thousands) FY 2015 FY 2014 Change
Profit (loss) before tax 88,097 66,556 21,541
Tax for the year (41,385) (20,111) (21,274)
Tax rate -47.0% -30.2% -16.80%

The tax rate amounts to 47.0% in respect of 30.2% of to the comparative period.

The change is linked to the fact that the comparative period 2014 benefitted of a recognition of a tax income of AUD 15.7 million (€10,668 thousands) following the Australian tax authorities' allowance of tax deductions for the amortization of part of the assets acquired in 2010 as a result of the NHC Group acquisition.

The following table reconciles tax recognised in the consolidated financial statements to theoretical tax on the basis of Italy's current tax rates.

(€ thousands) December 2015
Tax effect
% December 2014
Tax effect
%
Reconciliation to effective tax rate
Effective tax rate 41,385 47.0% 20.111 30.2%
United Kingdom and Germany : use of non-recognition of deferred taxes
on the year's losses and non-recognition of deferred taxes on the year's
losses
(3,619) -4.1% (2,862) -4.3%
Effect of different tax rate of companies not taxed in Italy (4,873) -5.5% (3,993) -6.0%
Current and deferred taxes: change of tax rate and corrections of errors (3,207) -3.6% 266 0.4%
Non-deductible expense net of non taxable income (2,890) -3.4% (2,692) -4.0%
Australia recognition of a tax income following the Australian tax
authorities' allowance of tax deductions for the amortization of part of
the assets acquired in 2010
- - 10,668 16.0%
Effective tax rate net of IRAP/CVAE 26,796 30.3% 21,498 32.3%
IRAP [regional tax on productive activity] , CVAE and other taxes not
linked to PBT
(2,411) -2.8% (3,195) -4.8%
Corporate tax rate 24,385 27.5% 18,303 27.5%

The tax rate of the period is influenced by the losses registered in the United Kingdom and in other minor countries on which according to the principle of prudence no deferred tax assets has been recognized net of Germany profits for which no taxes were recognized due to carried forward tax losses against which no deferred tax assets were recognized; by the cumulative effects of different corporate taxes under existing tax laws in foreign countries where there is an important contribution of the countries with higher tax incidence than the theoretical; by the impairment of the deferred tax assets recognized in Italy as a result of the IRES reduction from 27.5% to 24 % from 2017 and by corporate taxes as IRAP in Italy and CVAE in France, taxes whose tax base is not directly related to the income before taxes .

31. Stock option - Performance stock grant

General characteristics of stock option plans

  • The purpose of the issue and therefore of the award of the option rights, is to offer the beneficiaries, who hold particularly important positions within the Group, the possibility to participate in Amplifon's share capital in order to align their interests with those of the Shareholders and to obtain their loyalty, given the significant strategic objectives to be attained;
  • the award of the option rights is unconditional;
  • the price of the shares includes the information related to the company's performance;
  • the award of 14 March 2005, 30 September 2005 and 23 January 2006 were made in accordance with an EGM resolution taken on 19 February 2001 which authorised the Directors to increase Amplifon S.p.A.'s share capital, in one or more stages, by up to 750,000 ordinary shares with a par value of €0.20 (that is 7,500,000 ordinary shares with a par value of €0.02 following the share split approved by shareholders on 27 April 2006);
  • the award of 15 March 2007, 18 December 2008 and 6 November 2009, 16 December 2010 and 19 April 2011 were made in accordance with an EGM resolution taken on 27 April 2006 which authorised the Directors to increase Amplifon S.p.A.'s share capital, in one or more stages, by up to €150,000 par value through the issuance of 7,500,000 ordinary shares with a par value of €0.02;
  • the shares servicing for the purposes of the stock option plan are ordinary shares, issued in accordance with article 2441, paragraphs 5 and 8 for the purpose of a stock option plan;
  • the exercise of the rights shall be in compliance with the Regulations filed with Borsa Italiana S.p.A. and Consob;
  • the Board of Directors is entitled to draft regulations, choose the beneficiaries and determine the quantity and values for the execution of the stock option plans;
  • Amplifon S.p.A reserves the indisputable right to modify the plan and the regulations when deemed necessary or merely opportune, following any modification to the provisions of the laws in force at the time of the award, or for any other objective reason that might justify such modification.

The characteristic of the stock options plans currently in place are as follow:

A) Award of 30 September 2005

On 30 September 2005 the Board of Directors resolved the third award of stock options:

  • the objective of the plan is to offer option rights to beneficiaries covering key positions within the Group; one-third of the granted rights awarded vest one year following the award date, one-third two years after the award date and the remaining portion three years after the same date, with the exception of the employees of companies with headquarters in France and Spain for whom the options vest for twothirds two years following the award date and for the remaining portion after three years;
  • for each granted option right awarded, the exercise and therefore the subsequent related subscription of Amplifon ordinary shares must take place within seven years, starting from the vesting date, with the exception of the employees of companies having their headquarters in Switzerland for whom the exercise period lasts 10 years;
  • only for employee beneficiaries on the payroll at 1 October 2005 of the companies with registered office in Italy who have undersigned the new Regulation approved by the Remuneration Committee on 12 September 2007, 100% of their option rights may be exercised not earlier than three years from the date of award, meaning that the beneficiary shall subscribe to Amplifon shares and to the terms and conditions listed below only after three years have elapsed from the date of award. The deadline for subscribing to the shares is seven years from the vesting date;
  • non-exercised rights shall be automatically lost after such term;
  • the price per share which the beneficiary shall pay to Amplifon S.p.A. for the subscription following the

exercise of the option rights is defined as equal to the price per share corresponding to the average of the prices reported in the last month before the granting date, that is €56.97 or €5.697 following the share split approved by the Shareholders' Meeting of 27 April 2006;

  • only for employee beneficiaries on the payroll at 1 October 2005 of the companies with registered office in Italy who have undersigned the new Regulation approved by the Remuneration Committee on 12 September 2007, the price per share is fixed at €5.713;
  • the exercise of the vested option rights shall take place in one or several tranches, as long as the minimum quantity for each tranche is equal to 1,000 rights

Stock Option Plan of 30 September 2005 - general rules

FY 2015 FY 2015
No. of
options
Strike
price
(€)
Market
Price
(€)
No. of
options
Strike
price
(€)
Market
Price
(€)
Option rights at 1 January 365,672 5.697 4.904 765,000 5.697 4.038
(Option rights exercised in the period) 118,002 5.697 7.175(*) - - -
(Option rights cancelled in the period) 4,000 5.697 - 50,000 - -
(Option rights forfeited in the period) 68,670 5.697 - 349,328 - -
Option rights at 31 December 175,000 5.697 7.995 365,672 5.697 4.904
of which exercisable at 31 December 175,000 365,672

(*) Average weighted market price at the exercises

Stock options plan 30 September 2005

Italian beneficiaries who subscribed to the Regulation approved on 12 September 2007

FY 2015 FY 2014
No. of
options
Strike
price
(€)
Market
Price
(€)
No. of
options
Strike
price
(€)
Market
Price
(€)
Option rights at 1 January 425,000 5.713 4.904 437,000 5.713 4.038
(Option rights exercised in the period) 425,000 5.713 7.024(*) - - -
(Option rights cancelled in the period) - - - 12,000 - -
(Option rights forfeited in the period) - - - - - -
Option rights at 31 December - - - 425,000 5.713 4.904
of which exercisable at 31 December - - - 425,000

B) Stock options award 23 January 2006

On 23 January 2006 the Board of Directors resolved the fourth award of stock options:

  • the objective of the plan is to offer option rights to beneficiaries covering key positions within the Group;
  • one-third of the granted rights awarded vest one year following the award date, one-third two years after the award date and the remaining portion three years after the same date, with the exception of the employees of companies with headquarters in Spain for whom the options mature for two-thirds two years following the award date and for the remaining portion after three years;
  • for each granted option right awarded, the exercise and therefore the subsequent related subscription of Amplifon ordinary shares must take place within seven years, starting from the vesting date;
  • solely for the Beneficiaries employed in companies with registered offices in Italy who have accepted the new Regulation, approved by the Remuneration Committee on 12 September 2007, 100% of the option rights awarded may not be exercised until three years following the award date, meaning that the beneficiary will only be able to subscribe ordinary shares of Amplifon under the terms and conditions indicated below following three years from the award date. The deadline for subscribing to the shares is seven years from the vesting date;
  • non-exercised rights shall be automatically forfeited after such term;
  • the price per share which the beneficiary shall pay to Amplifon S.p.A. for the subscription following the exercise of the option rights is equal to the price per share corresponding to the average of the prices reported in the last month before the award date, that is €57.31 or €5.731 after the share split;
  • solely for employee beneficiaries on the payroll at 12 October 2007 of the companies with registered offices in Italy who have undersigned the new Regulation approved by the Remuneration Committee on 12 September 2007, the price per share is fixed at €5.749;
  • the exercise of the vested option rights shall take place in one or several tranches, as long as the minimum quantity for each tranche is equal to 1,000 rights.
FY 2015 FY 2014
No. of
options
Strike
price
(€)
Market
Price
(€)
No. of
options
Strike
price
(€)
Market
Price
(€)
Option rights at 1 January - - - 15,000 5.731 4.038
Options restored in period 33,334 5.731 - - - -
(Option rights exercised in the period) 33,334 5.731 7.551(*) - - -
(Option rights cancelled in the period) - - - 15,000 - -
(Option rights forfeited in the period) - - - - - -
Option rights at 31 December - - - - - -
of which exercisable at 31 December - -

C) Stock options award 15 March 2007

On 15 March 2007, the Board of Directors resolved an award of stock options under the following terms and conditions:

  • the objective of the plan is to offer option rights to beneficiaries covering key positions within the Group;
  • the options awarded to employees resident in Italy vest after three years from the award date; onethird of the granted rights vest one year following the award date, one-third two years after the award date and the remaining portion three years after the same date, with the exception of the employees of companies with headquarters in France for whom the options mature for two-thirds two years following the award date and for the remaining portion after three years;
  • for each granted option right awarded, the exercise and therefore the subsequent related subscription of Amplifon ordinary shares must take place within seven years, starting from the vesting date;
  • non-exercised rights shall be automatically forfeited after such term;
  • the price per share which the beneficiary will pay to Amplifon S.p.A. for the subscription following the exercise of the option rights is equal to the price per share corresponding to the average of the prices reported in the last month before the award date, that is €6.914 after the share split;
  • the exercise of the vested option rights shall take place in one or several tranches, as long as the minimum quantity for each tranche is equal to 1,000 rights.
FY 2015 FY 2014
No. of
options
Strike
price
(€)
Market
Price
(€)
No. of
options
Strike
price
(€)
Market
Price
(€)
Option rights at 1 January 170,000 6.914 4.904 170,000 6.914 4.038
(Option rights exercised in the period) - - - - - -
(Option rights cancelled in the period) - - - - - -
(Option rights forfeited in the period) 13,333 - - - - -
Option rights at 31 December 156,667 6.914 7.995 170,000 6.914 4.904
of which exercisable at 31 December 156,667 170,000

D) Stock options award 18 December 2008

On 18 December 2008, the Board of Directors resolved an award of stock options under the following terms and conditions:

the objective of the plan is to offer option rights to beneficiaries covering key positions within the Group;

  • the option rights awarded to each beneficiary vest and therefore give right to the subsequent related subscription of Amplifon ordinary shares, under the following terms and conditions, for an amount of 50% after two years and one day from the award date and the remaining portion after three years and one day from the award date;
  • for each granted option awarded, the exercise and therefore the subsequent related subscription of Amplifon ordinary shares must take place within five years, starting from the date of maturity;
  • non-exercised rights shall be automatically forfeited after such term;
  • the price per share which the beneficiary shall pay to Amplifon S.p.A. for the subscription following the exercise of the option rights shall be equal to the price per share corresponding to the average of the prices reported in the last month before the award date, that is €0.735;
  • on 19 December 2012 the Board of Directors approved an amendment to the operational regulation of the 2008 Stock Option Plan in respect of French beneficiaries only, in order to align it with local requirements for the qualification of the plan. This amendment applies more restrictive exercise conditions and resulted in a reduction in the fair value of the options concerned; higher costs are not therefore to be recognised;
  • the exercise of the vested option rights shall take place in one or several tranches, as long as the minimum quantity for each tranche is 1,000 rights.
FY 2015 FY 2014
No. of
options
Strike
price
(€)
Market
Price
(€)
No. of
options
Strike
price
(€)
Market
Price
(€)
Option rights at 1 January 233,500 0.735 4.904 268,500 0.735 4.038
(Option rights exercised in the period) 113,500 0.735 6.940 (*) 35,000 0.735 4.565 (*)
(Option rights cancelled in the period) - - -
(Option rights forfeited in the period) - - -
Option rights at 31 December 120,000 0.735 7.995 233,500 0.735 4.904
of which exercisable at 31 December 120,000 233,500

E) Stock options award 6 November 2009

On 6 November 2009, the Board of Directors resolved an award of stock options under the following terms and conditions:

  • the objective of the plan is to offer option rights to beneficiaries covering key positions within the Group;
  • the option rights grant awarded to each beneficiary vest and therefore give right to the subsequent related subscription of Amplifon ordinary shares, under the following terms and conditions, for an amount of 50% after two years and one day from the award date and the remaining portion after three years and one day from the award date;
  • for each granted option right awarded, the exercise and therefore the subsequent related subscription of Amplifon ordinary shares must take place within five years, starting from the date of maturity;
  • non-exercised rights shall be automatically forfeited after such term;
  • the price per share which the beneficiary shall pay to Amplifon S.p.A. for the subscription following the exercise of the option rights shall be equal to the price per share corresponding to the average of the prices reported in the last month before the award date, that is €2.837;
  • the exercise of the vested option rights shall take place in one or several tranches, as long as the minimum quantity for each tranche is 1,000 rights.
FY 2015 FY 2014
No. of
options
Strike
price
(€)
Market
Price
(€)
No. of
options
Strike
price
(€)
Market
Price
(€)
Option rights at 1 January 70,000 2.837 4.904 90,000 2.837 4.038
(Option rights exercised in the period) - - - 20,000 2.837 4.907 (*)
(Option rights cancelled in the period) - - - - - -
(Option rights forfeited in the period) - - - - - -
Option rights at 31 December 70,000 2.837 7.995 70,000 2.837 4.904
of which exercisable at 31 December 70,000 70,000

F) Stock options award 16 December 2010

On 16 December 2010, the Board of Directors resolved an award of stock options under the following terms and conditions:

  • the objective of the plan is to offer option rights to beneficiaries covering key positions within the Group;
  • the option rights awarded to each beneficiary vest and therefore give right to the subsequent related subscription of Amplifon ordinary shares, for an amount of 50% after two years and one day from the award date and the remaining portion after three years and one day from the award date;
  • for each granted option right awarded, the exercise and therefore the subsequent related subscription of Amplifon ordinary shares must take place within five years, starting from the date of maturity;
  • non-exercised rights shall be automatically forfeited after such term;
  • the price per share which the beneficiary will pay to Amplifon S.p.A. for the subscription following the exercise of the option rights shall be equal to the price per share corresponding to the average of the prices reported in the last month before the award date, that is €3.746;
  • the exercise of the vested option rights shall take place in one or several tranches, as long as the minimum quantity for each tranche is 1,000 rights.
FY 2015 FY 2014
No. of
options
Strike
price
(€)
Market
Price
(€)
No. of
options
Strike
price
(€)
Market
Price
(€)
Option rights at 1 January 483,599 3.746 4.904 737,438 3.746 4.038
(Option rights exercised in the period) 81,010 3.746 5.721 (*) 203,839 3.746 4.841 (*)
(Option rights cancelled in the period) - - - 50,000 - -
(Option rights forfeited in the period) - - - - - -
Option rights at 31 December 402,589 3.746 7.995 483,599 3.746 4.904
of which exercisable at 31 December 402,589 483,599

G) Stock options award 19 April 2011

On 19 April 2011 Amplifon's Board of Directors, under the 2010-2011 stock option plan approved on 16 December 2010 and as indicated by its Remuneration Committee, granted 215,000 options to key Group employees. This completed the 2006-2011 stock option plan launched at the EGM held on 27 April 2006. The conditions set were as follows:

  • the objective of the plan is to offer option rights to beneficiaries covering key positions within the Group;
  • the option rights awarded to each beneficiary vest and therefore give right to the subsequent related subscription of Amplifon ordinary shares, for an amount of 50% after two years and one day from the award date and the remaining portion after three years and one day from the award date;
  • for each option right awarded, the exercise and therefore the subsequent related subscription of Amplifon ordinary shares must take place within five years, starting from the vesting date;
  • unexercised rights shall be automatically forfeited after such term;
  • the price per share which the beneficiary will pay to Amplifon S.p.A. for the subscription following the exercise of the option rights shall be equal to the price per share corresponding to the average of the prices reported in the last month before the award date, that is €4.227;
  • the exercise of the vested option rights shall take place in one or several tranches, provided that the minimum quantity for each tranche shall be 1,000 rights.
FY 2015 FY 2014
No. of
options
Strike
price
(€)
Market
Price
(€)
No. of
options
Strike
price
(€)
Market
Price
(€)
Option rights at 1 January 195,000 4.227 4.904 215,000 4.227 4.038
(Option rights exercised in the period) 125,000 4.227 5.858 (*) - - -
(Option rights cancelled in the period) - - - 20,000 - -
(Option rights forfeited in the period) - - - - - -
Option rights at 31 December 70,000 4.227 7.995 195,000 4.227 4.904
of which exercisable at 31 December 70,000 195,000

(*) Average weighted market price at the exercises.

Residual life of awarded stock options

Options assigned up to 31/12/2015

Exercisable
Strike price Awarded on < 1 year 1-5 years 5-10 years Total Number of
shares
Average expiring
date
5.697 30/09/2005 58,332 116,668 - 175,000 175,000 2 years
6.914 15/03/2007 79,999 76,668 - 156,667 156,667 1 year
0.735 18/12/2008 120,000 - - 120,000 120,000 1 year
2.837 06/11/2009 35,000 35,000 - 70,000 70,000 1 year
3.746 16/12/2010 - 402,589 - 402,589 402,589 2 years
4.227 19/04/2011 - 70,000 - 70,000 70,000 3 years
Total 293,331 700,925 994,256 994,256

General characteristics of the Performance Stock Grant Plan 2011-2020

On 16 December 2010 the Board of Directors – as resolved by the Shareholders' Meeting held on 13 December 2010 – approved the regulation of the Performance Stock Grant Plan 2011-2020 with the following general characteristics:

  • The Plan provides for the grant of rights, each of which gives the right to Company stock to be granted to beneficiaries in key positions in the Group at the end of the vesting period (4 years).
  • For each grant cycle, the Board of Directors is empowered to identify the beneficiaries and to set the number of rights to be granted to each beneficiary.
  • The Board may also make such changes to the Plan as it considers necessary, at its sole discretion, with the aim e.g. of: (i) accommodating changes in the law; or (ii) making it possible for the Beneficiaries to benefit or continue to benefit from favorable regulations.
  • The vesting of rights and the consequent grant of all or some of the Shares shall be subject to the following conditions:
  • I. on the award date of the shares the beneficiary must be an employee of a Group company, and not be working out a period of notice following dismissal or resignation;
  • II. on the award date of the shares the reference price should be at least equal to the reference price;
  • III. the individual performance levels assigned to the beneficiary must not be lower throughout the reference period - than 100% achievement. Where these conditions are not met, the number of shares due to the beneficiary will be reduced by 25% for each reference period in which targets are not met.

On 24 April 2013 the Board of Directors approved, based on proposal of the Remuneration Committee of 27 February 2013, the amendments to the "2011-2020 Performance Stock Grant" plan as approved by the shareholders meeting held on 17 April 2013.

In particular the condition which links the transformation of rights to the performance of Amplifon's stock in the last three months of the vesting period was cancelled (see point II above).

Furthermore the exercise period, subsequent to vesting, was extended to 2.5 years (each grant cycle, therefore, will have a total duration of 7 years), the prime objective of which is to reduce the risk of a large number of shares being sold at the same time. The remaining conditions are unchanged.

Below are reported the details of the cycles of assignment of the Performance Stock Grant plan 2011-2020.

A) Stock grant 15 January 2011

FY 2015 FY 2014
N. rights
granted
Market
Price
(€)
N. rights
granted
Market
Price
(€)
1,090,750 4.904 1,170,500 4.038
- - - -
828,333 7.070 (*) - -
27,125 - 79,750 -
235,292 7.995 1,090,750 4.904

B) Stock grant 16 May 2011

FY 2015 FY 2014
N. rights
granted
Market
Price
(€)
N. rights
granted
Market
Price
(€)
Option rights at 1 January 912,500 4.904 937,500 4.038
Options rights restored in period 10,000 - - -
Rights granted in the period - - - -
(Rights converted in the period) 672,417 7.222 (*) - -
(Rights cancelled in the period) 39,750 - 25,000 -
Option rights at 31 December 210,333 7.995 912,500 4,904

(*) Average weighted market price at the exercises.

C) Stock grant 15 March 2012

FY 2015
N. rights
granted
Market
Price
(€)
N. rights
granted
Market
Price
(€)
Option rights at 1 January 1,893,000 4.904 2,032,750 4.038
Rights granted in the period - - - -
(Rights converted in the period) 300,000 7.036 (*) - -
(Rights cancelled in the period) 52,625 - 139,750 -
Option rights at 31 December 1,540,375 7.995 1,893,000 4.904

(*) Average weighted market price at the exercises.

D) Stock grant 2 May 2013

FY 2015 FY 2014
N. rights
granted
Market
Price
(€)
N. rights
granted
Market
Price
(€)
Option rights at 1 January 1,654,250 4.904 1,757,000 4.038
Rights granted in the period - - - -
(Rights converted in the period) 12,500 7.200 (*) - -
(Rights cancelled in the period) 203,750 - 102,750 -
Option rights at 31 December 1,438,000 7.995 1,654,250 4.904

General characteristics of the New Performance Stock Grant Plan 2014-2021

On 28 April 2014 the Board of Directors – as resolved by the Shareholders' Meeting held on 16 April 2014 and based on the recommendations of the Remuneration & Appointment Committee– approved the regulations of the New Performance Stock Grant Plan 2014-2021 with the following general characteristics:

  • the plan provides for the grant of rights, each of which gives the right to a Company share to be granted at the end of the vesting period (3,5 years) to beneficiaries falling within one of the following clusters: 1. Executives & Senior Managers;
    1. International Key Managers and Group & Country Talents;
    1. High Performing Audiologists & Sales Managers.
  • the vesting of the rights and, therefore, the grant of the related shares is subject to the following main condition that as of the date of grant of the shares the beneficiary is an employee of one of the company of the Group and no notice period subsequent to resignation and/or withdrawal is under way. Furthermore for the Cluster 1 and Cluster 2 the plan foresee further conditions to attribute the financial instruments: - Cluster 1: achievement of Group 3 years business targets;
  • Cluster 2: level of the Individual Performance of the Beneficiary are not lower, in all the Reference Periods, to Fully Meets Expectations.
  • the exercise of the vested rights should be performed within the deadline of the exercise period (2.5 years from the date of vesting of the rights) and is subject to a minimum threshold value of the Amplifon Spa share defined by the Board of Directors.

For each cycle of assignment, the Board of Directors is empowered to identify the beneficiaries and to set the number of rights to be granted to each beneficiary.

The Board of Directors may at any time make changes to the Regulations as may be necessary and/or appropriate in connection with, in particular, the case of changes to the applicable law.

On 21 April 2015, following the proposal of the Board of Directors of 3 March 2015 and heard the opinion of the Remuneration and Appointment Committee, the Shareholders' Meeting discussed and approved the modifications to the share plan for the period 2014-2021 (the "New Plan of Performance Stock Grant").

In particular, the modification approved by the Shareholders' Meeting concerns the extension of the plan also to collaborators not related to the Company by employment contracts and the subsequent variation in the identification of the beneficiaries who are currently defined as employees and collaborators of a Group's entity, belonging to the following categories:

  • Cluster 1: Executives e Senior Managers
  • Cluster 2: International Key Managers; Group e Country Talents
  • Cluster 3: High Performing Audiologists e Sales Managers

This extension will allow to include also the agents currently working in Italy Spain and Belgium with the aim to adequately sustain, also in terms of retention, the different business models through which the Amplifon Group operates.

On 29 April 2015 the Board of Directors of the Company, approved the modification to the operative Regulation of the plan, in line with the changes approved by the Shareholders' Meeting.

Below are reported the details of the cycles of assignment of the New Performance Stock Grant plan 2014-2021.

A) Stock Grant 28 April 2014

FY 2015 FY 2014
N. rights
granted
Market
Price
(€)
N. rights
granted
Market
Price
(€)
Option rights at 1 January 2,749,500 4.904 - -
Rights granted in the period 2,796,500 4.620
(Rights converted in the period) 300,000 7.027 (*) - -
(Rights cancelled in the period) 324,000 - 47,000 -
Option rights at 31 December 2,125,500 7.995 2,749,500 4.904

(*) Average weighted market price at the exercises.

B) Stock Grant 29 April 2015

On the 29 April 2015, have been granted to the Group's employees and collaborators belonging to the categories detailed above, rights for the free award of share equal to 2,518,000 rights (subordinate to the general conditions of the "New Plan of Performance Stock Grant") at the end of the vesting period fixed at 3.5 years.

The unitary fair value of the stock grant assigned in the period is equal to €6.13.

The assumptions adopted in the calculation of the fair value are the following.

Model used Binomial (Cox-Ross-Rubinstein method)
Price at grant date 6.88 €
Threshold 5 €
Exercise Price 0.00
Volatility (6 years) 31.91%
Risk free interest rate 0.267%
Maturity (in years) 3.5
Vesting Date 3 months after the date of approval from the Board
of the
project of Consolidated Financial Statement as of
31.12.17 (i.e. June 2018).
Expected Dividend Yield 0.75%

The figurative cost of this award cycle recorded in the income statement at 31 December, 2015 amounted to € 2,684 thousand.

FY 2015
N. rights
granted
Market
Price
(€)
Option rights at 1 January - -
Rights granted in the period 2,518,000 6.88
(Rights converted in the period) - -
(Rights cancelled in the period) 118,500 -
Option rights at 31 December 2,399,500 7.995

C) Stock Grant 22 October 2015

On the 22 October 2015, n.191,500 rights for free award of shares (subordinated to the general conditions of the "New Plan of Performance Stock Grant") have been granted to the Group's employees and collaborators belonging to the categories detailed above, at the end of a vesting period of 3.5 years.

The unitary fair value of the stock grant assigned in the period is equal to €6.57.

The assumptions adopted in the calculation of the fair value are the following.

Model used
Binomial (Cox-Ross-Rubinstein method)
Price at grant date 7.19 €
Threshold 5 €
Exercise Price 0.00
Volatility (6 years) 24.32%
Risk free interest rate 0.415%
Maturity (in years) 3.5
Vesting Date 3 months after the date of approval from the Board
of the project of Consolidated Financial Statement as
of 31.12.17 (i.e. June 2018)
Expected Dividend Yield 0.75%

The figurative cost of this award cycle recorded in the income statement at 31 December, 2015 amounted to Euro 66 thousand.

FY 2015
N. rights
granted
Market
Price (€)
Option rights at 1 January - -
Rights granted in the period 191,500 7.19
(Rights converted in the period) - -
(Rights cancelled in the period) - -
Option rights at 31 December 191,500 7.995

32. Subsidiaries with relevant non-controlling interests, joint ventures and associated

The following table shows the main income statement and balance sheet highlights of the subsidiaries with relevant minority shareholders. The figures are shown before intragroup elisions.

(€ thousands) 31/12/2015 31/12/2014
Non - current assets 1,679 2,643
Current assets 3,070 3,563
Non - current liabilities 335 598
Current liabilities 3,052 3,383
Revenues 9,654 8,089
Net profit (loss) for the year (191) (116)
Dividends paid to minorities - -
Net financial positions (653) (696)
Cash flows (23) 410

The following table shows the main income statement and balance sheet highlights of the Dutch joint venture Comfoor BV, accounted for using the equity method. The company is active in the hearing protection sector.

(€ thousands) 31/12/2015 31/12/2014
Non - current assets 1,374 1,344
Current assets 3,064 2,479
Non - current liabilities 51 51
Current liabilities 1,765 1,265
Revenues 7,846 6,517
Amortisation, depreciation and impairment (457) (412)
Interest income and charges (24) (12)
Net profit (loss) 116 418
Net financial positions 189 46
Cash flows 143 4

The reconciliation of the economic-financial figures provided with the carrying amount of the interest in the joint venture recognized in the consolidated financial statements is shown in the following table:

(€ thousands) 31/12/2015 31/12/2014
Joint.venture net equity 2,624 2,507
% ownership 50% 50%
Book value 1.312 1.254

The following table summarizes the key financial figures of the remaining associates accounted for using the equity method

(€ thousands) 31/12/2015 (*) 31/12/2014 (*)
Non - current assets 61 514
Current assets 143 1.268
Non - current liabilities - 193
Current liabilities 62 411
Revenues 355 4.612
Net profit (loss) 10 483

(*) The data of the company Audiogram Audifonos SL, included in detail, relate respectively to 31/12/2014 and 31/12/2013, date of the last approved financial statements held by the Group at the time of preparation of this document and the same document in the comparative period.

The list of associates accounted for using the equity method, with the percentage of ownership from 20% to 50 %, is reported in Annex 1.

33. Earnings per share

Basic EPS

Basic earnings per share is obtained by dividing the net profit for the year pertaining to the ordinary shareholders of the parent company by the weighted average number of shares outstanding in the year, considering purchases and disposals of own shares as cancellations and issues of shares.

Earnings per share is determined as follows.

Earnings per share from operating activities FY 2015 FY 2014
Net profit (loss) pertaining to ordinary shareholders (€ thousand) 46,805 46,475
Average number of shares outstanding in the year 218,047,951 217,387,623
Average earnings per share (€ per share) 0.21465 0.213789

Diluted EPS

Diluted earnings per share is obtained by dividing the net income for the year pertaining to ordinary shareholders of the Parent company by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the year adjusted by the diluting effects of potential shares. In the calculation of shares outstanding, purchases and sales of treasury shares are considered as cancellation or issue of shares.

The 'potential ordinary share' categories refer to the possible conversion of Group employees' stock options and stock grants. The computation of the average number of outstanding potential shares is based on the average fair value of shares for the period; stock options and stock grants are excluded from the calculation since they have anti-diluting effects.

Weighted average diluted number of shares outstanding FY 2015 FY 2014
Average number of shares outstanding in the year 218,047,951 217,387,623
Weighted average of potential and diluting ordinary shares 6,843,633 6,537,546
Weighted average of shares potentially subject to options in the period 224,891,584 223,925,169

The diluted earnings per share was determined as follows:

Diluted earnings per share FY 2015 FY 2014
Net profit pertaining to ordinary shareholders (€ thousand) 46,805 46,475
Average number of shares outstanding in the period 224,891,584 223,925,169
Average diluted earnings per share (€) 0.20812 0.207547

34. Transactions with parent companies and related parties

The Parent company, Amplifon S.p.A. is based in Milan, in Via Ripamonti 133. The Group is directly controlled by Ampliter N.V. and indirectly by Amplifin S.p.A., owned by Susan Carol Holland, with 100% of the shares, whilst Anna Maria Formiggini Holland retains usufruct.

In 2015 the company and the Chief Executive Officer, Franco Moscetti, mutually agreed that the conditions for a seamless change in leadership which would further the growth process, as well as strengthen the Group's competitiveness, had materialized. Franco Moscetti was paid a total indemnity of €5.7 million, he was granted with an early vesting of the 600,000 performance stock grant rights assigned and received a payment of €0.7 million as part of a non-compete agreement valid through 30 April 2017. The Committee of Independent Directors expressed a favorable opinion of the transaction which was approved by the Company's Board of Directors.

Other transactions with related parties, including intercompany transactions, do not qualify as atypical or unusual, and fall within the Group's normal course of business and are conducted at arm's-length as dictated by the nature of the goods and services provided.

The following table details transactions with related parties.

Parent company and other related parties

31/12/2015 FY 2015
(€ thousands) Trade
receivables
Trade
payables
Other
assets
Financial
liabilities
Financial
payables
Tax
payables
Revenues
for sales and
services
Operating
costs
Interest
income and
expenses
Amplifin S.p.A. 32 377 (1,749)
Total - Parent
Company
32 - - - - 377 - (1,749) -
Audiogram Audifonos
SL (Spain)
3
Comfoor BV (The
Netherlands)
2 246 16 (2,939)
Comfoor GmbH
(Germany)
3 (41)
Medtechnica Ortophone
Shaked Ltd (Israel)
99 5 192
Ruti Levinson Institute
Ltd (Israel)
257 543 (40)
Kolan Ashdod Speech &
Hearing Inst. Ltd (Israel)
402 703
Afik - Test Diagnosis &
Hearing Aids Ltd (Israel)
142 4 221
Total - Other related
parties
905 253 5 - - - 1,675 (3,020) -
Bardissi Import (Egypt) 204 117 (1,128)
Meders (Turkey) 1,222 60 (2,507) (10)
Nevo (Israel) 54
Ortophone (Israel) 59 (338)
Moti Bahar (Israee) (170)
Asher Efrati (Israel) (105)
Arigcom (Israel) 7 (74)
Tera (Israel) 150 5
Frederico Abrahao
(Brazil)
57 233 (32)
Others 20 14
Total - Other related
parties
54 1,492 170 71 410 - - (4,322) (37)
Total 991 1,745 175 71 410 377 1,675 (9,091) (37)
Total as per financial
statement
111,727 113,343 45,100 394,152 14,205 18,035 1,033,977 (875,653) (23,337)
% of financial
statement total
0.89% 1.54% 0.39% 0.02% 2.89% 2.09% 0.16% 1.04% 0.16%

The trade receivables, revenue from sales and services and other income with related parties refer primarily to:

  • the recovery of maintenance costs and condominium fees and the recharge of personnel costs to Amplifin S.p.A.;
  • trade receivables payable by associates (mainly in Israel) which act as resellers and to which the Group supplies hearing aids.

The trade payables and operating costs refer primarily to:

  • commercial transactions with Comfoor BV and Comfoor GmbH, joint ventures from which hearing protection devices are purchased and then distributed in Group stores;
  • commercial transactions involving the purchase of hearing aids, other products and services in Turkey and Egypt with, respectively, Meders and Bardissi Import (both companies that belong to their minority shareholders). These companies distribute hearing aids in their respective countries and the purchase conditions applied, defined in the Group's framework agreement, are in line with market conditions;
  • existing agreements with the parent company Amplifin S.p.A. for: - the lease of the property in Milan at Via Ripamonti No. 133, the registered office and corporate headquarters of Amplifon S.p.A. and ancillary services including routine property maintenance, cafeteria, office cleaning, porters and security;
  • the rental of retail store space;
  • the recharge of personnel costs to the Israeli subsidiary by the minority shareholders Moti Bahar and Asher Efrati, as well as rents, administrative and commercial services by Ortophone (Israel).

The tax payables refer to the IRES (corporate income tax) payable by Amplifon S.p.A. to the parent company as a result of the tax consolidation agreement entered into for the three year period 2014-2016.

Financial transactions refer primarily to loans granted to Group companies in Turkey, Egypt and Brazil by their respective minority shareholders and a long-term receivable payable by an affiliate in Israel.

Other related parties

The total remuneration of Group Directors, Board of Auditors and Key Managers for the period amounted to €18,168 thousand and is made up as follows:

Directors and Board of Auditors and Key managers:

(€ thousands)
Non equity
variable
compensation
First
Name and
Surname
Office
Held
Period in which
the office has
been held
Term of office
ends upon
Fixed
compens.
Committee
attendante
fees
Bonuses
and other
incentives
Profit
sharing
Fringe
benefit.
Tot. FV equity
compen.
Termination
allowance
Tot.
Anna Maria
Formiggini
Honorary Chairman 01/01/2015-
31/12/2015
Approval 2015
financ. stat
190 - - - - 190 - - 190
Susan Carol
Holland
Chairman 01/01/2015-
31/12/2015
Approval 2015
financ. stat
215 - - - 5 220 - - 220
CEO 01/01/2015-
22/10/2015
22/01/2015 150 - - - - 150 1,449
Franco
Moscetti
Managing Director 01/01/2015-
22/10/2015
22/01/2015 595 - 823 - 12 1430 (*) 5,700 8,729
Vice-Chairmen non
Executive
22/10/2015-
31/12/2015
Approval 2015
financ. stat
28 - - - - 28 - 28
Enrico Vita CEO 22/10/2015-
31/12/2015
Approval 2015
financ. stat
123 - - - - 123 347 - 1,352
Managing Director (*) Permanent 454 - 401 - 27 882 -
Giampio
Bracchi
Indep. Director 01/01/2015-
31/12/2015
Approval 2015
financ. stat
55 50 - - - 105 - - 105
Maurizio
Costa
Indep. Director 01/01/2015-
31/12/2015
Approval 2015
financ. stat
55 40 - - - 95 - - 95
Anna
Puccio
Indep. Director 29/01/2015-
31/12/2015
Approval 2015
financ. stat
54 15 - - 69 - - 69
Andrea
Guerra
Indep. Director 01/01/2015-
31/12/2015
Approval 2015
financ. stat
55 15 - - - 70 - - 70
Giovanni
Tamburi
Indep. Director 01/01/2015-
31/12/2015
Approval 2015
financ. stat
55 - - - 55 - - 55
Giuseppe
Levi
Chairman of the Board
of Auditors
01/01/2015-
21/04/2015
Approval 2014
financ. stat
- - - - - - - - -
Raffaella
Pagani
Chairman of the Board
of Auditors
21/04/2015-
31/12/2015
Approval 2017
financ. stat
45 - - - - 45 - - 45
Emilio Fano Standing Auditor 01/01/2015-
31/12/2015
Approval 2017
financ. stat
30 - - - - 30 - - 30
Maria Stella
Brena
Indep. Director 01/01/2015-
31/12/2015
Approval 2017
financ. stat
30 - - - - 30 - - 30
Total 2,133 120 1,224 - 44 3,522 1,796 5,700 11,018
Other key managers
A. Baroli
E. Bortesi ()
G. Caruso
A. Facchini
M. Gerli
U. Giorcelli
P. Mirabelle (
)
J. Pappalardo
G. Pizzini (
***)
H. Ruch
Permanent 2,529 - 1,789 - 394 4,712 1,886 552 7,150
Total other key managers 2,529 - 1,789 - 394 4,712 1,886 552 7,150
Grand total 4,663 120 3,013 - 438 8,234 3,682 6,252 18,168

(*) Appointed Managing Director on 22 October 2015 (formerly Chief Operating Officer and Executive Vice President EMEA)

(**) Employment ended on 31 December 2015.

(***) Employment ended on 31 January 2015.

(****) Employment started on 29 September 2015.

(*****) Includes €1,092 thousand related to the anticipated vesting of 600,000 performance stock grant.

Below are detailed stock options and stock grant awarded to the Board of Directors, General Managers and Key Managers.

Stock option

(€ thousands)

Options held at the
beginning of the period
Options
granted in
the period
Options exercised
during the period
First Name
and
Surname
Office
held
Plan (when
approved)
No. Of
options
Exercise
price
Exercise
period
No. of
options
No. of
options
Exercise
price
Market
price at the
exercise
date
Options
held at
the end
of the
period.
FV
options
in FY 2015
(€ '000)
(1/3) 30/09/2006
- 30/09/2015
Franco
Moscetti
CEO and
Managing
Director
Plan 30
September
2005
200,000 5.713 (1/3) 30/09/2007
- 30/09/2015
- 200,000 5.713 7.015 (*) - -
(1/3) 30/09/2008
- 30/09/2015
Total 200,000 - 200,000 - - - -
(1/3) 30/09/2006 -
30/09/2016
Other key Plan 30
September
2005
125,000 5.697 (1/3) 30/09/2007 -
30/09/2017
- 125,000
managers (Key
managers):
(1/3) 30/09/2008 -
30/09/2018
A. Baroli
E. Bortesi (**)
G. Caruso
(1/3) 30/09/2006
- 30/09/2015
A. Facchini
M. Gerli
U. Giorcelli
Plan 30
September
2005
130,000 5.713 (1/3) 30/09/2007
- 30/09/2015
- 130,000 5.713 7.009 (*) - -
P. Mirabelle ()
J. Pappalardo
G. Pizzini (
*)
(1/3) 30/09/2008
- 30/09/2015
H. Ruch Plan 16 (1/2) 17/12/2012
- 17/12/2017
December
2010
227,438 3.746 (1/2) 17/12/2013
- 17/12/2018
- - - - 227,438 -
Total 482,438 130,000 352,438 -
Grand total 682,438 - 330,000 - 352,438 -

(*) Weighted average of the market price of the underlying shares at the exercise date.

(**) Employment ended on 31 December 2015.

(***) Employment ended on 31 January 2015.

(****) Employment started on 29 September 2015.

Stock grant

(€ thousands) Financial instruments
granted during the FY not
vested during the period
Financial instruments granted in the period
Name and
surname
Office held Plan
(and
approval date)
Num. of
financial
instruments
Vesting
period
Num. of
financial
instruments
FV at grant
date
Vesting
period
Grant
date
Market price on
grant date
Franco CEO and
Managing
Performance
Stock Grant 15
March 2012
Moscetti director Performance
Stock Grant 28
April 2014
Enrico CEO and Performance
Stock Grant 28
April 2014
100,000 30/06/2017
Vita Managing
director
Performance
Stock Grant
29 April 2015
120,000 6.13 30/06/2018 29/04/15 6.88
Total 700,000 120,000
Performance
Stock Grant
15 Jan 2011
Other Key managers: Performance
Stock Grant
15 March 2012
335,000 30/06/2016
A. Baroli
E. Bortesi (***)
G. Caruso
A. Facchini
Performance
Stock Grant
2 May 2013
340,000 30/06/2017
M. Gerli
U. Giorcelli
P. Mirabelle (****)
J. Pappalardo
Performance
Stock Grant
28 April 2014
535,000 30/06/2017
G. Pizzini (*)
H.Ruch
Performance
Stock Grant
29 April 2015
420,000 6.13 30/06/2018 29/04/15 6.88
Performance
Stock Grant
22 October 2015
30,000 6.57 30/06/2018 22/10/15 7.19
Total other Key managers 1,210,000 450,000
Total 1,310,000 570,000

(*) Weighted average of the market price of the underlying shares at the exercise date.

(**) The rights vested in advance due to the end of employment relationship.

(***) Employment ended on 31 December 2015.

(****) Employment ended on 31 January 2015.

(*****) Employment started on 29 September 2015.

Financial instruments
exercised in the period
Financial instruments
vested in the period
Fair value FY 2015
(Euro/000)
Financial
instruments at
the end of the
period
Market price
on exercise date
Num. of
financial
instruments
Vested financial
instruments
exercised
Vested financial
instruments not
exercised
Financial instruments
cancelled or expired
during the period
478 - 7.037 (*) 300,000 300,000 (**)
971 - 7.027 (*) 300,000 300,000 (**)
194 100,000
153 120,000
1,796 220,000 600,000 600,000 -
- 7.697 (*) 180,000 180,000
366 335,000
246 287,500 52,500
767 395,000 140,000
497 390,000 30,000
30,000
1,886 1,437,500 180,000 180,000 222,500

35. Guarantees provided, commitments and contingent liabilities

Guarantees provided to third parties

At 31 December 2015 the item included the following:

31/12/2015 31/12/2014
116,157 155,377
116,157 155,377

With regard to the guarantees relating to financial liabilities recognized in the financial statements, only the amount of the guarantee in excess of the liability recognized in the financial statements is shown, in addition to the interest not yet paid (where present).

The guarantees provided include:

  • the guarantee issued to the subscribers of the 2013-2025 private placements issued by Amplifon USA of €44,823 thousand;
  • the guarantee issued by Amplifon USA and National Hearing Centres Pty to the investitors of the Eurobond 2013-2018 issued by Amplifon S.p.A in 2013, amounting to €34,048 thousand;
  • pledges made to third parties relative to tenders and rental security deposits amounting to €3,629 thousand;
  • surety bonds issued by Amplifon S.p.A. to the Revenue Office for VAT credits amounting to €25,728 thousand;
  • miscellaneous guarantees, totaling €7,928 thousand, which include comfort letters issued on behalf of subsidiaries to third parties.

Obligations

Obligations with regard to future rent instalments amounted at the 31 December 2015 to €223,454 thousand, of which €196,710 thousand relates to the lease of stores, €12,973 thousands relates to the rent of offices, € 9,988 thousands relates to the operating leasing of cars and € 3,783 thousands relates to other operating leasing. The average lease term is equal to 4.4 years.

Contingent liabilities- uncertainties

With regard to the investigation, mentioned in the 2014 Annual Report, begun by the Financial Administration of a series of Italian banks in reference to medium/long term loans granted by the latter abroad in order to verify if the loans were subject to substitute tax, ordinary duties, stamps, liens, surveys and government subsidies, including the syndicated loan of €303.8 million and AUD 70 million granted to the Amplifon Group in December 2010 by a pool of 15 Italian and foreign banks to finance the acquisition of the Australian group NHC, in 2015, in addition to what had already taken place in 2014, other Provincial branches of the Financial Administration submitted motions for self-assessment, canceling previously issued notices due to dismissal of the claims, including the Provincial branch in Milan with regard, specifically, to the Amplifon loan. The first dismissals were issued and the firstrefunds of the amounts paid to the Financial Administration at the beginning of the dispute were received.

In light of the above Amplifon, its consultants and the banks involved believe, though the uncertainty typical of any dispute remains, the other motions will likely be granted and that the banks will be able to begin the procedures needed to request restitution of any advance payments made.

In Spain, the owner of three stores leased to Amplifon and regularly returned in 2014 when the lease expired, filed suit against Amplifon complaining about the state of the property when it was returned and other alleged breaches. Amplifon believes that the court will find in its favor. In any case, any damage award would not exceed a few thousand Euros.

Currently the Group is not subject to any other particular risks or uncertainties.

36. Transactions arising from untypical/unusual operations

Pursuant to Consob Communication of 28 July 2006, it should be noted that during 2015 the Group carried out no atypical and/or unusual transactions, as defined by the Communication.

37. Translation of foreign companies' financial statements

The exchange rates used to translate non-Euro zone companies' financial statements are as follows:

31/12/2015 31/12/2014
Average exchange
rate
Year-end exchange
rate
Average exchange
rate
Year-end exchange
rate
Australian dollar 1.478 1.490 1.472 1.483
Canadian dollar 1.419 1.512 1.466 1.406
New Zealand dollar 1.593 1.592 1.600 1.552
US dollar 1.110 1.089 1.328 1.214
Hungarian florin 309.996 315.980 308.706 315.54
Swiss franc 1.068 1.084 1.215 1.202
Egyptian lira 8.552 8.520 9.416 8.685
Turkish lira 3.025 3.177 2.906 2.832
New Israeli Sheqel 4.312 4.248 4.722 4.720
Brazilian Real 3.700 4.312 3.086 3.221
Indian rupee 71.196 72.022 81.041 76.719
British pound 0.726 0.734 0.806 0.779
Polish Zloty 4.184 4.264 4.184 4.273

38. Subsequent events

The main events that took place after the end of the year are described below:

On 11 February 2016 the Articles of Incorporation were updated following the partial subscription of a capital increase servicing stock option plans which resulted in the issue of 17,000 ordinary shares of Amplifon S.p.A. with a par value of €0.02 each. The share capital, entirely subscribed and paid-in, amounted to €4,510,294 at 1 March 2016.

Implementation of the buyback program approved during the Shareholders' Meeting held on 21 April 2015 continued in 2016 and a total of 228,000 shares were purchased between year-end 2015 and the date of this report at an average price of € 7.554. Exercise of the performance stock grants assigned in 2011 continued as a result of which, as at 2 March 2016, the Company transferred a total of 65,167 treasury shares to the beneficiaries. The treasury shares held at the date of this report, therefore, now total 6,426,583 or 2.85% of the Company's share capital.

In the first few months of 2016 the Group continued to grow externally and made a series of minor acquisitions: 14 points of sale were purchased in Germany, France and Spain.

Milan, 2 March 2016

On behalf of the Board of Directors CEO Enrico Vita

Annexes

Consolidation Area

As required by § 38 and 39 of Law 127/91 and § 126 of Consob's resolution 11971 dated 14 May 1999, as amended by resolution 12475 dated 6 April 2000, the following is the list of companies included in the consolidation area of Amplifon S.p.A. at 31 December 2015.

Parent company:

Company name Head office Currency Share
Capital
Amplifon S.p.A. Milan (Italy) EUR 4,509,954

Subsidiaries consolidated using the line-by-line method:

Company name Head office Direct/Indirect
ownership
Currency Share
Capital
% held at
31/12/2015
Amplifon Groupe France SA Arcueil (France) D EUR 48,550,898 100.0%
SCI Eliot Leslie Lyon (France) I EUR 610 100.0%
Audition Carlier SAS Saint-Nazaire (France) I EUR 1,000 100.0%
Chablais Audition SARL Publier (France) I EUR 4,000 100.0%
LCA Aubagne SAS Aubagne (France) I EUR 1,000 100.0%
Marie Françoise Payrard SARL Annonay (France) I EUR 37,000 100.0%
Atout Audition SARL Saint-Geneviève des Bois
(France)
I EUR 5,000 100.0%
Amplifon Iberica SA Barcelona (Spain) D EUR 26,578,809 100.0%
Fundación Amplifon Iberica Madrid (Spain) I EUR 30,000 100.0%
Amplifon Portugal SA Lisboa (Portugal) I EUR 720,187 100.0%
Amplifon Magyarország Kft Budapest (Hungary) D HUF 3,500,000 100.0%
Amplibus Magyarország Kft Budaörs (Hungary) I HUF 3,000,000 100.0%
Amplifon AG Baar (Switzerland) D CHF 1,000,000 100.0%
Amplium AG (in liquidation) Zug (Switzerland) I CHF 100,000 100.0%
Hearing Supplies SA Lugano (Switzerland) I CHF 100,000 100.0%
Amplifon Nederland BV Doesburg (The Netherlands) D EUR 74,212,052 100.0%
Auditech BV Doesburg (The Netherlands) I EUR 22,500 100.0%
Electro Medical Instruments BV Doesburg (The Netherlands) I EUR 16,650 100.0%
Beter Horen BV Doesburg (The Netherlands) I EUR 18,000 100.0%
Amplifon Customer Care Service BV Elst (The Netherlands) I EUR 18,000 100.0%
Amplifon Belgium NV Bruxelles (Belgium) D EUR 495,800 100.0%
Audition Spa SPRL Spa (Belgium) I EUR 12,400 100.0%
Amplifon Luxemburg Sarl Luxemburg (Luxemburg) I EUR 50,000 100.0%
Amplifon Deutschland GmbH Hamburg (Germany) D EUR 6,026,000 100.0%
Amplifon München GmbH München (Germany) I EUR 1,245,000 100.0%
Amplifon Bayern GmbH München (Germany) I EUR 30,000 100.0%
Sanomed GmbH Hamburg (Germany) I EUR 25,000 100.0%
Amplifon Poland Sp.z o.o. Lodz (Poland) D PLN 3,340,760 100.0%
Amplifon UK Ltd Manchester (UK) D GBP 69,100,000 100.0%
Amplifon Ltd Manchester (UK) I GBP 1,800,000 100.0%
Ultra Finance Ltd Manchester (UK) I GBP 75 100.0%
Amplifon Ireland Ltd Wexford (Ireland) I EUR 1,000 100.0%
Amplifon Cell Ta' Xbiex (Malta) D EUR 1,000,125 100.0%
Makstone İşitme Ürünleri Perakende Satış
A.Ş.
Istanbul (Turkey) D TRY 300,000 51.0%
Medtechnica Ortophone Ltd (*) Tel Aviv (Israel) D ILS 1,000 60.0%
Bon Ton Hearing & Speech Ltd Sderot (Israel) I ILS 100 60.0%
Matan Rishon Ltd (*) Rishon LeZion (Israel) I ILS 200 40.2%
Amplifon Middle East SAE Cairo (Egypt) D EGP 3,000,000 51.0%
Miracle Ear Inc. St. Paul – MN (USA) I USD 5 100.0%
Elite Hearing, LLC Minneapolis – MN (USA) I USD 1,000 100.0%
Miracle Ear Canada Ltd. Vancouver (Canada) I CAD 200 100.0%
101028922 Saskatchewan Ltd (in
liquidation)
Regina (Canada) I CAD 0 100.0%
Amplifon USA Inc. Dover – DE (USA) D USD 52,500,010 100.0%
Amplifon Hearing Health Care, Inc. St. Paul – MN (USA) I USD 10 100.0%
Ampifon IPA, LLC New York – NY (USA) I USD 1,000 100.0%
Amplifon South America Holding LTDA São Paulo (Brasil) D BRL 3,636,348 100.0%
Direito de Ouvir Amplifon Brasil SA Franca (Brasil) I BRL 4,126,463 51.0%
Amplifon Australia Holding Pty Ltd Sydney (Australia) D AUD 392,000,000 100.0%
ACN 119430018 Pty Ltd (in liquidation) Sydney (Australia) I AUD 100 100.0%
National Hearing Centres Pty Ltd Sydney (Australia) I AUD 100 100.0%
National Hearing Centres Unit Trust Sydney (Australia) I AUD 0 100.0%
Amplifon NZ Ltd Takapuna (New Zealand) I NZD 130,411,317 100.0%
Bay Audiology Ltd Takapuna (New Zealand) I NZD 10,000 100.0%
Dilworth Hearing Ltd Takapuna (New Zealand) I NZD 232,400 100.0%
Dilworth Hearing Takapuna Ltd Takapuna (New Zealand) I NZD 28,000 100.0%
Dilworth Hearing Hamilton Ltd Takapuna (New Zealand) I NZD 100,000 100.0%
Amplifon India Pvt Ltd New Delhi (India) I INR 600,000,000 100.0%
NHanCe Hearing Care LLP (in liquidation) (***) New Delhi (India) I INR 1,000,000 0.0%

(*) Medtechnica Ortophone Ltd and its subsidiaries despite being owned by Amplifon at 60%, is consolidated 100 % without exposure of noncontrolling interest due to the put-call option to be exercised in 2017 and related to the purchase of the remaining 40 %.

(**) MMatan Rishon Ltd is owned at 67% by Medtechnica Ortophone Ltd, that is owned at 60% by Amplifon S.p.A, but as described above, are consolidated at 100% without exposure of non-controlling interest due to the put- call option to be exercised in 2017 and the purchase of the remaining 40 %. For this reason, the interests of third parties are considered to be equal to 33 % .

(***) Consolidated company because the Amplifon Group has de facto control

Companies valued using the equity method:

Company name Head office Direct/Indirect
ownership
Currency Share
Capital
% held at
31/12/2015
Audiogram Audifonos SL Palma de Mallorca (Spain) I EUR 3,006 49.0%
Comfoor BV Doesburg (The
Netherlands)
I EUR 18,000 50.0%
Comfoor GmbH Emmerich am Rhein
(Germany)
I EUR 25,000 50.0%
Medtechnica Ortophone Shaked Ltd Tel Aviv (Israel) I ILS 1,001 30.0%
Ruti Levinson Institute Ltd Ramat HaSharon (Israel) I ILS 105 12.0%
Kolan Ashdod Speech & Hearing Inst. Ltd Ashdod (Israel) I ILS 100 22.2%
Afik - Test Diagnosis & Hearing Aids Ltd Jerusalem (Israel) I ILS 100 12.0%
Lakeside Specialist Centre Ltd Mairangi Bay (New
Zealand)
I NZD 0 50.0%

Annex II

Information pursuant to § 149-duodecies of Consob Issuers' Regulations

The following table, prepared pursuant to §149-duodecies Consob Issuers' Regulations, shows the fees for both audit and non-audit services provided by the auditing company and entities that are part of its network in relation to the 2015 financial year.

Subject that provided the service Recipient 2015 fees (€)
Independent
auditing services and
certification services
PricewaterhouseCoopers Parent company - Amplifon S.p.A. 276,333 (*)
PricewaterhouseCoopers Subsidiaries 1,064,046
Other Subsidiaries 29,317
Services other than PricewaterhouseCoopers Parent company - Amplifon S.p.A.
and its subsidiaries
364,291
auditing (**) Other Other subsidiaries 12,125
Totale 1,746,112

(*) Includes certification services (Tax declaration and VAT returns) and additional audit procedures with respect to the migration of the accounting system.

(**) Other services mainly include tax assistance services provided to American, Israeli and Indian subsidiaries and legal advice regarding privacy and the development of a platform for the support of digital marketing.

Declaration in respect of the Consolidated Financial Statements pursuant to Article 154-bis of Legislative Decree 58/98

We, the undersigned, Enrico Vita, Managing Director and Ugo Giorcelli, Executive Responsible for Corporate Accounting Information for Amplifon S.p.A., taking into account the provisions of § 154-bis, paragraphs 3 and 4 of Law 58/98, certify:

  • the adequacy, by reference to the characteristics of the business and
  • the effective application

of the administrative and accounting procedures for the preparation of the consolidated financial statements during the course of 2015.

We also certify that the consolidated financial statements at 31 December 2015:

  • correspond to the underlying accounting entries and records;
  • have been prepared in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards endorsed by the European Union as well as the provisions issued to implement § 9 of Law 38/2005, and give a true and fair view of the financial position, result of operations and cash flow of the issuer and of all of the companies included in the consolidation.

The report on operations includes a reliable operating and financial review of the Company and all of the companies included in the consolidation as well as a description of the main risks and uncertainties to which they are exposed.

2 March 2016

CEO Executive Responsible for Corporate Enrico Vita Accounting Information Ugo Giorcelli

Creative design, Graphic composition and Strategic copy Mercurio GP - Milan

March 2016